GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTRUMENTATION by mikesanye

VIEWS: 515 PAGES: 224

									                                        CITY OF BOULDER
                               75th STREET WWTP
                        HEADWORKS, UV, DIGESTERS PROJECT
                           DIVISION 17: TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 17 – INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL

SECTION                           TITLE
17000                             GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTRUMENTATION AND
                                  INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
17030                             INSTRUMENTATION TESTING
17110                             PANELS
17130                             POWER SUPPLY AND CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT
17150                             FIBER OPTIC CABLE SYSTEMS
17200                             GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS
                                  INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS
17211                             PROCESS TAPS AND PRIMARY ELEMENTS
17212                             TRANSMITTERS
17215                             PROCESS FLUID ANALYZERS
17216                             PROCESS SWITCHES
17310                             PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC) SYSTEM
17315                             PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT AND
                                  PROGRAMMING
17315A                            HEADWORKS INFLUENT MONITORING
17315B                            HEADWORKS INFLUENT SCREENING
17315C                            HEADWORKS GRIT TANKS AND GRIT CLASSIFICATION
17315D                            HEADWORKS HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE MONITORING
                                  AND HVAC CONTROL
17315E                            HEADWORKS SANITARY PUMPING SYSTEM
17315F                            DIGESTERS MONITORING AND SLUDGE FILL AND DRAW
17315G                            DIGESTERS RECIRCULATION PUMPS
17315H                            DIGESTERS SLUDGE MIXING




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              i              Table of Contents
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                         CITY OF BOULDER
                               75th STREET WWTP
                        HEADWORKS, UV, DIGESTERS PROJECT
                            DIVISION 17: TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 17 – INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL (Continued)

SECTION                           TITLE
17315I                            DIGESTERS HEATING WATER SUPPLY PUMPING SYSTEM
17315J                            DIGESTER SUMP AND GROUND WATER PUMPING
                                  SYSTEMS
17315K                            DIGESTERS HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE MONITORING
                                  AND HVAC CONTROL
17315L                            DIGESTER GAS MONITORING
17315M                            CENTRATE MIXING SYSTEM
17315N                            NON-POTABLE, IRRIGATION AND DILUTION WATER
                                  SYSTEMS
17315O                            TANK FILL SYSTEMS
17315P                            SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SYSTEM
17315Q                            UV SYSTEM
17315R                            SEAL WATER SYSTEMS
17510                             AMBIENT AIR POLLUTION MONITORING SYSTEMS




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              ii             Table of Contents
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                           SECTION 17000

                    GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTRUMENTATION
                        AND INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS


PART 1--GENERAL

1.01    DESCRIPTION

        A.      SCOPE:

        This section specifies general requirements which are applicable to all process control,
instrumentation, communication, and signal systems. Detailed requirements for specific process
control, instrumentation, communication, and signal systems are specified in other sections but are
subject to the general requirements of this section. The electrical and instrumentation drawings and
schedules included in this project manual are functional in nature and do not specify exact locations
of equipment or equipment terminations.

        Raceways and requirements for signal cables are specified in Division 16.

        B.      DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM:

        The plant process control system is comprised of geographically distributed
programmable logic controllers (PLC) and input/output subsystems with man-machine interfaces
operating on the MS Windows platform. An ODVA DeviceNet network provides a data
interface to communicating overload relays, and adjustable frequency drives. Remote I/O
communications utilizing GE GENIUS bus network supporting distributed I/O systems. The
PLCs, electronic power metering modules, an application server and various operator
workstations are integrated via an Ethernet network.

         An Ethernet information network, DeviceNet process automation and control network,
and GENIUS I/O bus network will be provided as work of this contract. Fiber optic media will
be provided to support the network communications between buildings. Electronic equipment
cabinets shall house the new PLC systems, network communication equipment and associated
utility and support systems.

        Work of this specification shall include engineering, programming, furnishing, installing,
start-up, calibrating, and testing of all new hardware and software systems required for the
construction, integration and commissioning of a complete process instrumentation and control
system. Total integration of field-mounted instrumentation, control devices, and process
equipment furnished and installed as work of this section of the specifications, and of similar
equipment furnished and installed as work of other sections shall be the responsibility of this
section of the specifications.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17000-1   General Requirements for Instrumentation
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  and Industrial Electronic Systems
       Configuration of the man-machine interface (MMI) system including the graphical
operator interface, tag database, and the alarm handling system and application specific
programming of the PLC system shall be performed by the DIVISION 17 CONTRACTOR.

       Comprehensive training and system documentation shall be provided for all systems
furnished as work of this section of the specifications.

        C.      DEFINITIONS:

                1.      GENERAL: The definitions of terminology used in these specifications
                        shall be defined in ISA Standard S51.1 unless otherwise specified.

                2.      SOLID STATE: Circuitry or components of the type which convey
                        electrons by means of solid material such as crystals or which work on
                        magnetic principles such as ferrite cores. Vacuum tubes, gas tubes, slide
                        wires, stepping motors, or other devices are not acceptable substitutes for
                        solid state components or circuitry.

                3.      INTEGRATED CIRCUIT: A number of circuit elements inseparably
                        associated on or within a continuous body to perform the function of a
                        circuit.

                4.      TWO-WIRE TRANSMITTER: A transducer which derives operating
                        power supply from the signal transmission circuit and therefore requires no
                        separate power supply connections. As used in this specification, two-wire
                        transmitter refers to a transmitter which produces a 4 to 20 milliampere
                        current regulated signal in a series circuit with a 24 volt direct current driving
                        potential and a maximum circuit resistance of 600 ohms.

                5.      FOUR-WIRE TRANSMITTER: A transducer which is powered by a
                        separate power supply (usually 120 VAC) and provides a separate output
                        signal proportional to the measured process variable (usually 4-20
                        milliamps).

                6.      GALVANIC ISOLATION: Pertaining to an electrical node having no direct
                        current path to another electrical node. As used in this specification,
                        galvanic isolation refers to a device with electrical inputs and/or outputs
                        which are galvanically isolated from ground, the device case, the process
                        fluid, and any separate power supply terminals, but such inputs and/or
                        outputs are capable of being externally grounded without affecting the
                        characteristics of the devices or providing path for circulation of ground
                        currents.

                7.      PANEL: An instrument support system which may be a flat surface, a
                        partial enclosure, or a complete enclosure for instruments and other devices
                        used in process control systems. Panels may provide mechanical protection,


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17000-2    General Requirements for Instrumentation
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                   and Industrial Electronic Systems
                        electrical isolation, and protection from dust, dirt, and chemical
                        contaminants which may be present in the atmosphere. Panel shall include
                        consoles, cabinets and racks.

                8.      DATA SHEETS: Data sheets as used in this specification shall refer to ISA
                        S20.

                9.      SIGNAL TYPES: The following types of signals are used in systems
                        specified in this division.

                        a.      LOW LEVEL ANALOG: A signal that has a full output level of
                                100 millivolts or less. This group includes thermocouples and
                                resistance temperature detectors.

                        b.      DIGITAL CODE: Coded information such as that derived from the
                                output of an analog to digital converter or the coded output from a
                                digital computer or other digital transmission terminal. This type
                                includes those cases where direct line driving is utilized and not
                                those cases where the signal is modulated.

                        c.      PULSE FREQUENCY: Counting pulses such as those emitted from
                                speed transmitters.

                        d.      HIGH LEVEL ANALOG: Signals with full output level greater than
                                100 millivolts but less than 30 volts, including 4-20 mA
                                transmission.

                        e.      MODULATED SIGNALS: Signals emanating from modems or low
                                level audio signals. Normal signal level is plus 4 dBm to minus 22
                                dBm. Frequency range is 300 to 10,000 hertz.

                        f.      DISCRETE EVENTS: Dry contact closures monitored by solid state
                                equipment. If the conductors connecting to dry contacts enter
                                enclosures containing power or control circuits and cannot be
                                isolated from such circuits in accordance with NEC Article 725, this
                                signal shall be treated as low voltage control.

                        g.      LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL: Contact closures monitored by
                                relays, or control circuits operating at less than 30 volts and
                                250 milliamperes.

                        h.      HIGH LEVEL AUDIO SIGNALS: Audio signals exceeding plus 4
                                dBm, including loudspeaker circuits.

                        i.      RADIO FREQUENCY SIGNALS: Continuous wave alternating
                                current signals with fundamental frequency greater than 10 kilohertz.


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17000-3   General Requirements for Instrumentation
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  and Industrial Electronic Systems
                10.     SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR: An organization engaged in the business of
                        detail engineering, component purchase, assembly, programming and
                        implementing process control and industrial electronic systems.

1.02     QUALITY ASSURANCE

         A.     REFERENCES:

        This section contains references to the following documents. All references shall be to
the current edition of the document unless specifically stated otherwise. They are a part of this
section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section
and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.

         Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, reference to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued
or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last
version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, reference to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a version with a
later date, discontinued or replaced.

              Reference                                           Title
       ANSI A58.1                    Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other
                                     Structures
       ANSI B16.5                    Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
       ANSI C57.13                   Requirements for Instrument Transformers
       ANSI MC96.1                   Temperature Measurement Thermocouples
       API RP551                     Process Measurement Instrumentation
       ASME 1971                     "Fluid Meters." Report of ASME Research Committee on
                                     Fluid Meters
       ASTM A105/A105M               Forgings, Carbon Steel for Piping Components
       ASTM A240                     Heat-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel
                                     Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels
       ASTM A269                     Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing
                                     for General Service
       ASTM A276                     Stainless and Heat Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes
       ASTM A312/A312M               Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe
       ASTM A515/A515M               Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel for Intermediate and
                                     Higher Temperature Service


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17000-4    General Requirements for Instrumentation
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                   and Industrial Electronic Systems
              Reference                                           Title
    ASTM B68                         Seamless Copper Tube, Bright Annealed
    ASTM D883                        Definition of Terms Relating to Plastics
    AWWA C210                        Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and
                                     Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines
    IBC                              International Building Code
    IEEE 100                         Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms
    ISA RP-60.11                     Crating, Shipping and Handling for Control Centers
    ISA RP-7.1                       Pneumatic Control Circuit Pressure Test
    ISA S5.4                         Instrument Loop Diagrams
    ISA S7.3                         Quality Standard for Instrument Air
    ISA S7.4                         Air pressures for Pneumatic Controllers, Transmitters, and
                                     Transmission Systems
    ISA S20                          Specification Forms For Process Measurement and
                                     Control Instrumentation, Primary Elements, and Control
                                     Valves
    ISA S51.1                        Process Instrumentation Terminology
    MILSPEC                          Insulating Compound, Electrical (For Coating Printed
    MIL-I-46058C                     Circuit Assemblies)
    NEMA 250                         Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts
    (1988)                           Maximum)
    NEMA ICS 1                       General Standards for Industrial Control and Systems
    NEMA ICS 2                       Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies
    NEMA ICS 6                       Enclosures for Industrial Control and Systems
    NFPA 70                          National Electric Code (NEC)
    SAMA PMC5-10-63                  Resistance Thermometers
    SAMA PMC6-10-63                  Filled System Thermometers
    SAMA PMC8-10-63                  Thermocouple Thermometers
    SAMA PMC17-10-63                 Bushings and Wells for Temperature Sensing Elements
    SAMA PMC21-4-66                  Temperature-Resistance Values for Resistance
                                     Thermometer Elements of Platinum, Nickel, and Copper

        B.      SYSTEMS RESPONSIBILITY:

        All instrumentation and industrial electronic systems shall be provided under the supervision
of a single systems integrator, chosen by the CONTRACTOR, which is regularly engaged in the
design and installation of such systems of similar scope and complexity. CONTRACTOR is
responsible to the OWNER for performance of all systems as specified.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17000-5    General Requirements for Instrumentation
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                   and Industrial Electronic Systems
      The CONTRACTOR shall also assign unit responsibility for the supply, configuration and
documentation of the following related systems to the systems integrator:

                1.      600 Volt Motor Control Centers, Section 16920.
                2.      600 Volt Motor Control Center Modifications, Section 16921.
                3.      Variable Frequency Drives, Section 16925.

         The systems integrator, responsible for the integration of the process control and
instrumentation systems, shall bear the responsibility for configuration and documentation of the
specified related systems in an effort to enhance complete system integration and facilitate system
installation, startup, and commissioning. Construction drawings for these related systems shall be
the product of the systems integrator.

         A Certificate of Unit Responsibility, signed by an officer of the systems integrator
organization and notarized, shall be provided with the submittals for the related systems. A typical
certification form, Form 11000-C, is provided in Section 01999.

        System responsibility shall not be construed as to force equipment specified in Division 11
or Division 16 to be supplied by the Division 17 CONTRACTOR. Instead, system responsibility
shall require the Division 17 CONTRACTOR to bear responsibility for the overall system
coordination including but not limited to documentation, design, integration, and startup.

        C.      ACCEPTABLE SYSTEMS INTEGRATORS:

        The following companies are considered acceptable Systems Integrators for performance of
the work of Division 17 of these specifications. These systems integrators comply with the
qualification requirements of this specification.

                1.      AmWest Controls, Inc.
                        10301 East 107th Place
                        Brighton, Colorado 80601
                        (303) 289-2115

                2.      Utility Controls and Equipment Company
                        6300 Joyce Dr.
                        Arvada, Colorado 80403
                        (303) 425-1990

        Other integrators meeting the specified qualifications will be considered. Integrators
shall submit evidence of their compliance with the specified qualifications with the bid.
Information to be submitted with the bid shall demonstrate compliance with the requirements of
Paragraph 1.02D of this Section.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17000-6   General Requirements for Instrumentation
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  and Industrial Electronic Systems
        D.      SYSTEM INTEGRATOR QUALIFICATIONS:

       The CONTRACTOR proposing to perform the work of Division 17 shall meet or exceed the
following qualifications. Upon request by the ENGINEER and prior to award of the contract, the
CONTRACTOR shall be required to demonstrate compliance with the stated qualification
requirements:

                1.      Organization that has been established for a minimum of five years and
                        actively involved in the business of process control and instrumentation
                        systems integration and has adequate plant facilities, organization structure,
                        manpower, and technical and managerial expertise to properly perform the
                        work under and in conformance with these specifications.

                2.      Involvement in five (minimum) projects of similar scope and size involving
                        the design, integration, installation, testing and commissioning of waste
                        water treatment facility process instrumentation and control systems.

                3.      Shall have at the time of project advertisement an experienced engineering
                        and technical staff capable of process control system design, integration,
                        testing, and commissioning, as well as a thorough understanding of waste
                        water treatment processes. Engineering staff shall include engineer(s)
                        registered in the State of Colorado who will provide direct supervision of the
                        project work and will seal all related project documents as required by the
                        State of Colorado.

                4.      Shall have the in-house resource of permanent personnel for the preparation
                        of system documentation and system operation and maintenance training.

        E.      COORDINATION MEETINGS:

         The CONTRACTOR shall include as work of this section of the specifications the
requirement for two (2) coordination meetings to be held at the project site. The primary function of
the meetings shall be to insure compliance with the requirements of the construction documents and
facilitate timely performance of the contract. The CONTRACTOR shall have in attendance at each
meeting a representative of the Division 17 subcontractor who is responsible for the execution of the
work of this contract. The preliminary schedule and agenda for each of the meetings shall be as
described below. The specific dates for each of the meetings shall be scheduled by the
CONTRACTOR and approved by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall be provided with two
(2) weeks minimum advanced written notice of proposed scheduled meeting dates.

                1.      MEETING 1: Meeting 1 shall be held within ninety (90) days of receipt of
                        Notice to Proceed. The purpose of this meeting shall be to review the
                        Division 17 specification requirements in regards to submittal and testing
                        procedures and to discuss the specific details of the proposed process
                        instrumentation and control system configuration.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17000-7   General Requirements for Instrumentation
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  and Industrial Electronic Systems
                2.      MEETING 2: Meeting 2 shall be held within thirty (30) days of completion
                        of the ENGINEER’S review of the elementary and loop diagram submittal
                        package and the testing and commissioning plan and procedures submittal
                        package. The purpose of this meeting shall be to discuss the submittal
                        review comments and resolve any related issues.

1.03    ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

        A.      GENERAL:

        Specified communication and process control equipment shall be modified, if necessary, to
make it suitable for operation in the following ambient conditions. Indoor and outdoor field
location temperatures and relative humidities are specified in Section 01800.

        B.      ALL AREAS:

                Atmospheric contaminants:
                      Hydrogen sulfide                            0.1 mg/l
                      Ammonia:                                    0.5 mg/l
                      Chlorine:                                   0.01 mg/l
                      Dust:                                       50.0 g/l

                Electromagnetic radiation:
                       27-500 MHz:                                10 v/m

        C.      CONTROL ROOMS:

                Temperature:                                      45 to 80 degrees F
                Humidity:                                         20 to 90 %

        D.      HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS:

        Hazardous locations shall be as specified in paragraph 16000-1.05.

        E.      CORROSIVE LOCATIONS:

        Corrosive locations shall be as specified in paragraph 16000-1.05.

1.04    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS

        A.      GENERAL:

        The instrumentation and signal system functions required are specified on the Drawings and
in subsequent sections of this Division.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17000-8     General Requirements for Instrumentation
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                    and Industrial Electronic Systems
        B.      DRAWINGS:

                1.      GENERAL: The Drawings included in this Project Manual are functional in
                        nature and do not show exact locations of equipment or interconnections
                        between equipment. The CONTRACTOR, as part of his work, shall prepare
                        detailed construction drawings as specified below. Drawings shall be
                        prepared on a computer-aided drafting system as specified in paragraph
                        17000-2.02D.

                        Drawings shall be prepared on 11-inch by 17-inch paper complete with
                        borders and title blocks identifying the project, system, revisions to the
                        drawing, and type of drawing. Each revision of a drawing shall carry a date
                        and brief description of the revisions. Diagrams shall carry a uniform and
                        coordinated set of wire numbers and terminal block numbers in compliance
                        with panelwork wiring, Section 17110, to permit cross-referencing between
                        contract documents and the drawings prepared by the CONTRACTOR.

                2.      ELEMENTARY AND LOOP DIAGRAMS: The CONTRACTOR shall
                        provide elementary diagrams for all discrete loops. Loop diagrams shall be
                        prepared in compliance with ISA S5.4 and shall be provided for all analog
                        loops. Elementary diagrams and loop diagrams shall show circuits and
                        devices of a system. These diagrams shall be arranged to emphasize device
                        elements and their functions as an aid to understanding the operation of a
                        system and maintaining or troubleshooting that system. Elementary and
                        loop diagrams shall also show wire numbers, wire color codes, signal
                        polarities, and terminal block numbers.

                        Elementary and loop diagrams shall be completely and accurately
                        documented and cross-referenced to similar drawings for other related
                        system such as motor control centers, equipment control panels, local control
                        panels, field-mounted instruments, etc. All interfaces to remote systems
                        shall include panel and /or equipment designations, wire numbers, and
                        terminal designations.

                3.      CONNECTION DIAGRAMS: Connection diagrams for panels shall be
                        provided by the CONTRACTOR. Connection diagrams shall show
                        components of a control panel in an arrangement similar to the actual layout
                        of the panel. Internal wiring between devices within the panel shall be
                        shown on these diagrams. Connection diagrams shall show all terminal
                        blocks whether used for internal or field wiring. Those used for field wiring
                        shall be clearly identified as such. Wiring diagrams shall indicate insulation
                        color code, signal polarities, and shall show wire numbers and terminal
                        block numbers.

                4.      INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAMS: Interconnection diagrams shall be
                        provided by the CONTRACTOR for field wiring. Interconnection diagrams


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17000-9   General Requirements for Instrumentation
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  and Industrial Electronic Systems
                        shall show each panel and field devices. Wire numbers, cable numbers,
                        raceway numbers, terminal box numbers, terminal block numbers, panel
                        numbers, and field device tag numbers shall be shown.

                5.      NETWORK/PROCESS CONTROL BUS DIAGRAMS: Network/bus
                        diagrams shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR for field wiring.
                        Network diagrams shall show each panel and field device, and shall clearly
                        identify all connectors, junction blocks, terminators, surge arrestors, and all
                        special fittings, taps, etc. Routing of network bus circuits and locations of
                        junction boxes, etc. shall be shown on plan drawings with sufficient detail to
                        establish trunk and tap circuit lengths within 10 feet or 10 percent, whichever
                        is less. Cable numbers, raceway numbers, terminal box numbers, panel
                        numbers, and field device tag numbers shall be shown.

1.05    SUBMITTALS

        The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:

                1.      A copy of this specification, with addendum updates included, and all
                        referenced and applicable sections with addendum updates included, with
                        each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or
                        marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements.
                        Check marks ( ) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole.
                        If deviations from the specifications are indicated and, therefore requested by
                        the CONTRACTOR, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a
                        number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph. The remaining
                        portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part
                        of the CONTRACTOR with the specifications. The submittal shall be
                        accompanied by a detailed, written justification for each deviation. Failure
                        to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along with
                        justification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification
                        requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the
                        entire submittal with no further consideration.

                2.      Elementary and loop diagrams specified in paragraph 17000-1.04.

                3.      Interconnection diagrams specified in paragraph 17000-1.04.

                4.      Network/Process control bus diagrams and plans specified in paragraph
                        17000-1.04.

                5.      Manufacturer’s product data for all specified equipment. Product data shall
                        include catalog cuts, technical specifications and application information.
                        Product data shall be edited to indicate only those items, model, or series of
                        equipment which are being proposed. All extraneous materials shall be
                        crossed out or otherwise obliterated.


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17000-10   General Requirements for Instrumentation
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  and Industrial Electronic Systems
                        Product data shall be assembled in a folder or three-ring binder. Each folder
                        shall contain a cover sheet, indexed by item, and cross-referenced to the
                        appropriate specification paragraph.

                6.      Sizing calculations or power budgets for all power supply and conditioning
                        equipment. Calculations shall address both watt and volt-ampere
                        components of the demand load. All assumptions made regarding load size
                        or demand factor shall be clearly stated.

                7.      Certificate of Unit Responsibility specified in paragraph 17000-1.02B. No
                        other submittal material shall be processed or reviewed until the certificate
                        attesting to the unit responsibility assignment has been received and found to
                        be satisfactory by the ENGINEER.


PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01    MATERIALS AND QUALITY

       Material shall be new, free from defects, and of the quality specified. Each type of
instrument, instrument accessory, and device shall be by the same manufacturer throughout the
work.

        Electronic equipment shall be designed for use in industrial applications and shall be
suitable for operation in the specified environmental conditions, including corrosive and hazardous
atmospheres. Components of standard electronic assemblies shall not be replaced with components
of different characteristics in order to meet the performance requirements of this specification. Parts
shall be as shown in the instruction manuals and shall be replaceable with standard commercial
components of the same description without degrading the performance of the completed assembly.

2.02    PRODUCT DATA

       The following information and product data specified under individual specification
sections shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300.

        A.      CATALOG CUTS:

       The CONTRACTOR shall provide catalog cuts for equipment to be provided. Catalog
information shall include technical specifications and application information for each piece of
equipment. Catalog cuts shall be edited to indicate only those items, model or series of equipment
which are being provided. All extraneous materials shall be crossed out or otherwise obliterated.

   Catalog cuts shall be assembled in a folder or three-ring binder. Each folder shall contain a
cover sheet, indexed by item, and cross-referenced to the appropriate specification paragraph.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17000-11   General Requirements for Instrumentation
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  and Industrial Electronic Systems
        B.      COMPONENT FABRICATION DRAWINGS:

       Detailed circuit schematics, printed circuit board drawings, and chassis layouts shall be
provided for electrical and electronic components.

        C.      CERTIFICATION:

                1.      TEMPERATURE: Type test data certified by the manufacturer shall be
                        provided to demonstrate that field electronic devices are suitable for the
                        specified ambient temperatures.

                2.      CORROSION: Data shall be provided showing design features of the
                        electronic equipment provided to protect against damage by the specified
                        atmospheric contaminants and specific evidence that similarly protected
                        electronic equipment has operated in similar environments for a period of
                        not less than five years without failure due to corrosion.

        D.      RECORD DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES:

        Drawings specified under paragraph 17000-1.04 and all schedules included in Division 17
shall be provided as record drawings in accordance with Section 01720.

       Drawings shall be prepared on a computer-aided drafting (CAD) system selected by the
OWNER. All CAD drawing files shall be converted to .DXF file format and submitted on CD-
ROM media. All CAD drawing files shall be updated to reflect final as-constructed state of the
process instrumentation and control system.

        Following start-up but prior to acceptance of the work, the CONTRACTOR shall provide
11-inch x 17-inch and full-size prints of elementary, loop, connection and interconnection diagrams.
Prints shall reflect the final constructed state of the instrumentation and control systems.

        E.      OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION:

        Operation and maintenance information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01730
and as required by other sections of this specification division.


PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01    INSTALLATION

        A.      GENERAL:

        Installation and testing procedures shall be as specified in specification Section 17030.

        Equipment shall be located so that it is readily accessible for operation and maintenance.


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17000-12   General Requirements for Instrumentation
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  and Industrial Electronic Systems
        Where so designated in the related specification sections, sensitive electronic equipment
shall not be installed until all construction activities which result in the production of any air borne
matter such as dust, dirt, paint, etc., are completed.

        B.      FIELD EQUIPMENT:

        Equipment shall be provided as specified on the Drawings such that built in displays are
readily visible and ports and adjustments are accessible for in-place testing and calibration. Where
possible, equipment shall be located between 48 inches and 60 inches above the floor or a
permanent work platform. Instrumentation equipment shall be mounted for unobstructed access,
but mounting shall not obstruct walkways. Equipment shall not be mounted where shock or
vibration will impair its operation. Support systems shall not be attached to handrails, process
piping or mechanical equipment except for measuring elements and valve positioners. Instruments
and cabinets supported directly by concrete or concrete block walls shall be spaced out not less than
5/8 inch by framing channel between instrument and wall.

       Support systems shall be constructed of materials complying with paragraph 16000-1.05.
Support systems, including panels, shall be designed in accordance with International Building
Code for the applicable seismic category and to prevent deformation greater than 1/8 inch under the
attached equipment load and an external load of 200 pounds in any direction.

        C.      ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTIONS:

       Electric power wiring and equipment shall be in compliance with Division 16. Process
instrumentation requiring a 120 volt AC power source shall be provided with a disconnect switch in
accordance with paragraph 16140-2.03.

       Provide a surge arrestor on each 120 volt AC disconnect switch serving equipment located
outdoors. Surge arrestor shall be Telematic, LP Series or equal.

        D.      SIGNAL CONNECTIONS:

        Electric signal connections to equipment shall be made on terminal blocks or by locking
plug and receptacle assemblies. Jacketed flexible conduit shall be used between equipment and
rigid raceway systems except that flexible cable assemblies may be used where plug and receptacle
assemblies are provided and the installation is not subject to mechanical damage in normal use. The
length of flexible conduit or cord assemblies shall be of sufficient length to allow withdrawal of
instruments from the process for maintenance or calibration without disconnection of the raceway
or conductors. Flexible cable, receptacle and plug assemblies shall be used only where specified.

3.02    TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

        A.      GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17000-13    General Requirements for Instrumentation
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                   and Industrial Electronic Systems
        Materials, equipment, and construction included under this specification shall be inspected
in accordance with Article VII of the General Conditions and subsequent sections of this division.
Testing shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with Section 17030.

        B.      DELIVERY INSPECTION:

        The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER upon arrival of any material or
equipment to be incorporated into the work and shall remove protective covers or otherwise provide
access in order that the ENGINEER may inspect such items.

                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17000-14   General Requirements for Instrumentation
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  and Industrial Electronic Systems
                                               SECTION 17030

                                     INSTRUMENTATION TESTING


PART 1--GENERAL

1.01    DESCRIPTION

       This section specifies the acceptance testing of process instrumentation and control
materials, equipment and systems (PCIS). CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, tools,
material, power and other services necessary to provide the specified tests.

1.02    REFERENCES

         This section contains references to the following documents. Additional references are
listed in Section 17000. All references shall be to the current edition of the document unless
specifically stated otherwise. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.

         Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, reference to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued
or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last
version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, reference to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a version with a
later date, discontinued or replaced.

                  Reference                                     Title
           API RP551                  Process Measurement Instrumentation
           ISA S5.4                   Instrument Loop Diagrams
                                      Specification Forms for Process Measurement and
           ISA S20                    Control Instrumentation, Primary Elements, and
                                      Control Valves
           ISA S51.1                  Process Instrumentation Terminology




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17030-1             Instrumentation Testing
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
1.03     APPLICATION

         Requirements for testing in accordance with this section are specified in this and other
sections of Division 17. Where testing in accordance with this section is required, the required
tests, including correction of defects where found, and subsequent retesting, shall be completed
prior to commissioning any equipment or systems.

1.04     SUBMITTALS

         CONTRACTOR shall submit the following information in accordance with Section
01300:
                 1.      Qualifications of independent industrial network testing firm in
                         accordance with Section 3 of ATS-2003.
                 2.      Test procedure documentation report.
                 3.      Examples of test report forms for all specified tests.
                 4.      Sample inspection deficiency report.
                 5.      Listing of instruments to be factory calibrated.
                 6.      Manufacturers catalog and technical data describing software and systems
                         to be used for configuration and documentation of variable frequency
                         drives. Examples of final documentation reports shall be included.
                 7.      Final test report.


PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01     PRODUCT DATA

       The following information shall be provided in accordance with specification
Section 01300:

                 1.      Inspection deficiency reports.

PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01     GENERAL

        All PCIS testing shall be conducted by the installing CONTRACTOR and shall be
performed in strict conformance with the PCIS test procedures. The PCIS test procedures shall
be developed by the installing CONTRACTOR in accordance with the requirements of this
specification and approved by the ENGINEER. The methods and sequence of testing and
inspection shall be as specified in paragraph 17030-3.03. The types of equipment and/or systems
to be inspected and tested shall be as specified in paragraph 17030-3.04.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17030-2            Instrumentation Testing
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.02    FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TESTING

        Factory Acceptance Testing (FAT) of control panels, cabinets, PLCs and associated
MMI, and other pertinent control systems and devices is required. All logic functions, alarms,
indications, etc. shall be tested in their entirety using I/O and software simulation. The FAT
shall include verification of all memory map registers and values. CONTRACTOR shall be
responsible for complete equipment setup for the FAT. Following the FAT, CONTRACTOR
shall complete as-built documents of the equipment tested during the FAT. As-built documents
shall be made available for use by the ENGINEER. A minimum of 15 working days notification
shall be provided to the ENGINEER prior to the testing.

3.03    TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

        A.       GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

        Materials, equipment, and systems included as work of the Division 17 specifications
shall be inspected in accordance with Article VII of the General Conditions and this section.
Testing shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR as specified herein.

        B.       TECHNICIAN QUALIFICATIONS:

        Each instrument shall be calibrated on site by an instrument technician who, by virtue of
attendance at an acceptable training course or by documentable experience, is qualified to
calibrate that instrument. Acceptable training shall include successful completion of the
instrument manufacturer's training course or successful completion of applicable training courses
in a recognized trade school.

        C.       FIELD TEST PROCEDURES DOCUMENTATION:

        Test procedures shall be fully developed by the CONTRACTOR and submitted to the
ENGINEER for approval no later than 180 days from the date of Notice to Proceed. A written
report shall be prepared which details the test procedures for each analog and discrete loop in the
process control system. The test procedure documentation report shall be organized and
assembled in separate volumes for each process area. Final test records shall be submitted in
electronic form. In order to preserve actual signatures and signoffs, final forms may be
electronically scanned and converted to Adobe pdf file format to meet this requirement.

        Test procedure documentation shall include a detailed, step-by-step description of the
required test procedure, panel and terminal block numbers for point(s) of measurement, input test
values, expected resultant values, test equipment required, process setup requirements, and safety
precautions. Test report forms for each loop, including forms for wiring, piping, and individual
component tests, shall be included with the test procedure documentation. The actual test results
shall be recorded on these forms and a final test report assembled as specified in paragraph
17030-3.05.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17030-3             Instrumentation Testing
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
       Test report forms which appropriately and completely address field test procedures shall
include, but not by way of limitation, the following information:

                 1.      Project name

                 2.      Process area associated with the equipment under test.

                 3.      Instrument/loop description.

                 4.      Instrument/loop identification number.

                 5.      Instrument nameplate data.

                 6.      Instrument setup and configuration parameters.

                 7.      Time and date of test.

                 8.      Inspection checklist and results.

                 9.      Reference to applicable test procedure.

                 10.     Expected and actual test results for each test point in the loop including
                         programmable controller data table or register values.

                 11.     Test equipment used.

                 12.     Space for remarks regarding test procedure or results, unusual or
                         noteworthy observations, etc.

                 13.     Name and signature of testing personnel.

                 14.     Name and signature of test witness.

     Test report forms shall be preprinted and completed to the extent possible prior to
commencing testing.

        D.       PERFORMANCE DEVIATION TOLERANCES:

        Tolerances shall be determined from applicable contract requirements. Where tolerances
are not specified, they shall be determined from manufacturer's published performance
specifications. Overall accuracy requirements for loops consisting of two or more components
shall be the root-summation-square (RSS) of the individual component accuracy specifications.
Tolerances for each required calibration point shall be calculated and recorded on the associated
test report form.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17030-4                Instrumentation Testing
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
        E.       FACTORY CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS:

         Where field calibration is not feasible, certified instrumentation calibration reports may
be submitted for field calibration reports subject to the prior written approval of the ENGINEER.
A request to submit certified calibration reports in lieu of field calibration reports shall include
the name and address of the laboratory selected to conduct the calibration testing and a detailed
description of the field test and inspection activities which will be performed to supplement off-
site calibration activities in order to insure proper installation and freedom from damage
subsequent to the off-site calibration. Field test and inspection activities shall include
verification of instrument parameter setup, verification of instrument zero, and verification of
operation at three operating points within the instrument range.

        Certified test reports may be submitted for the following instrument types in lieu of field
calibration:

          Instrument Identification                                  Description

   FM (Specification 17212)                    Magnetic flow metering system
   FTD (Specification 17212)                   Thermal dispersion flow metering system
   FTT-F (Specification 17212)                 Transit time flow metering system, flanged

        No further range adjustments (zero and span) or parameter adjustment shall be permitted
on instruments accepted as off-site calibrated. Any instrument which fails to demonstrate proper
performance or is adjusted in the field shall be returned for re-calibration.

        F.       FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTS:

                 1.      TEST EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS: CONTRACTOR shall provide
                         all test equipment required to conduct the specified tests. Test equipment
                         used to simulate inputs and read outputs shall have a rated accuracy at the
                         point of measurement at least three times greater than the component
                         under test. Each test instrument shall have a current calibration sticker
                         showing date of calibration, deviation from standard, name of calibration
                         laboratory and technician, and date recalibration is required. Certified
                         calibration reports traceable to the National Institute of Standards and
                         Technology shall be included with the final test report.

                         The CONTRACTOR shall utilize a documenting calibration system to
                         conduct all process instrumentation calibration activities where applicable.
                         The calibration system shall consist of a documenting process calibrator
                         and an instrumentation data management software system. The calibration
                         system shall automatically capture calibration results and electronically
                         document instrument data, date of calibration, calibration procedures, and


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17030-5                 Instrumentation Testing
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                         as-found/as-left instrument calibration data. The instrument calibration
                         system shall be Fluke 743B with Fluke DPC/Track Instrumentation
                         Management software or similar system. All calibration files shall be
                         submitted with the final test report in hard copy and electronic formats.
                         Electronic files shall be delivered in a file format that does not require
                         specialized equipment or software to read and print the files.

                         For variable frequency drives, the CONTRACTOR shall utilize a
                         communications and software package to collect and record final
                         configuration parameters and settings for all drives. All parameters shall
                         be directly acquired by connection to the network and configuration
                         settings shall be recorded without requiring manual entry or transcription
                         of values. Vendor specific or general purpose software tools may be used
                         to document the various types of systems. For each and every
                         documentation software package, a licensed copy of the identical software
                         complete with all required connectors, cables, keys, interface cards and
                         devices, etc. required for operation, shall be furnished to the OWNER,
                         together with the final documentation files to provide a complete and
                         maintainable instrument and equipment documentation system. The
                         CONTRACTOR shall submit proposed documentation tools and software
                         for the OWNER’S approval prior to the start of field configuration and
                         calibration activities.

                         Buffer solutions and reference fluids shall be provided by the
                         CONTRACTOR for all tests of analytical equipment.

                 2.      INSPECTION AND TEST SEQUENCE:

                         a.       GENERAL: Inspection and test procedures shall be conducted in
                                  the following sequence. Successful completion of each activity
                                  shall be required prior to proceeding to the subsequent activity.

                                  Each instrument loop shall be tested in the following sequence:

                                  1)      Wiring and piping testing
                                  2)      Network/Bus Cable System Testing
                                  3)      Inspection
                                  4)      Individual component calibration and testing
                                  5)      Loop testing
                                  6)      Control Strategy testing
                                  7)      Closed-Loop Commissioning

                         b.       WIRING TESTING: Wiring tests shall be conducted in
                                  accordance with Section 16030. Wiring tests shall not be


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17030-6               Instrumentation Testing
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                  conducted until cables have been properly terminated, tagged and
                                  inspected.

                         c.       PIPING TESTING: Pneumatic piping systems shall be tested for
                                  leaks in compliance with ISA RP7.1, except that the test shall be
                                  performed at ten times the normal system operating pressure.

                         d.       NETWORK/BUS CABLE SYSTEM TESTING: All control and
                                  instrumentation bus cabling shall be inspected and tested by one or
                                  more independent industrial network testing firms. Proprietary bus
                                  systems may be tested by the manufacturer's qualified field
                                  services technician. Manufacturer’s sales personnel are not
                                  considered to be qualified technicians unless qualifications are
                                  documented and certified by the manufacturer. Standardized buses
                                  may be tested by a qualified independent network testing service.
                                  The following types of cabling and/or networks shall be tested and
                                  certified by the independent industrial network testing firm:

                                  1)      Ethernet system cabling
                                  2)      DeviceNet trunk and branch cabling
                                  3)      Other networks provided as a part of a packaged
                                          monitoring or control system

                                  Control and instrumentation bus cabling shall be tested and
                                  verified using the standards that apply to the specific cable and bus
                                  type as follows:

                                  1)      Ethernet Category 5E and Category 6 – The standards of
                                          TIA/EIA-568B shall apply.
                                  2)      DeviceNet – The standards of Open DeviceNet Vendors
                                          Association shall apply.

                                  PRE-ACTIVE TESTING: Prior to energization, all cabling shall
                                  be inspected and tested to verify, at a minimum, the following:

                                  1)      Verify media type and specifications.
                                  2)      Verify physical routing and project specific cable
                                          identification tagging.
                                  3)      Verify correct type of termination, proper installation of
                                          terminations including grounding, and proper connection of
                                          conductors to pins at terminations.
                                  4)      Verify and record cable run length. Length of each trunk
                                          and branch or drop shall be verified and compared to the

138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17030-7                Instrumentation Testing
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                          manufacturer or industry standards organization standards
                                          and specification to verify that maximum and minimum
                                          segment and total lengths are within specifications.
                                  5)      Verify correct locations and values of termination
                                          resistance or networks.
                                  6)      Verify integrity and correct grounding and/or insulation of
                                          cable shields.
                                  7)      Verify correct locations and values of transient protection
                                          (surge) elements.
                                  8)      Verify firmware revision level of all network devices if
                                          available prior to energization.
                                  9)      Verify correct settings of dip switches and configuration
                                          parameters.

                                  ACTIVE SYSTEM TESTING: After the cable or network system
                                  has been activated for testing, diagnostic monitoring and signal
                                  analysis specifically designed for the bus network system shall be
                                  used to evaluate bus/network quality. The following parameters, at
                                  a minimum, shall be measured and recorded:

                                  1)      Verify node addressing.
                                  2)      Verify signal attenuation before and after any repeater
                                          device and at the farthest point in the network.
                                  3)      Verify total network trunk voltage and current loading
                                          (where applicable).
                                  4)      Verify baud rate, message traffic rate, percent bandwidth
                                          used, error rate, lost packet count.
                                  5)      Verify firmware revision level of all network devices.
                                  6)      The results of all pre-active and active testing shall fall
                                          within the specified range of values established by the
                                          referenced standards. In addition, correct and intended
                                          communication and functionality of all networks and
                                          control devices connected to the network shall be verified.

                         e.       INSTRUMENT AND COMPONENT INSPECTION: Each
                                  component of the PCIS shall be inspected for conformance with
                                  this specification and applicable industry standards. All
                                  instruments and system components shall be inspected including
                                  instruments approved for off-site calibration. Inspection activities
                                  shall include the following:

                                  1)      Compare and validate instrument type and nameplate data
                                          with the Drawings, Specifications, and data sheet.

138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17030-8                Instrumentation Testing
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                  2)      Validate instrument identification tag.
                                  3)      Confirm instrument installation conforms to the Drawings
                                          and Specifications and manufacturers instructions.
                                  4)      Verify proper conductor termination and tagging.
                                  5)      Visual check for signs of physical damage, dirt
                                          accumulation and corrosion.
                                  6)      Verify that all applicable ancillary devices including
                                          isolation amplifiers, surge protection, and safety barriers
                                          have been provided and properly installed.

                                  All deficiencies identified as a result of the inspection procedures
                                  shall be reported to the ENGINEER in writing within 24 hours of
                                  discovery. No instrument or system component shall be tested
                                  until all deficiencies are addressed.

                         f.       INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT CALIBRATION AND TESTING:

                                  1)      Individual Component Calibration and Testing shall not
                                          commence until all Instrument and Component Inspections,
                                          as described above, has been successfully completed and
                                          documented to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
                                  2)      Each instrument and final element shall be field calibrated
                                          in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended
                                          procedure. Instruments shall then be tested in compliance
                                          with ISA S51.1 and the data entered on the applicable test
                                          form. Alarm trips, control trips, and switches shall be set to
                                          initial values specified in paragraph 17200-3.03. Final
                                          elements shall be checked for range and deadband.
                                  3)      Each analog instrument shall be calibrated at 0, 10, 50, 90,
                                          and 100 percent of its specified full scale range. Each
                                          signal sensing trip and process sensing switch shall be
                                          adjusted to the required setting. All test data shall be
                                          recorded on test forms in compliance with this
                                          Specification.
                                  4)      Final element alignment shall be tested and adjusted to
                                          verify that each final element operates smoothly over its
                                          range in response to the specified process control signals.
                                  5)      Any component which fails to meet the specified tolerances
                                          shall be repaired by the manufacturer or replaced, and the
                                          above tests repeated until the component is within
                                          tolerance.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17030-9                 Instrumentation Testing
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                  6)      A calibration sticker shall be placed on each instrument
                                          following successful calibration. The calibration sticker
                                          shall indicate the date of calibration and the name of the
                                          testing company and personnel who calibrated the
                                          instrument.

                         g.       LOOP TESTING:

                                  1)      Loop Testing shall not commence until all Individual
                                          Component Calibration and Testing, as described above,
                                          has been successfully completed and documented to the
                                          satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
                                  2)      Each instrument loop shall be tested as an integrated
                                          system. This test shall check operation from transmitter or
                                          switch to all receiving components within the loop. Signals
                                          shall be injected at the signal connection to primary
                                          measuring elements.
                                  3)      Testing of loops which include an interface to a
                                          programmable logic controller shall include verification of
                                          the programmable logic controller input/output assignment
                                          and verification of operation of the input/output system and
                                          processor. The appropriate data table or register in the
                                          programmable logic controller memory shall be inspected
                                          to verify proper operation of these systems.
                                  4)      If any output device fails to indicate properly, corrections
                                          to the loop circuitry shall be made as necessary and the test
                                          repeated until all instruments operate properly.

                         h.       CONTROL STRATEGY TESTING:

                                  1)      Control Strategy Testing shall not commence until all Loop
                                          Testing, as described above, has been successfully
                                          completed and documented to the satisfaction of the
                                          ENGINEER.
                                  2)      Control Strategy Testing is performed by the Division 17
                                          CONTRACTOR. It will consist of installing and
                                          debugging the PLC control logic program, verifying each
                                          interface point between the PLCs and all field devices and
                                          equipment, and exercising the control strategies. Unless
                                          otherwise indicated, Control Strategy Testing will be
                                          performed on one PLC at a time, and the testing is expected
                                          to last for 21 calendar days per PLC.
                                  3)      CONTRACTOR shall note that it is incumbent upon the
                                          CONTRACTOR to have qualified personnel available
                                          onsite to immediately correct any deficiencies in the Work

138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17030-10                Instrumentation Testing
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                          that may be encountered during Control Strategy Testing.
                                          The ability of the CONTRACTOR to provide such
                                          personnel in a timely manner will help greatly in expediting
                                          the Control Strategy Testing phase. Failure of the
                                          CONTRACTOR to provide such personnel in a timely
                                          manner may prolong the time allotted to complete Control
                                          Strategy Testing. The OWNER shall not be responsible for
                                          time lost during Control Strategy Testing caused by the
                                          failure of the CONTRACTOR to respond in a reasonable
                                          and timely manner.

                         i.       CLOSED LOOP COMMISSIONING:

                                  1)      Closed-Loop Commissioning shall not commence until all
                                          Control Strategy Testing, as described above, has been
                                          successfully completed and documented to the satisfaction
                                          of the ENGINEER.
                                  2)      Closed-Loop Commissioning shall demonstrate stable
                                          operation of the loop under actual plant operating
                                          conditions. This test shall include adjustment of loop
                                          tuning parameters.
                                  3)      Tuning parameters (proportional gain, integral time
                                          constant, and derivative time constant) for each control
                                          loop shall be adjusted to provide 1/4-amplitude damping
                                          unless otherwise specified. A chart recording showing loop
                                          response to a step disturbance shall be provided for each
                                          loop. Two charts shall be made for cascade loops, one
                                          showing the secondary loop response with its set point on
                                          manual, and the second showing overall loop response.
                                          Each control loop with "batch" feature shall be adjusted to
                                          provide optimum response following start-up from an
                                          integral action saturation condition. Chart recording shall
                                          be provided showing this response. Chart recordings shall
                                          be made at sufficient speed and amplitude to clearly show
                                          1/4-amplitude damping and shall be annotated to show loop
                                          number and title, and settings of parameters and set points.
                                  4)      Where a loop is controlled under the direction of a
                                          programmable logic controller, the Division 17
                                          CONTRACTOR will perform the necessary adjustment of
                                          loop tuning parameters and setpoints; however, this does
                                          not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for
                                          recording loop response, adjusting final elements, and
                                          assuring total integrated loop performance as described in
                                          these specifications.


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17030-11               Instrumentation Testing
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                         j.       FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT: Functional testing shall be
                                  conducted to verify the operation of all discrete and hardwired
                                  control devices. Checkout shall consist of exercising all operable
                                  devices and energizing each control circuit and operating each
                                  control, alarm or malfunction device and each interlock in turn to
                                  verify that the specified action occurs.

                         k.       POWER CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT TESTS: Power
                                  conditioning systems shall be tested in accordance with the
                                  manufacturer’s instructions to demonstrate proper operation. In
                                  addition, power conditioning system tests shall include a functional
                                  checkout of the equipment to verify the operational integrity of all
                                  system controls, indicators, and input/output signals. The input
                                  and output voltages shall be measured both unloaded and under
                                  system load. Uninterruptible power supplies (UPS) shall be tested
                                  in both the line and battery mode. UPS system output voltage and
                                  current shall be recorded in the battery mode of operation at 10
                                  minute intervals for the duration that the UPS system supports the
                                  connected load or one hour (maximum). All test results shall
                                  comply with manufacturer’s specifications. The test results shall
                                  be recorded and submitted with the final test report.

                 3.      WITNESSING: The ENGINEER reserves the right to observe all
                         CONTRACTOR testing. The ENGINEER shall be notified five (5) days
                         prior to testing.

3.04    EQUIPMENT TESTING

        A.       GENERAL:

                The inspection and test procedures described herein shall establish the minimum
requirements for process instrumentation and control system equipment and component
inspection and testing. Additional testing required by the equipment manufacturer for proper
installation and commissioning of the process control and instrumentation system shall be
conducted by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER.

        B.       EQUIPMENT TESTS:

    The following types of equipment and/or systems shall be inspected and tested by the
CONTRACTOR:

                 1.      Process variable transmitters and analyzers.
                 2.      Process switches.
                 3.      Process variable gauges and indicators.
                 4.      Signal conditioning modules.

138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17030-12              Instrumentation Testing
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                 5.      Power conditioning equipment.
                 6.      Programmable logic controllers including all input/output subsystems and
                         communications modules.

        C.       WITNESSING:

     The ENGINEER reserves the right to observe all CONTRACTOR testing. The
ENGINEER shall be notified five (5) days prior to testing.

3.05    FINAL TEST REPORT

        A final test report shall be assembled in a three-ring binder and submitted to the
ENGINEER at the completion of the inspection and testing activities for a process area. Binder
cover and spine shall be labeled to identify the project name and process area. Test report shall
include all applicable test procedures for the process area and the completed inspection and test
report forms associated with the equipment and systems of that area. Test results shall be
organized by equipment item or system with individual, labeled tab dividers to identify each. All
system deficiencies and non-compliant test results identified in the final test report shall be
acknowledged by the responsible testing entity as corrected.


                                         **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17030-13           Instrumentation Testing
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                               SECTION 17110

                                                    PANELS


PART 1--GENERAL

1.01     DESCRIPTION

         A.      SCOPE:

       This section specifies requirements for panels, cabinets, consoles, and racks for
instrumentation and communication equipment. Additional requirements are specified in
sections specifying the various instrumentation and communication systems.

         B.      TYPES:

         The following types of panels are specified:

       Type                                                Fabrication
                   Open panel with instruments, interconnections, and accessories surface
        1
                   mounted.
                   Panel with face-mounted instruments flush or semi-flush mounted. Panel rear is
        2
                   not enclosed.
                   Fully enclosed unit with face-mounted instruments flush or semi-flush mounted
        3          on the front surface. Freestanding panel configuration may include rear access
                   door(s) for interior mounted instruments and equipment.
                   Fully enclosed unit with front access only and face-mounted instruments, door
        4
                   mounted or as required, mounted on an interior hinged subpanel.
                   Same as Type 4 except provided with corrosion resistant and water tight
       4X
                   construction.
                   Fully enclosed, freestanding unit with front access only with interior mounted
        5
                   equipment and instruments, and 19-inch electronic-type cabinet rack.
                   Fully enclosed, freestanding unit with front and/or rear access with interior
        6
                   mounted equipment and instruments.
                   Open equipment mounting rack for fiber optic patch systems and electronic
        7
                   equipment.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17110-1                         Panels
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
        C.       PANEL DESIGN:

                 1.      GENERAL: Instrumentation and control panels shall be complete
                         prewired integrated instrument and control stations with the required
                         operator interface functions as detailed on the Drawings and ancillary
                         equipment as specified herein. Panel size and equipment layout
                         requirements shall be as specified herein and as indicated on the
                         Drawings.

                 2.      POWER DISTRIBUTION: Each process control cabinet shall be
                         provided with DIN rail mounted circuit breakers on each incoming branch
                         circuit serving the cabinet. DIN rail mounted circuit breakers shall also be
                         provided for each 120 volts AC power branch circuit derived from the
                         cabinet power distribution system and serving equipment either within the
                         cabinet or external to the cabinet. Circuit breakers shall be sized in
                         accordance with the National Electrical Code and shall be 15 ampere
                         minimum. Typically, individual branch breakers shall be provided for the
                         following types of equipment:

                         a.       PLC processor and/or I/O chassis
                         b.       Instrument, and DeviceNet network DC power supplies
                         c.       Network Communication Hardware
                         d.       External computer workstations
                         e.       Internal and external receptacle circuits
                         f.       120 volts AC field instruments (individual circuit breaker for each
                                  instrument)
                         g.       Cabinet lighting and ventilation systems

                         Each cabinet shall be provided with two spare 15 ampere, single pole
                         breakers(minimum).

                         Electronic equipment cabinets shall be provided with receptacles for
                         distribution of 120 volts AC power. Unless otherwise shown on the
                         Drawings, provide one receptacle (minimum) for UPS system power
                         distribution and one receptacle (minimum) for utility power distribution.
                         Each receptacle shall be protected by a 15 ampere, 120 volts AC single
                         pole, DIN rail mounted circuit breaker. Receptacles for UPS service shall
                         be orange colored and receptacles for 120 volts AC utility service shall be
                         ivory colored.

                 3.      POWER SUPPLIES: Each panel containing direct current powered
                         instruments, DeviceNet network components, or serving as the termination
                         point for transmission loop powered field instruments shall contain direct
                         current power supply system as specified in Section 17130.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17110-2                              Panels
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
1.02    REFERENCES

         This section contains references to the following documents. Additional references are
listed in Section 17000. All references shall be to the current edition of the document unless
specifically stated otherwise. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.

         Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, reference to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued
or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last
version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, reference to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a version with a
later date, discontinued or replaced.


                 Reference                                       Title

         ASTM B209                     Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate
         EIA RS-310C                   Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment
         Fed. Std-595A                 Federal Standard Colors
                                       Guide to the available methods for control center
         ISA RP60.11
                                       crating, shipping and handling
         NEMA 250                      Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
         NFPA 70                       National Electric Code (NEC)
                                       Tests for Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts
         UL 94
                                       in Devices and Appliances

1.03    PRODUCT HANDLING

        Panels shall be shipped, protected, and stored in accordance with the requirements of this
specification, Section 01600, and the applicable requirements of ISA RP60.11. Panels shall be
shipped in Type 2S general purpose, humidity protected crates as defined by ISA RP60.11.
Panels shall be prepped for shipment in accordance with ISA RP60.11, paragraphs 5.2 and 5.3.
All programmable logic controller components, with the exception of input/output chassis shall
be removed from panels and shipped separately in accordance with manufacturers instructions.

1.04    SUBMITTALS

        The following information shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300:


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17110-3                             Panels
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                 1.      Dimensioned front view drawings.

                 2.      Panel layout and assembly drawings including front and backpanel
                         equipment layouts and sections showing clearances between face and rear
                         mounted equipment.

                 3.      Nameplate engraving schedule showing engraving by line, character size,
                         and nameplate size.

                 4.      Manufacturer's product data for all enclosure systems and components
                         edited to indicate only those items, model or series of equipment which
                         are being provided.

                         Product data shall be assembled in a folder or three-ring binder. Each
                         folder shall contain a cover sheet, indexed by item, and cross-referenced to
                         the appropriate specification paragraph.

                 5.      A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and
                         all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included,
                         with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or
                         marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements.
                         Check marks ( ) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a
                         whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated and, therefore
                         requested by the CONTRACTOR, each deviation shall be underlined and
                         denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph.
                         The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify
                         compliance on the part of the CONTRACTOR with the specifications.
                         The submittal shall be accompanied by a detailed, written justification for
                         each deviation. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification
                         sections, along with justification(s) for any requested deviations to the
                         specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for
                         rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration.

                 6.      Connection, interconnection and loop diagrams specified in specification
                         Section 17000.


PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01    FABRICATION

        A.       GENERAL:

        Panelwork shall be designed for the seismic requirements specified in specification


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17110-4                              Panels
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
section 01890 as defined by IBC. Structures and equipment shall be braced to prevent damage
from specified forces. Equipment shall not be required to function properly during periods of
seismic disturbance but shall be capable of manual restart following a disturbance.

      Cutouts for future equipment shall be blanked off with suitable covers. Instruments shall
be mounted in a manner that allows ease of access to components and ease of removal.

       Face-mounted instruments that are more than six inches deep, weigh more than 10
pounds, or exert more than a 4 ft-lb moment force on the face of the panel shall be supported
underneath at the rear by a 1-inch x 1/8-inch thick steel angle.

        Face-mounted equipment shall be flush or semi-flush with flat-black escutcheons.

       Cabinets less than 60 inches high shall be provided with floor stands to raise the top of
the panel to 60 inches above the floor or work platform or, if panel weighs less than 100 pounds
and wall space is available, wall mounting may be used in lieu of a floor stand.

       All equipment mounted within or on panels shall be identified by function and loop
number where applicable. Identification labels shall be installed on the panel interior adjacent to
the equipment and an identical label installed on the equipment itself. Nameplates shall be
provided for all face-mounted instruments on the panel exterior. Instruments shall be mounted in
a manner that allows the complete access to all components for inspection, calibration,
troubleshooting, and removal.

        Blanking panels shall be provided to close all unused space on 19-inch rack mounting
systems. All rack-mounted equipment shall be provided with telescoping slide rails to facilitate
access to rear of equipment.

        B.       TYPE 1 FABRICATION:

       Panels shall be aluminum plate, ASTM B209 6063 alloy, 3/8-inch thickness. Plates over
two feet in any dimension shall be braced with 1-1/2-inch aluminum angles for rigidity.
Mounting hardware shall be type 316 stainless steel. Wiring shall be carried in rigid aluminum
conduit with cast aluminum fittings. Equipment shall be surface mounted on the panel's front
face.

        C.       TYPE 2 FABRICATION:

        Panels shall be fabricated from 3/16-inch minimum thickness stretcher leveled sheet
steel. Leading and adjoining edges shall be constructed with two-inch turnbacks with formed
radii not less than twice the material thickness. Panels shall be provided with structural steel
frame to provide a rigid structure.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17110-5                            Panels
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
        D.       TYPE 3 FABRICATION:

        Cabinet shall be a NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure. Cabinet shall be fabricated from
stretcher leveled sheet steel. Sheet steel for cabinet doors and body shall be 16 gauge minimum
for cabinets with no dimension greater than or equal to 20 inches and 14 gauge for cabinets with
any dimension greater than 20 inches. Cabinet shall be provided with an interior frame or
otherwise formed so as to provide a rigid structure. Cabinets shall be provided with equipment
mounting backpanels and a 12-inch by 12-inch by 1-inch data pocket. Door(s) shall be hung on
removable pin hinges and equipped with vault-type latch capable of accepting a 3/8-inch-shackle
padlock. Three-point latch hardware shall be provided for doors exceeding 30 inches height.
Where cabinet width exceeds 36 inches, multiple doors no wider than 24 inches shall be
provided.

        E.       TYPE 4 FABRICATION:

        Cabinet shall be a NEMA 250, Type 4 enclosure fabricated from stretcher leveled sheet
steel. Sheet steel for cabinet doors and body shall be 16 gauge minimum for cabinets with no
dimension greater than or equal to 20 inches and 14 gauge for cabinets with any dimension
greater than 20 inches. Cabinets shall be provided with an interior frame or otherwise formed so
as to provide a rigid structure. Face-mounted instruments shall be mounted in the door.
Arrangement of face-mounted instruments shall be as detailed on the Drawings. Cabinet shall be
provided with an interior frame or otherwise formed so as to provide a rigid structure. Cabinets
shall be provided with equipment mounting backpanels and a 12-inch by 12-inch by 1-inch data
pocket. Doors shall be hung on full-length piano-type hinges and equipped with vault-type latch
capable of accepting a 3/8-inch-shackle padlock. Three-point latch hardware shall be provided
for doors exceeding 30 inches height. Door width shall not exceed 30 inches.

        F.       TYPE 4X FABRICATION:

        Type 4X cabinet shall comply with NEMA 250, Type 4X, and shall be of non-metallic
fiberglass construction. Cabinets shall be provided with an interior frame or otherwise formed so
as to provide a rigid structure. Where face-mounted instruments are specified, they shall be
mounted in the door or on an interior hinged subpanel arranged to swing completely out of the
enclosure. Arrangement of face-mounted instruments shall be as detailed on the Drawings.
Cabinets shall be provided with equipment mounting backpanels and a 12-inch by 12-inch by 1-
inch data pocket. Cabinets shall have hinges and quick-release latches constructed of fiberglass-
reinforced polyester. Door width shall not exceed 36 inches, unless otherwise noted.

        G.       TYPE 5 FABRICATION:

        Type 5 cabinet shall comply with NEMA 250, Type 12 requirements. Cabinet shall be
totally enclosed with front door(s), removable side panels, and include a 19-inch electronic type
equipment rack and equipment mounting panels as indicated on the Drawings. Type 5 cabinets
shall be provided with rear doors where indicated on the Drawings. Cabinets shall be of formed
and welded construction utilizing a pre-punched, roll-formed or multi-fold frame profile system


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17110-6                          Panels
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
to form a rigid assembly. Cabinet enclosure shall be of sheet steel construction. Rear wall and
top shall be of 14 gauge construction. Side walls shall be removable and shall be of 16 gauge
construction. Front door(s) shall be of 14 gauge construction and shall be provided with
reversible, concealed 140 degree pinned hinges and lever-type handle and key-locking insert.
Door shall have a foamed-in perimeter gasket to form a NEMA 12 sealing rating. All door front
penetrations shall be gasketed. Rear equipment mounting panel shall be of 12 gauge
construction. Mounting panels shall be set forward from the rear of the panel and provided with
panel joining pieces to provide a continuous equipment mounting panel between adjacent cabinet
sections. Each cabinet shall be provided with three-part bottom panels with gasketed cable entry
system and a four-inch high plinth with removable front and side panels. Cabinets shall be
provided with a 12-inch by 12-inch by 1-inch data pocket.

      Electronic equipment mounting racks shall be provided with telescoping slide rails for
equipment installation and blanking panels and trim to cover unused mounting space.

        Type 5 cabinets shall be provided with the following accessories and support systems:

                 1.      Interior enclosure fluorescent light fixture above each door with door-
                         activated switch.

                 2.      Forced air ventilation system consisting of top-mounted 120 volts AC
                         fans, replaceable filters at the bottom of each door, and thermostat.

                 3.      Power distribution system as specified in paragraph 17110-1.01 including
                         a 120 volt AC duplex receptacle.

                 4.      Fixed 19-inch equipment mounting rack frames, where shown no the
                         Drawings.

                 5.      16-inch deep, fully extendable, telescoping solid shelf to provide support
                         for portable diagnostic and programming equipment, where shown on the
                         Drawings. Shelf shall be located 30 to 42 inches above the finished floor.
                         Blanking trim shall be provided above and below the shelf.

                 6.      HMI system consisting of display unit, keyboard/mouse shelf, and
                         keyboard/mouse interface wiring. Display unit shall be Siemens Simatic,
                         15-inch 1024 x 768 pixel TFT industrial color flat panel touchscreen
                         monitor, or equal. Keyboard shelf shall be Hoffman C-KBC24 Keyboard
                         box, or equal. Keyboard/mouse interface shall be as manufactured by
                         Graceport and shall include 1 PS2 type keyboard interface, 1 PS2 type
                         mouse interface, and 2 USB type interfaces. Internal panel cabling for the
                         display unit, and keyboard/mouse interface shall be provided to the HMI
                         CPU located within the enclosure. Suitable protection shall be provided
                         for all cabling to avoid interference or damage from panel door hinge.
                         The HMI CPU shall be provided by the Owner.


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17110-7                             Panels
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                 7.      Other devices as shown on the Drawings or Equipment Schedules.

         Type 5 cabinet finish shall be dip-bath primed and powder coated. Finish color shall be
beige.

      Type 5 cabinets shall be assembled from the Hoffman Proline System, Rittal PS 4000
System or equal.

         H.      TYPE 6 FABRICATION:

        Type 6 cabinet shall comply with NEMA 250, Type 12 requirements. Cabinet shall be
totally enclosed with front door, removable side panels, and rear equipment mounting panels as
required to accommodate the equipment indicated on the Drawings. Cabinets shall be of formed
and welded construction utilizing a pre-punched, roll-formed or multi-fold frame profile system
to form a rigid assembly. Cabinet enclosure shall be of sheet steel construction. Rear wall and
top shall be of 14 gauge construction. Side walls shall be removable and shall be of 14 gauge
construction. Front door shall have a dark brown anodized, extruded aluminum frame and shall
be provided with reversible, concealed 140 degree pinned hinges and lever-type handle and key-
locking insert. Doors shall have an integral glued seal to ensure the NEMA 12 sealing rating.
Equipment mounting panel shall be of 12 gauge construction. Mounting panels shall be set
forward from the rear of the panel and be provided with panel joining pieces to provide a
continuous equipment mounting panel between adjacent cabinet sections. Where indicated on
the schedules or drawings, Type 6 cabinets shall be furnished with full height doors front and
back, with equipment mounting panels at half depth of cabinet. Each cabinet shall be provided
with three-part bottom panels with gasketed cable entry system and a four-inch high plinth with
removable front and side panels unless otherwise noted. Cabinets shall be provided with a 12-
inch by 12-inch by 1-inch data pocket. Levelers shall be provided where indicated on the
Drawings.

         Type 6 cabinets shall be provided with the following accessories and support systems:

                 1.      Interior enclosure fluorescent light fixture with door-activated switch in
                         each cabinet section.
                 2.      Forced air ventilation system consisting of 120 volts AC fan, replaceable
                         filters, and thermostat.
                 3.      Power distribution system as specified in paragraph 17110-1.01.
                 4.      Other devices as shown on the Drawings or Equipment Schedules.

         Type 6 cabinet finish shall be dip-bath primed and powder coated. Finish color shall be
beige.

      Type 6 cabinets shall be assembled from the Hoffman Proline System, Rittal PS 4000
System or equal.


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17110-8                             Panels
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
        I.       TYPE 7 FABRICATION:

        Cabinet shall be a 19-inch electronic-type cabinet rack in compliance with EIA RS-310C
and NEMA 250, Type 12. Cabinet shall have removable side and back panels, and aluminum
19-inch angles as required to accommodate the rack-mounted equipment indicated on the
Drawings. Cabinets shall be of formed and welded construction utilizing a pre-punched, roll-
formed or multi-fold frame profile system to form a rigid assembly. Cabinet enclosure shall be
of sheet steel construction. Rear wall and top shall be of 14 gauge construction. Side walls shall
be removable and shall be of 14 gauge construction. Levelers shall be provided where indicated
on the Drawings.

        Type 7 enclosures shall be provided with the following features:

                 1.      Power distribution plug strips.
                 2.      Forced air ventilation system consisting of 120 volts AC fan, replaceable
                         filters, and thermostat.

      Type 7 cabinets shall be assembled from the Hoffman Proline System, Rittal PS 4000
System or equal.

2.02    HEATING AND VENTILATING

        Forced air ventilation shall be provided for cabinets types 5 and 6. Ventilation system for
Type 6 cabinets shall include filtered pagoda type, roof mounted fans and filtered intake grille.
Ventilation system for Type 5 cabinets shall include four venturi fans in a 19-inch rack frame
tray and filtered intake and exhaust grilles. Fan tray shall be mounted at the top of the rack
frame and shall not occupy any rack mounting space.

       Fans shall be equipped with UL-approved washable filters and provide at least 240 cfm.
Noise level at 3 feet from exterior wall and 30 degrees off axis shall not exceed 60 NC units.
Fans shall be suitable for operation at 120 volts AC. All ventilation systems shall be
thermostatically controlled.

       Outdoor cabinets shall also be provided with thermostatically controlled space heaters. If
space heater surface temperature exceeds 120 degrees F, an expanded metal guard shall be
provided. Thermostats shall be Honeywell T631B1013, Penn Controls A28AA-4, or equal.

2.03    COATING

       Unless otherwise specified, panels shall be coated as specified in Section 09900. Type 1
and type 4X panels shall have a natural finish.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17110-9                            Panels
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
2.04    NAMEPLATES

        Machine engraved laminated black phenolic nameplates with white lettering shall be
provided for face-mounted equipment. Nameplate engraving shall include the associated
equipment description without abbreviation and the equipment tag number, if applicable, in 1/8-
inch minimum size lettering. Nameplates shall be attached to the panel with adhesive. The
CONTRACTOR agrees that nameplate wording may be changed without additional cost or time
if changes are made prior to commencement of engraving.

        Machine embossed metallic adhesive labels shall be applied on the interior of panels to
identify tag number of instruments mounted inside panels and face-mounted in panel doors.

        Nameplates shall be attached to panel surfaces, not to instruments.

2.05    INTERCONNECTION WIRING AND ELECTRICAL DEVICES

        A.       INTERCONNECTION WIRING:

         Power and control wiring shall be single conductor stranded copper NFPA No. 70 Type
MTW No. 16 AWG minimum. Wiring for signal types c, d, e, f, g, and h, as specified in
paragraph 17000-1.01 C.9, shall be No. 16 AWG stranded copper NFPA No. 70 Type MTW.
Wiring for signal types a and b, as defined in paragraph 17000-1.01C.9, shall be provided with
instruments and run continuously from measuring element to receiving instrument without
splices.

        Wiring shall be supported independently of terminations by lacing to panel support
structure or by slotted flame retardant plastic wiring channels. Wiring channels shall comply
with UL 94, Type V. Wiring channel fill shall not exceed 40 percent.

        Wiring shall be tagged at terminations. Wire identification system shall be as specified in
paragraph 16000-2.02. Wire numbers shall consist of three parts. The prefix of the wire number
shall be the instrument loop number. If an instrument loop number is not available, the lowest
mechanical equipment number of all final drives in the circuit shall be used. Following the
prefix shall be a code letter. Code letters and wire colors are given in the following tables:

                                             Description
                       Code                                                  Color
                                            120V AC Wire
                         L                       Power                       Black
                        LU                   Power (UPS)              Black with red tracer
                         C                      Control                       Red
                         N                      Neutral                      White
                        PG                      Ground                       Green


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17110-10                           Panels
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                              Description
                       Code                                             Color
                                             24V DC Wire
                        SP               Power supply                    Blue
                         C               Control                        Violet
                         S               Signal (pos)                   Black
                        SG               Signal ground                  White
                        PG               Equipment ground               Green


       All conductors carrying a foreign voltage within a cabinet shall be yellow for AC circuits
and yellow with blue tracer for DC circuits.

        The third part of the wire number shall be a number that identifies wires in a circuit that
are electrically identical.

        Wiring shall comply with the requirements of NFPA No. 70 as a minimum. Power and
control wiring located inside panels may be number 16 AWG or number 18 AWG in accordance
with circuit overcurrent protection provided. Power and control wiring shall be carried in
covered channels separate from low voltage signal circuits. An interior steel barrier shall be
provided between AC control devices and the electronic equipment.

        All field wiring terminating within a panel shall be terminated with locking spade-type
insulated, crimp-on lugs. All interior panel wiring shall be terminated with locking spade-type
insulated, crimp-on lugs.

       Field connections shall be to separate terminal blocks. Terminal blocks for field
terminations shall be in a separate part of the panel close to where the field cables enter the
panel.

        Circuits shall be fused. Fuses shall be 1/4 x 1-1/4 inch. Fuses on 120V AC circuits shall
be ceramic tube type with 25,000 amperes interrupting capacity at 125 volts and neon blown fuse
indicator lamps. Fuses for 24V DC circuits shall be fast acting glass tube type rated 1/8 or 1/10
amp for 4-20 mA loops. Fuse holders for 120V AC shall be drawout type and molded from
melamine plastic.

2.06    TERMINAL BLOCKS

       Unless otherwise shown or specified, terminal blocks shall be captive screw with
pressure plate type rated 600 volts AC and suitable for DIN rail mounting. Terminal block type
and application shall be as specified in the following table. Terminal blocks shall be Phoenix
Contact or equal. Terminal block assemblies shall be complete including end caps, markers,



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17110-11                               Panels
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
insertion bridges, mounting hardware, etc. Terminal block marking shall be in accordance with
specification 16000-2.05.

                              120 VOLTS AC POWER AND CONTROL
                   Description                             Type                Application
       Fused terminal block w/blown fuse         UK 6 HESI            Power supply for panels
       LED indicator
       Terminal block                            UK 10                Neutral and control wiring
       Grounding terminal block                  USLKG4               Equipment ground conductor
       Disconnect terminal block                 UK 4-T-P/P           Foreign voltage disconnect



                            24 VDC SIGNAL, POWER AND CONTROL
                   Description                             Type                Application
       Current loop terminal block                MTK-P/P             4-20 mADC current signal
       Terminal block                             UK5                 Control signal
       Fused terminal block w/blown fuse          UK 4-TG             Power to field devices
       LED indicator

2.07     SURGE PROTECTION

        Surge protectors shall be provided at panel external terminal blocks for types c,d,e,f, and
g signal circuits as defined in paragraph 17000-1.01C.9 which extend outdoors. Surge protectors
shall be pluggable two-part devices suitable for DIN rail mounting, and shall be Phoenix Contact
Plugtrab PT, or equal.

2.08     PANEL GROUNDING

        Each panel shall be provided with two copper ground bars. One bar shall be bonded to
the panel frame or sheet metal and to the station ground system. The second (signal) ground bar
shall be mounted on insulated stand-offs and shall be bonded to the frame ground bar at one
point only. Signal circuits, signal cable shields, and low-voltage DC power supply commons
shall be bonded to the signal ground bar. Surge protectors and separately derived AC power
supplies shall be bonded to the frame ground bar. In panel line-ups exceeding 30-inches width,
ground bars shall be 1/4 by 1-inch copper bars extending the entire length of the panel.

2.09     PANEL MOUNT DISPLAY

         Panel mount display shall be a six place, seven segment green LED display. The display


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17110-12                                Panels
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
shall have a NEMA 4 sealing rating and shall be suitable for mounting through cabinet front
panel.

2.10    RELAYS

        A.       INTERFACE RELAYS

        Interface relays shall be provided for all discrete input and output points where the field
voltage differs from the I/O module voltage, or where the output module is not rated to switch
the required load. Interface relays shall be DIN rail mounted, with screw connections, shall
indicate operation by way of an LED integrated into the device, and coils shall incorporate a
free-wheeling diode to eliminate inductive kick-back. Interface relay marking shall be similar to
terminal block marking, in accordance with specification 16000-2.05.

        Interface relays shall be as manufactured by Phoenix Contact, Model PLC-RSC, or equal.

        B.       ISOLATING RELAYS

       Isolating relays used for control of equipment shall be plug-in tube base type with pin
terminals, indicator light, and check button. Relays shall have a minimum of two Form C,
DPDT, silver cadmium oxide contacts rated 10 amps resistive at 120V AC or 28V DC.

        Isolating relays shall be as manufactured by IDEC, RH Series, or equal.

2.11    PRODUCT DATA

       A panel wiring diagram for each panel shall be provided in accordance with
Section 01300.


PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01    GENERAL

       Control room cabinets shall be mounted on channel iron sills as specified. Sills shall be
leveled so panel structures will not be distorted. Panels shall be shimmed to precise alignment so
doors operate without binding. Sealant shall be provided under panels not located in control
rooms or electrical equipment rooms.

        All conduits shall be terminated on the bottom panel of the enclosure.

        Free-standing panels in areas of new construction shall have all conduits terminated
within the confines of the plinth base. All conductors shall be routed from the conduit system to
the panel interior through the cable entry system in the panel bottom plate.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17110-13                           Panels
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
        Free-standing panels in areas of existing construction where bottom access is not readily
available shall have all conduits terminate in the side panel of the enclosure. Conductors shall be
routed from the conduit system to the field terminal block in plastic wiring channels.

        No conduits shall be terminated in the electronic rack portion of Type 5 cabinets. No
conduits shall be terminated in the top of Type 5 or Type 6 cabinets. Conduits not entering Type
5 or Type 6 cabinets from below shall do so through a wireway attached to the field terminal side
of the cabinet.

        Field panels and cabinets shall be mounted in compliance with paragraph 17000-3.01.

      Floor-mounted cabinets except in control rooms or electrical equipment rooms shall be
mounted on 3-1/2-inch minimum height concrete pads or grouted bases as specified.

        Each panel shall have its record connection and interconnection diagrams provided in
clear plastic envelope in the panel print pocket.

       All spare or otherwise unused programmable logic controller input/output channels shall
be provided with interconnecting cabling to field terminal blocks.

       All existing loops, instruments and devices that have been relocated, reconnected or
modified shall be recalibrated, inspected, tested and commissioned per specification section
17030.

      Terminals and terminal blocks shall be sprayed with a silicone resin similar to Dow
Corning R-4-3117 conformal coating, after all terminations have been completed.

       Type 6 panels and all associated equipment shall not be installed until all debris and dust
producing construction activities are completed in the vicinity of the panel.

3.02    COATING

       Metal surfaces of panels, cabinets, and consoles shall be prepared, prime and finish
coated with the manufacturers standard coating system for the product specified.

3.03    PANEL ASSEMBLY AND CONFIGURATION

       Panel assemblies, including local control panels and area control centers, shall be
configured as indicated on the Drawings.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17110-14                            Panels
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.04    SHIPMENT

        Each individual shipment shall be packaged in a manner designed to protect the equipment
against damage caused by sudden acceleration or deceleration in accordance with the requirements
of Section 01600.

         Indicating accelerometers and associated information labels shall be permanently attached to
the exterior of each shipping package, crate or pallet. Indicators shall be non-resettable and shall
clearly indicate any shock in excess of 5g. Upon arrival of each shipment, the indicators shall be
inspected in the presence of representatives of the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR and the
equipment manufacturer. Indicators shall be ULine "Drop-N-Tell" 5g or equal.


                                         **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17110-15                            Panels
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                             SECTION 17130

                       POWER SUPPLY AND CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT


PART 1--GENERAL

1.01    DESCRIPTION

       This section specifies requirements for power supply and conditioning equipment
required to support the instrumentation and communication systems specified.

1.02    REFERENCES

         This section contains references to the following documents. Additional references are
listed in Section 17000. All references shall be to the current edition of the document unless
specifically stated otherwise. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.

         Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, reference to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued
or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last
version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, reference to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a version with a
later date, discontinued or replaced.

                       Reference                                 Title
                 NEMA 250                 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
                 NFPA 70                  National Electrical Code (NEC)
                 UL 1012                  Power Supplies

1.03    PLANT ELECTRICAL SUPPLY SYSTEM

       Electric power for instrumentation and communication systems shall be obtained from
the power distribution system specified in Division 16. This power is not regulated, wave forms
may be distorted, and significant amounts of electrical noise may be present. The
CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary power supply and conditioning equipment to
provide electrical power of the required voltages and current capacities and of adequate quality
to ensure reliable operation of the instrumentation and communication systems. Unless


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17130-1           Power Supply and Conditioning
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                                   Equipment
otherwise specified, the CONTRACTOR shall assume that the power supply for instrumentation
systems is 120 volts plus or minus 15 percent, 60 hertz plus or minus 3 hertz, 5 percent
maximum harmonic distortion.

1.04    SUBMITTALS

        Submittals shall be provided as specified in paragraph 17000-1.05.


PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01    GENERAL

       Except for power supply units which form an integral part of an individual piece of
equipment, all power supply and conditioning equipment shall comply with UL 1012 and shall
be approved by UL, CSA, or FM for the application.

2.02    TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM

        Transient voltage surge suppression system shall provide surge suppression response in
compliance with IEEE C62.41-1980 Category A and B and shall be designated as UL Standard
1449 transient voltage surge suppressor. Suppression system shall be a single stage, parallel
device capable of suppressing 40,000 amperes. Suppression system shall be housed in a NEMA
4 enclosure with clear cover and LED diagnostic indicators. Form "C" output contact shall be
provided for remote indication of system status. Surge suppression system shall meet or exceed
the following specifications:
                1.      Rated line voltage:            120 VAC, 1 phase, 2-wire
                2.      Protection Mode:                         Normal (L-N)
                3.      Frequency Range:                                 60 Hz
                4.      Maximum Response Time:                    1 nanosecond
                5.      Clamp Voltage (UL 1449 value):                   400 V

    Transient voltage surge suppression system shall be Cutler-Hammer Aegis, Model Aegis-
HW-CH-120N-15-X-C, or equal.

2.03    DIRECT-CURRENT POWER SUPPLIES – DIN-RAIL MOUNTED

      Direct-current power supplies for bulk 24-volt nominal instrumentation power, or
DeviceNet networks shall be primary switched-mode regulator type suitable for DIN rail
mounting.

        Minimum power supply rating shall be 5 amperes at 24 VDC. Power supply shall be
sized to accommodate the initial connected load served plus 50 percent spare capacity. Form
"C" output contact shall be provided for remote indication of system status.

138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17130-2        Power Supply and Conditioning
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                                Equipment
        Direct current power supplies shall be configured to provide N+1 redundancy, with the
power supplies operating in parallel, and any single power supply sized to accommodate the load
served.

       Where DIN-rail power supplies are required by the Drawings, separate direct current
power supply configurations shall be provided for each bulk instrumentation power application,
or each DeviceNet network application.

     DIN-rail Power supplies shall be Phoenix Contact, Model QUINT-PS-100-
240AC/24DC/X, or equal.

2.04    NOT USED

2.05    UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) SYSTEM

        UPS system shall be on-line, computer-grade uninterruptible power supply with electrical
isolation including output neutral. The UPS system shall be packaged suitable for tower or 19-
inch rack mounting, as shown on the Drawings, complete with integral batteries.

       The UPS system shall have front mounted load and voltage displays, status LEDs, alarm,
LEDs, On/Test button for initiating self test, and Off button. The UPS shall also include an
audible alarm upon detection of load exceeding capacity, load on battery power, and battery
replacement required conditions.

        The UPS system shall have a Relay I/O module consisting of 6 Form C contacts for
remote indication of UPS on-battery, low battery, load not receiving power or communications
between UPS and Relay I/O module lost, replace UPS battery, UPS overloaded, any UPS fault or
self-test failure conditions. The conditions shall be configured to provide a common UPS fault,
self-test failure, or overload alarm output. The UPS shall be capable of receiving remote inputs
for turn the UPS on, turn the UPS off, start UPS self-test, and shut down the UPS (when on
battery). The UPS shall be upgradeable to be Ethernet SNMP compatible.

        The UPS system shall meet or exceed the following specifications:

                1.      LIGHTNING AND SURGE PROTECTION: Suppression performance
                        meeting ANSI/IEEE 587 Category A and B.

                2.      OUTPUT RATINGS: 700 VA/450 watts (minimum) with 125 percent
                        overload capability for 10 minutes and surge capacity to 150 percent.
                        UPS systems shall be sized for 150 percent of initial system load.

                3.      WAVE SHAPE: Sine wave.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17130-3        Power Supply and Conditioning
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                                Equipment
                4.      OPERATING AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: 32 to 104 degrees F at 95
                        percent relative humidity.

                5.      INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE: 82-144 VAC.

                6.      OUTPUT VOLTAGE: 120 VAC.

        The UPS system shall be provided with hot-swappable integral sealed, no-maintenance
batteries sized to provide full capacity backup power for 10 minutes.

        Each UPS system shall be provided with a rack mounted automatic transfer switch. The
transfer switch shall be configured to recognize the UPS as source “A”, and a 120VAC line as
source “B.”

       Each process control panel shall be provided with a UPS system configured as indicated
on the Drawings. UPS system shall be provided with rack-mounting slide rails, as required.

      The UPS system shall be as manufactured by American Power Conversion Corp., Smart-
UPS series or equal.

2.06    PRODUCT DATA

        The following data shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:

                1.      Applicable operation and maintenance information as specified in Section
                        01730.

                2.      Instruction Certification Form 11000-B as specified in Section 17130-
                        3.02.


PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01    GENERAL

        Power supply and conditioning equipment shall be mounted and connected in compliance
with the manufacturer's instructions unless otherwise specified. Line side disconnect switches
shall be provided for power supply and conditioning equipment. Line and load side overcurrent
protection shall be provided for power supply and conditioning equipment in compliance with
NFPA 70. Disconnect switches shall comply with Section 16175.

       Small power supply and conditioning equipment may be mounted in the panel served.
Larger units shall be mounted adjacent to the equipment served. Where unconditioned power is
brought into control panels, it shall be enclosed in metallic raceways within the panel.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17130-4         Power Supply and Conditioning
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                                 Equipment
       Power supply and conditioning equipment larger than 5 kVA load capacity supported
from surfaces other than concrete shall be provided with sound isolators. Final raceway
connections shall be a flexible conduit in compliance with Section 16110.

       Power supply and conditioning equipment not designed for exposed mounting shall be
housed in panels in compliance with Section 17110.

3.02    TRAINING

        The CONTRACTOR shall provide the services of a factory trained instructor for the
purpose of training the OWNER’S personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of the
uninterruptible power system. Training shall be comprised of not less than two 1-hour sessions.
Training shall comply with Section 01664 and shall be certified on Form 11000-B specified in
Section 01999.

3.03    TESTING

        Testing requirements shall be as specified in Section 17030.


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17130-5         Power Supply and Conditioning
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                                 Equipment
                                             SECTION 17150

                                   FIBER OPTIC CABLE SYSTEMS


PART 1--GENERAL

1.01    DESCRIPTION

        This section specifies fiber optic cable systems for process control system applications.

1.02    REFERENCES

         This section contains references to the following documents. Additional references are
listed in Section 17000. All references shall be to the current edition of the document unless
specifically stated otherwise. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.

         Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, reference to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued
or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last
version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, reference to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a version with a
later date, discontinued or replaced.



               Reference                                         Title

        NFPA 70                      National Electric Code (NEC)

        ATS-2003                     International Electrical Testing Association (NETA),
                                     Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power
                                     Distribution Equipment and Systems

1.03    SUBMITTALS

        The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:

                 1.      Catalog cuts showing general information on each fiber optic cable system
                         product specified.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17150-1            Fiber Optic Cable Systems
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                         Catalog cuts shall be assembled in a folder or three-ring binder. Each
                         folder shall contain a cover sheet, indexed by item, and cross-referenced to
                         the appropriate specification paragraph.

                 2.      A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and
                         all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included,
                         with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or
                         marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements.
                         Check marks ( ) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole.
                         If deviations from the specifications are indicated and, therefore requested by
                         the CONTRACTOR, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a
                         number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph. The remaining
                         portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part
                         of the CONTRACTOR with the specifications. The submittal shall be
                         accompanied by a detailed, written justification for each deviation. Failure
                         to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along with
                         justification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification
                         requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the
                         entire submittal with no further consideration.


PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01    GENERAL

        A.       FIBER OPTIC CABLE SPECIFICATION SHEETS (FOCABLESPEC):

     General requirements for fiber optic cables specified in this section are listed on
FOCABLESPEC sheets in paragraph 17150-3.05B.

2.02    CABLE TERMINATION AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

        A.       CONNECTORS:

        ST compatible connectors shall be provided on all fiber optic cable terminations.
Connector shall be ceramic epoxy and polish type and shall have a maximum light loss of less
than 0.3 dB. Connector operating temperature range shall be -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit.
Connectors shall be provided with colored strain relief boot.

        B.       CONNECTOR HOUSING PANELS:

       Connector housing panels shall be a 6-fiber ST panel consisting of six ST multimode,
composite inserts in a composite housing. Connector housings panels shall be as manufactured
by Corning, Model CCH-CP06-15, or approved equal.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17150-2              Fiber Optic Cable Systems
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
        C.       WALL MOUNTED CABLE PATCH/SPLICE PANEL:

        Fiber optic cable patch/splice panel shall be provided for mounting two or four, 6-fiber
ST connector housing panels of the number required for termination of the specified number of
fiber optic cables. Panel shall be arranged with connectors on one side only and shall be
furnished complete with cable routing guides and strain relief accessories, fiber designation
labels, and adapter panels. Blank adapter panels shall be provided for all unused openings.
Panel shall be as manufactured by Corning, Model WCH-0xP, or approved equal.

        D.       RACK MOUNTED CABLE DISTRIBUTION PANEL:

         Fiber optic cable distribution panel shall be provided for mounting up to twelve, 12-fiber
ST duplex housing panels of the number required for termination of the specified number of
fiber optic cables. Distribution panel shall be 19-inch rack mountable, and height shall not
exceed 4U. Panel shall be furnished complete with cable routing guides and strain relief
accessories, fiber designation labels, and adapter panels. Blank adapter panels shall be provided
for all unused openings. Panel shall be as manufactured by Corning, Model CCH-H04U
complete with Strain Relief Accessory, Model CCH-UCC-KIT, or approved equal.

2.03    PATCH CABLES

       Patch cables shall be factory-fabricated multimode, 62.5/125 micron, duplex cables with
ST compatible connectors. Where required by the end devices, patch cables having SC/ST
connectors shall be provided. Connector ferrules shall be composite. Patch cables shall be
provided of sufficient length to provide slack in wireways and at connections. Patch cables shall
be as manufactured by Corning Company, or approved equal.

2.04    FIBER OPTIC TRANSCEIVERS:

        Fiber optic transceivers shall be provided as indicated on the Drawings schedules. Where
        transceivers are required in addition to those shown in Schedules, the following types
        shall be provided:

                 Genius Bus Fiber Optical Communication Module –
                        Phoenix Digital Model OCM-GEN-13-P-ST-ACV, Multimode, Panel
                        mount, ST connectors, 120VAC power.

                 Ethernet Fiber Optic TCP/IP –
                        Hirschmann “MICE” Modular Ethernet System consisting of:
                        Model MS3124-4, Switch with 4 module base
                        Model MM2-4TX1, 4 port RJ4510/100 baseT Media Module
                        Model MM3-2FXM4/2TX1, Media Module with 2 100 BASE-FX Type
                        ST fiber ports and two RJ4510/100 baseT ports
                        Module quantities shall be as required to serve the interfaces shown on the
                        Drawings.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17150-3           Fiber Optic Cable Systems
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                 Ethernet Fiber Optic Single Channel Media Converter –
                        Transition Networks stand alone converter Model J/FE-CF-03 100Base-
                        FX 1300nm multimode with Type ST connectors, to RJ-45 100baseT with
                        120VAC power module, or approved equal.


PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01    CABLE INSTALLATION

        All fiber optic cables shall be installed in conduit unless otherwise noted and without
splices between termination points. Fiber optic cables shall be installed in accordance with the
cable manufacturer’s instructions. All spare fiber optic strands shall be terminated at patch
panels and tested in accordance with paragraph 17150-3.03. Provide fan-out kits and other
accessories as required to complete the manufacturer’s recommended installation.

3.02    CABLE TERMINATION AND MANAGEMENT

        A.       CONNECTORIZATION:

       Fiber optic cables shall be terminated using an epoxy glue and polish process. Cables
connected directly to the fiber optic transceiving equipment shall be provided with breakout kits.

        All cable connectorization shall be performed by a technician formally trained in the
process of terminating fiber optic cable and can demonstrate a minimum of five years of fiber
optic cable installation experience.

        B.       WALL MOUNTED CABLE PATCH/SPLICE PANELS:

        Cable patch/splice panels shall be installed in process control cabinets as indicated on the
Drawings. All incoming fiber optic cables shall be terminated at the patch/splice panel. Patch
cables shall be used to extend the fiber optic circuit from the patch/splice panel to the fiber optic
transceiver.

        C.       RACK MOUNTED CABLE DISTRIBUTION PANELS:

        Cable distribution panels shall be installed in process control cabinets as indicated on the
Drawings. All incoming fiber optic cables shall be terminated at the distribution panel. Patch
cables shall be used to extend the fiber optic circuit from the distribution panel to the fiber optic
transceiver.


3.03    TESTING

        Fiber optic cabling systems shall be tested in accordance with Section 16030.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17150-4            Fiber Optic Cable Systems
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.04    FIBER OPTIC TRANSCEIVERS

        Fiber optic transceivers shall be installed in process control panels as shown on the
Drawings. Provide the appropriate interconnecting cables between the transceiver and process
control system components.

3.05    FIBER OPTIC CABLE SPECIFICATION SHEETS (FOCABLESPEC)

        A.       GENERAL:

        Fiber optic cable types for different locations, service conditions and raceway systems are
specified on individual cable specification sheets (FOCABLESPEC).

        B.       FOCABLESPEC SHEETS:

        The following FOCABLESPEC sheets are included in this section:

                         62.5/125




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17150-5          Fiber Optic Cable Systems
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.05 B       FIBER OPTIC CABLE SPECIFICATION SHEET--FOCABLESPEC

Cable System Identification:              62.5/125

Description:                              Multimode 62.5/125 micron loose buffered fiber optic
                                          cable.

Number of Fibers:                         As shown on the Drawings and Schedules, 6 fiber strands
                                          minimum.

Core/Clad Diameter:                       62.5/125 microns

Subunit Construction:                     Buffer tube with gel fill, or dry fill.

Outer Jacket:                             UV resistant polyethylene with flame retardant outer sheath
                                          and full coverage water blocking tape.

Strength Member:                          Aramid (Kevlar)

Construction:                             Loose-buffered, indoor/outdoor rated, non-conductive Type
                                          OFNR or OFNP multi-fiber cable.

Operating Temperature Range:              -20 to 65 degrees C

Maximum Attenuation                       3.5 dB/km
at 850 nm:

Bandwidth at 850 nm:                      200 MHz-km

Minimum Bend Radius:                      15 x cable diameter

Manufacturer(s):                          Corning type FreedM Series or equal.

Execution:
             Application:                 Local area network communications, video signal
                                          transmission, campus data and voice communication
                                          systems.

             Installation:                Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

             Testing:                     Test in accordance with Section 16030 and NETA ATS-
                                          2003 Section 7.25.


                                         **END OF SECTION**



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                                  17150-6                  Fiber Optic Cable Systems
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                             SECTION 17200

                                GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR
                             PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS


PART 1--GENERAL

1.01    DESCRIPTION

        A.      SCOPE:

       This section specifies general requirements, which are applicable to all process
instrumentation systems consisting of process sensors, monitoring and control instruments, and
accessories required to provide a complete and functional monitoring and control system.

       The CONTRACTOR shall provide, calibrate, and test the complete process
instrumentation system. The CONTRACTOR shall also place the completed system in operation
including tuning loops and make final adjustments to instruments as required during plant start-
up. CONTRACTOR shall provide the services of instrument technicians for testing and
adjustment activities as specified in Section 17030.

        The CONTRACTOR shall examine the mechanical Drawings and Specifications to
determine actual locations, sizes, materials and ratings of process connections. Process taps shall
be indicated on pipe shop drawings as specified in paragraph 15050-2.04.

1.02    REFERENCES

         This section contains references to the following documents. Additional references are
listed in Section 17000. All references shall be to the current edition of the document unless
specifically stated otherwise. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.

         Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, reference to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued
or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last
version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, reference to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a version with a
later date, discontinued or replaced.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17200-1                   General Requirements For
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011               Process Instrumentation Systems
             Reference                                       Title
        API RP551              Process Measurement Instrumentation
        ISA S20                Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control
                               Instrumentation, Primary Elements, and Control Valves
        ISA S51.1              Process Instrumentation Terminology

1.03    SUBMITTALS

        The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:

                1.      Within 30 days after "Notice to Proceed," the CONTRACTOR shall
                        submit a list of the manufacturer and model series for each type of
                        equipment proposed.

                2.      Component connection diagrams showing function and identification of
                        terminals.

                3.      Data sheets in accordance with ISA S20, together with a complete list of
                        instruments provided.

                4.      Manufacturer's product sheets for all specified equipment indicating
                        product technical specifications and application information. Product data
                        shall be edited to indicate only those items, model or series of equipment
                        which are proposed as work of this project. All extraneous materials shall
                        be crossed out or otherwise obliterated.

                        Product sheets shall be assembled in a folder or three-ring binder. Each
                        folder shall contain a cover sheet, indexed by item, and cross-referenced to
                        the appropriate specification paragraph.

                5.      A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and
                        all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included,
                        with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or
                        marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements.
                        Check marks ( ) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a
                        whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated and, therefore
                        requested by the CONTRACTOR, each deviation shall be underlined and
                        denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph.
                        The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify
                        compliance on the part of the CONTRACTOR with the specifications.
                        The submittal shall be accompanied by a detailed, written justification for
                        each deviation. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification
                        sections, along with justification(s) for any requested deviations to the


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17200-2                    General Requirements For
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                Process Instrumentation Systems
                        specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for
                        rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration.

                6.      Equipment manufacturer's list of recommended spare parts.


PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01    INSTRUMENT INDEX

       The Instrument Index, paragraph 17200-3.03, lists major instruments required to provide
the process instrumentation system. All instrument functions specified on this list shall be
provided by the CONTRACTOR. Additional instruments may be required to complete the
instrument loops because of certain characteristics of the particular equipment selected by the
CONTRACTOR. Such additional instruments shall be provided at no additional cost even
though not specified in the Instrument Index or on the Contract Drawings.

        In some cases, it is possible to combine the functions of two or more instruments
specified in the Instrument Index into a single instrument. Functions which may be ordinarily
combined into a single instrument are multiple alarms derived from a common transmission
signal, and signal linearization may be combined into transmitters except where the nonlinear
signal is used for specific purposes such as standardized flow calculations. Flow computers may
be used in lieu of individual function modules for standardized flow calculations providing
equivalent performance is provided. Alarm or safety functions derived directly from process
measurements shall not be combined with instruments operating from transmission signals.
Alarm or safety functions shall not be combined into any instrument used for process control,
indication, recording, or any combination thereof.

       Standard instruments shall be modified as necessary to meet the specified application
requirements.

       The Instrument Index does not identify process control and instrumentation equipment
considered incidental to the total integrated system such as enclosures, power supply and
conditioning equipment, relays, terminal blocks, electrical protective devices, etc. All such
equipment shall be provided as specified in these Specifications for a complete, full functioning
process instrumentation and control system.

2.02    SYSTEM RESOURCE CONFIGURATION

       The process instrumentation and control system shall be the total integration of field-
mounted instruments and control devices, equipment control panels, local control panels, and
programmable logic controller systems. The process instrumentation and control system
configuration, architecture and functional requirements are defined by these Specifications, the
Construction Drawings, and the Instrument Index. The Specifications, Construction Drawings,
and the Instrument Index shall each be considered complementary to the other for complete



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17200-3                    General Requirements For
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                Process Instrumentation Systems
definition of the system requirements. All work indicated by one but not the other and vice
versa, shall be considered work of this Specification and shall be provided.


PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01     INSTALLATION

         A.     GENERAL:

         Where installation procedures are not specified herein, API RP551 shall be used as a
guide.

         B.     RACEWAY CONNECTIONS:

        Final connections between rigid raceway systems and instruments shall be made with
liquid-tight flexible steel conduit, or explosion proof flexible steel conduit, as required. Final
connection to instruments requiring withdrawal for maintenance or calibration shall allow the
removal of the instrument from the process without disconnection of raceway or conductors.

         C.     SIGNAL TRANSMISSION:

        Signal transmission between electric or electronic instruments not located within a
common panel shall be 4 to 20 milliamperes and shall operate at 24 volts DC unless otherwise
specified. Milliampere signals shall be current regulated and shall not be affected by changes in
load resistance within the unit's rating. Measurement loops shall be grounded at external
terminals by bonding to the instrument panel signal ground bus. The CONTRACTOR shall
provide isolating amplifiers for field equipment possessing a grounded input or output.

       High frequency (greater than 1 kHz) pulse rate signals from field transmitters shall be
converted to DC voltage signals at the panel.

        Platinum resistance temperature detector (RTD) outputs shall be converted to
milliampere transmission signals at the RTD; or, where specified, the RTD output may be carried
to the panel and converted to a DC voltage signal.

       All other transmission systems, such as impulse duration, low frequency pulse rate, and
voltage regulated, will not be permitted except where specifically noted in the Instrument Index.
When transmitters with nonstandard outputs are specified, their output shall be converted to 4 to
20 milliamperes at the field instrument.

        Instrumentation and equipment located in hazardous areas shall be made safe for the
specified conditions by use of intrinsic safety barriers approved by Underwriters Laboratories
Inc. (UL), Canadian Standards Association (CSA), or Factory Mutual (FM).




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17200-4                     General Requirements For
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                 Process Instrumentation Systems
3.02    TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

        Materials, equipment, and construction included under this specification shall be
inspected in accordance with Article VII of the General Conditions, Section 17000 and this
section. Testing shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR as specified in Section 17030.

3.03    INSTRUMENT INDEX

        The Instrument Index is included in Attachment A at the end of this specification section.


                                         **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17200-5                  General Requirements For
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011              Process Instrumentation Systems
                                          INSTRUMENT INDEX

                               (Appended to Specification Section 17200)

        The following is an index of the instrumentation equipment and devices to the provided
as work of this Contract as described in paragraph 17200-1.01, 17200-2.01, and 17200-2.02 of
this specification.

        Clarification of Headings:

                1.      TAG NUMBER: The instrument tag number consists of a two- or three-
                        letter prefix (indicating the instrument function) followed by a number
                        identifying the process loop with which the instrument is associated.

                2.      DESCRIPTION: Provides an abbreviated functional description of the
                        instrument or device.

                3.      RANGE: Provides the calibrated instrument range for each application.

                4.      SETPOINT: Provides the final calibrated switch setpoint.

                5.      P&ID: Identifies the process and instrumentation drawing which indicate
                        the location of the instrument.

                6.      DETAIL: References the installation detail applicable to the instrument.

                7.      NOTES: Additional data pertinent to the application of the instrument.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17200-6                  General Requirements For
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011              Process Instrumentation Systems
                                                           SECTION 17200
                                                         INSTRUMENT INDEX

 Tag Number                     Description                     Specification Range/Setpoint    P&ID      Detail   Notes
NU74003A      3W DIAPHRAM SEAL                                 17211-2.04A       0-100 psi     P-74-001
NU74003B      3W DIAPHRAM SEAL                                 17211-2.04A       0-100 psi     P-74-001
NU74003C      HYDROPNEUMATIC BLADDER TANK DIAPHRAGM SEAL       17211-2.04A       0-100 psi     P-74-001
NU7406A       IRRIGATION PUMP SUCTION DIAPHRAGM SEAL           17211-2.04A       0-100 psi     P-74-001
NU7406B       IRRIGATION PUMP DISCHARGE DIAPHRAGM SEAL         17211-2.04A       0-200 psi     P-74-001
NU7410A       DILUTION WATER PUMP 1 SUCTION DIAPHRAGM SEAL     17211-2.04A       0-100 psi     P-74-002
NU7410B       DILUTION WATER PUMP 1 DISCHARGE DIAPHRAGM SEAL   17211-2.04A       0-100 psi     P-74-002
NU74110A      NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 SUCTION DIAPHRAGM       17211-2.04A       0-200 psi     P-74-001
              SEAL
NU74110B      NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 DISCHARGE DIAPHRAGM     17211-2.04A       0-100 psi     P-74-001
              SEAL
NU7411A       DILUTION WATER PUMP 2 SUCTION DIAPHRAGM SEAL     17211-2.04A       0-100 psi     P-74-002
NU7411B       DILUTION WATER PUMP 2 DISCHARGE DIAPHRAGM SEAL   17211-2.04A       0-100 psi     P-74-002

NU74120A      NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 SUCTION DIAPHRAGM       17211-2.04A       0-100 psi     P-74-001
              SEAL
NU74120B      NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 DISCHARGE DIAPHRAGM     17211-2.04A       0-200 psi     P-74-001
              SEAL
NU7412A       DILUTION WATER PUMP 3 SUCTION DIAPHRAGM SEAL     17211-2.04A       0-100 psi     P-74-002
NU7412B       DILUTION WATER PUMP 3 DISCHARGE DIAPHRAGM SEAL   17211-2.04A       0-200 psi     P-74-002

NU74130A      NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 SUCTION DIAPHRAGM       17211-2.04A       0-100 psi     P-74-001
              SEAL
NU74130B      NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 DISCHARGE DIAPHRAGM     17211-2.04A       0-200 psi     P-74-001
              SEAL
NU75101       NON-POTABLE WATER SHC METERING PUMP DISCHARGE    17211-2.04A       0-200 psi     P-75-002
              DIAPHRAGM SEAL
NU75102       DILUTION WATER SHC METERING PUMP DISCHARGE       17211-2.04A       0-100 psi     P-75-002
              DIAPHRAGM SEAL
NU75103       IRRIGATION WATER SHC METERING PUMP DISCHARGE     17211-2.04A       0-200 psi     P-75-003
              DIAPHRAGM SEAL
NU75104       STANDBY SHC METERING PUMP DISCHARGE DIAPHRAGM    17211-2.04A       0-200 psi     P-75-003
              SEAL
NU25101A      DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP SUCTION ANNULAR SEAL      17211-2.04B       0-20 psi      P-25-002
NU25101B      DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP DISCHARGE ANNULAR SEAL    17211-2.04B       0-50 psi      P-25-002
NU25201A      DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP SUCTION ANNULAR SEAL      17211-2.04B       0-20 psi      P-25-003
NU25201B      DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP DISCHARGE ANNULAR SEAL    17211-2.04B       0-50 psi      P-25-003
NU29053B      CENTRATE MIXING PUMP DISCHARGE ANNULAR SEAL      17211-2.04B       0-30 psi      P-29-001
NU29054B      CENTRATE MIXING PUMP DISCHARGE ANNULAR SEAL      17211-2.04B       0-30 psi      P-29-001
NU29055B      CENTRATE MIXING PUMP DISCHARGE ANNULAR SEAL      17211-2.04B       0-30 psi      P-29-001


                                                               17200
                                                           ATTACHMENT A                                                    Page 1 of 5
                                                            SECTION 17200
                                                          INSTRUMENT INDEX

 Tag Number                      Description                      Specification Range/Setpoint    P&ID      Detail   Notes
IU74003       HYDROPNEUMATIC BLADDER TANK PRESSURE               17211-3.03 PG     0-120 psi     P-74-001
              INDICATOR
IU7406A       IRRIGATION PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE INDICATOR         17211-3.03 PG     0-100 psi     P-74-001
IU7406B       IRRIGATION PUMP DISCHARGE PRESSURE INDICATOR       17211-3.03 PG     0-200 psi     P-74-001
IU7410A       DILUTION WATER PUMP 1 SUCTION PRESSURE INDICATOR   17211-3.03 PG     0-100 psi     P-74-002

IU7410B       DILUTION WATER PUMP 1 DISCHARGE PRESSURE           17211-3.03 PG     0-200 psi     P-74-002
              INDICATOR
IU74110A      NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 SUCTION PRESSURE          17211-3.03 PG     0-100 psi     P-74-001
              INDICATOR
IU74110B      NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 DISCHARGE PRESSURE        17211-3.03 PG     0-200 psi     P-74-001
              INDICATOR
IU7411A       DILUTION WATER PUMP 2 SUCTION PRESSURE INDICATOR   17211-3.03 PG     0-100 psi     P-74-002

IU7411B       DILUTION WATER PUMP 2 DISCHARGE PRESSURE           17211-3.03 PG     0-200 psi     P-74-002
              INDICATOR
IU74120A      NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 SUCTION PRESSURE          17211-3.03 PG     0-100 psi     P-74-001
              INDICATOR
IU74120B      NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 DISCHARGE PRESSURE        17211-3.03 PG     0-200 psi     P-74-001
              INDICATOR
IU7412A       DILUTION WATER PUMP 3 SUCTION PRESSURE INDICATOR   17211-3.03 PG     0-100 psi     P-74-002

IU7412B       DILUTION WATER PUMP 3 DISCHARGE PRESSURE           17211-3.03 PG     0-200 psi     P-74-002
              INDICATOR
IU74130A      NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 SUCTION PRESSURE          17211-3.03 PG     0-100 psi     P-74-001
              INDICATOR
IU74130B      NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 DISCHARGE PRESSURE        17211-3.03 PG     0-200 psi     P-74-001
              INDICATOR
IU75101A      NON-POTABLE WATER SHC METERING PUMP DISCHARGE      17211-3.03 PG     0-200 psi     P-75-002
              PRESSURE INDICATOR
IU75102A      DILUTION WATER SHC METERING PUMP DISCHARGE         17211-3.03 PG     0-200 psi     P-75-002
              PRESSURE INDICATOR
IU75103A      IRRIGATION WATER SHC METERING PUMP DISCHARGE       17211-3.03 PG     0-200 psi     P-75-003
              PRESSURE INDICATOR
IU75104A      STANDBY SHC METERING PUMP DISCHARGE PRESSURE       17211-3.03 PG     0-200 psi     P-75-003
              INDICATOR
IT11901       HEADWORKS EEWS WATER TEMERATURE INDICATOR          17211-3.03 TI     0-100 F       P-11-001
IT75301       SHC EEWS WATER TEMPERATURE INDICATOR               17211-3.03 TI     0-100 F       P-75-004
NF/NFT11411   HEADWORKS GRIT TANK 1 GRIT FLOW                    17212-3.03 FM    0-300 gpm      P-11-003
              SENSOR/TRANSMITTER


                                                                17200
                                                            ATTACHMENT A                                                     Page 2 of 5
                                                             SECTION 17200
                                                           INSTRUMENT INDEX

 Tag Number                       Description                   Specification Range/Setpoint         P&ID      Detail   Notes
NF/NFT11421    HEADWORKS GRIT TANK 2 GRIT FLOW                 17212-3.03 FM       0-300 gpm        P-11-003
               SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
NF/NFT25100A   DIGESTER TPS/TWAS FLOW SENSOR/TRANSMITTER       17212-3.03 FM       0- 500 gpm       P-25-001
NF/NFT25100B   DIGESTER TPS/TWAS BACKUP FLOW                   17212-3.03 FM       0- 500 gpm       P-25-001
               SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
NF/NFT25300A   DIGESTER 1 DIGESTED SLUDGE FLOW                 17212-3.03 FM       0- 500 gpm       P-25-001
               SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
NF/NFT25300B   DIGESTER 2 DIGESTED SLUDGE FLOW                 17212-3.03 FM       0- 500 gpm       P-25-001
               SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
NF/NFT74110    NON-POTABLE WATER FLOW SENSOR/TRANSMITTER       17212-3.03 FM        0-1.4 mgd       P-74-001
NF/NFT74111    IRRIGATION WATER FLOW SENSOR/TRANSMITTER        17212-3.03 FM        0-0.3 mgd       P-74-001
NF/NFT74112    DILUTION WATER FLOW SENSOR/TRANSMITTER          17212-3.03 FM        0-1.7 mgd       P-74-002
NF/NFT11400    HEADWORKS GRIT TANK AIR FLOW                    17212-3.03 FTD      0-1000 cfm       P-11-003
               SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
NF/NFT76000    UV DISINFECTION INFLUENT FLOW                   17212-3.03 FTT-F     0-60 mgd        P-76-001
               SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
NF/NFT11010    HEADWORKS INFLUENT FLOW SENSOR/TRANSMITTER      17212-3.03 FUT 0-20 ft / 0- 60 mgd   P-11-001
IE11011        HEADWORKS INFLUENT CHANNEL LEVEL INDICATOR      17212-3.03 LUT        0-20 ft        P-11-001
IE11111        HEADWORKS SCREEN 1 CHANNEL LEVEL INDICATOR      17212-3.03 LUT        0-20 ft        P-11-001
IE11121        HEADWORKS SCREEN 2 CHANNEL LEVEL INDICATOR      17212-3.03 LUT        0-20 ft        P-11-002
IE75001        SHC TANK 1 LEVEL INDICATION                     17212-3.03 LUT         0-6 ft        P-75-001
IE75002        SHC TANK 2 LEVEL INDICATION                     17212-3.03 LUT         0-6 ft        P-75-001
NET11011       HEADWORKS INFLUENT CHANNEL LEVEL TRANSMITTER    17212-3.03 LUT        0-20 ft        P-11-001

NET11111       HEADWORKS SCREEN 1 CHANNEL LEVEL TRANSMITTER    17212-3.03 LUT        0-20 ft        P-11-001

NET11121       HEADWORKS SCREEN 2 CHANNEL LEVEL TRANSMITTER    17212-3.03 LUT        0-20 ft        P-11-002

NET75001       SHC TANK 1 LEVEL TRANSMITTER                    17212-3.03 LUT         0-6ft         P-75-001
NET75002       SHC TANK 2 LEVEL TRANSMITTER                    17212-3.03 LUT         0-6ft         P-75-001
NET25110       DIGESTER 1 LEVEL TRANSMITTER                    17212-3.03 PGT        0-30 ft        P-25-002
NUT25101A      DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE         17212-3.03 PGT       0-20 psi        P-25-002
               TRANSMITTER
NUT25101B      DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP DISCHARGE PRESSURE       17212-3.03 PGT       0-50 psi        P-25-002
               TRANSMITTER
NUT25201A      DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE         17212-3.03 PGT       0-20 psi        P-25-003
               TRANSMITTER
NUT25201B      DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP DISCHARGE PRESSURE       17212-3.03 PGT       0-50 psi        P-25-003
               TRANSMITTER



                                                                  17200
                                                              ATTACHMENT A                                                      Page 3 of 5
                                                            SECTION 17200
                                                          INSTRUMENT INDEX

 Tag Number                      Description                     Specification Range/Setpoint         P&ID      Detail   Notes
NUT29053B     CENTRATE MIXING PUMP DISCHARGE PRESSURE           17212-3.03 PGT        0-30 psi       P-29-001
              TRANSMITTER
NUT29054B     CENTRATE MIXING PUMP DISCHARGE PRESSURE           17212-3.03 PGT        0-30 psi       P-29-001
              TRANSMITTER
NUT29055B     CENTRATE MIXING PUMP DISCHARGE PRESSURE           17212-3.03 PGT        0-30 psi       P-29-001
              TRANSMITTER
NUT74003      HYDROPNEUMATIC BLADDER TANK PRESSURE              17212-3.03 PGT       0-120 psi       P-74-001
              TRANSMITTER
NG/NGT24901   THICKENED PRIMARY SLUDGE SUSPENDED SOLIDS         17215-3.03 SO         0-12 %           N/A
              SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
NG/NGT63215   DAFT THICKENED SLUDGE SUSPEDED SOLIDS             17215-3.03 SO         0-12 %           N/A
              SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
SFL11311      HEADWORKS SCREENINGS WASHER/COMPACTOR 1 - 3W      17216-3.03 FTS   0-50 gpm / 20 gpm   P-11-001            Confirm Range and Setpoint with
              FLOW SWITCH LOW                                                                                            Manufacturer selected
SFL11321      HEADWORKS SCREENINGS WASHER/COMPACTOR 2 - 3W      17216-3.03 FTS   0-50 gpm / 20 gpm   P-11-002            Confirm Range and Setpoint with
              FLOW SWITCH LOW                                                                                            Manufacturer selected
SFL11511      HEADWORKS GRIT WASHER CLASSIFIER 1 - 3W FLOW      17216-3.03 FTS   0-100 gpm / 70 gpm P-11-004             Confirm Range and Setpoint with
              SWITCH LOW                                                                                                 Manufacturer selected
SFL11521      HEADWORKS GRIT WASHER CLASSIFIER 2 - 3W FLOW      17216-3.03 FTS   0-100 gpm / 70 gpm P-11-004             Confirm Range and Setpoint with
              SWITCH LOW                                                                                                 Manufacturer selected
SFL11931      HEADWORKS EXHAUST AIR FLOW SWITCH LOW             17216-3.03 FTS   0-5000 cfm / 3000   H-11-101
SFL11932      HEADWORKS EXHAUST AIR FLOW SWITCH LOW             17216-3.03 FTS   0-5000 cfm / 3000   H-11-101
SFL11933      HEADWORKS SUPPLY AIR FLOW SWITCH LOW              17216-3.03 FTS   0-10000 cfm/ 6000   H-11-101
SFL2552       DIGESTER LOWER LEVEL SUPPLY AIR FLOW SWITCH LOW   17216-3.03 FTS         N/A

SFL-EF2       DIGESTER LOWER LEVEL EXHAUST AIR FLOW SWITCH      17216-3.03 FTS         N/A
              LOW
SFL-EF3       DIGESTER LOWER LEVEL EXHAUST AIR FLOW SWITCH      17216-3.03 FTS         N/A
              LOW
SFLL25101     DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP 1 SEAL WATER FLOW SWITCH   17216-3.03 FTS    0-5 gpm / 1 gpm    P-25-002            Confirm Range and Setpoint with
              LOW LOW                                                                                                    Manufacturer selected
SFLL25201     DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP SEAL WATER FLOW SWITCH     17216-3.03 FTS    0-5 gpm / 1 gpm    P-25-003            Confirm Range and Setpoint with
              LOW LOW                                                                                                    Manufacturer selected
SEH25100      DIGESTER 1 OVERFLOW SWITCH HIGH                   17216-3.03 LVS         5142          P-25-002            field verify
SEH25200      DIGESTER 2 OVERFLOW SWITCH HIGH                   17216-3.03 LVS         N/A           P-25-003            field verify
SEH75000      SHC TRUCK LOADING STATION LEVEL SWITCH HIGH       17216-3.03 LVS        5123.6         P-75-001
SEH75003      SHC CONTAINMENT AREA LEVEL SWITCH HIGH            17216-3.03 LVS        5128.5         P-75-003
SEH76110      UV DISINFECTION CHANNEL 1 OVERFLOW SWITCH HIGH    17216-3.03 LVS        5122.1         P-76-001




                                                                17200
                                                            ATTACHMENT A                                                                      Page 4 of 5
                                                            SECTION 17200
                                                          INSTRUMENT INDEX

 Tag Number                      Description                     Specification Range/Setpoint         P&ID      Detail   Notes
SEH76210       UV DISINFECTION CHANNEL 2 OVERFLOW SWITCH HIGH   17216-3.03 LVS        5122.1         P-76-001

SEH76310       UV DISINFECTION CHANNEL 3 OVERFLOW SWITCH HIGH   17216-3.03 LVS        5122.1         P-76-002

SEHH75001      SHC TANK 1 LEVEL SWITCH HIGH HIGH                17216-3.03 LVS          6 ft         P-75-001
SEHH75002      SHC TANK 2 LEVEL SWITCH HIGH HIGH                17216-3.03 LVS          6 ft         P-75-001
SUH74003       3W PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH                          17216-3.03 PS          90 psi        P-74-001
SUH75101       NON-POTABLE WATER SHC METERING PUMP DISCHARGE    17216-3.03 PS         140 psi        P-75-002
               PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH
SUH75102       DILUTION WATER SHC METERING PUMP DISCHARGE       17216-3.03 PS         70 psi         P-75-003
               PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH
SUH75103       IRRIGATION WATER SHC METERING PUMP DISCHARGE     17216-3.03 PS         140 psi        P-75-003
               PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH
SUH75104       STANDBY SHC METERING PUMP DISCHARGE PRESSURE     17216-3.03 PS         140 psi        P-75-003
               SWITCH HIGH
SUL74003       3W PRESSURE SWITCH LOW                           17216-3.03 PS         70 psi         P-74-001
NS/SSL11411B   HEADWORKS GRIT AUGER 1 SPEED SWITCH LOW          17216-3.03 SNS         N/A           P-11-003            Confirm Range and Setpoint with
                                                                                                                         Manufacturer selected
NS/SSL11421B   HEADWORKS GRIT AUGER 2 SPEED SWITCH LOW          17216-3.03 SNS         N/A           P-11-003            Confirm Range and Setpoint with
                                                                                                                         Manufacturer selected
SCH11000       HEADWORKS COMBUSTIBLE GAS LEL SWITCH HIGH        17510-3.03 GMS         N/A           P-11-001            Match Existing Setpoint
SCH25003       EAST DIGESTER LOWER LEVEL COMBUSTIBLE GAS LEL    17510-3.03 GMS         N/A           P-25-001            Match Existing Setpoint
               SWITCH HIGH
SCH25004       WEST DIGESTER LOWER LEVEL COMBUSTIBLE GAS LEL    17510-3.03 GMS         N/A           P-25-001            Match Existing Setpoint
               SWITCH HIGH
NP11411        HEADWORKS CHANNEL 1 pH/TEMPERATURE SENSOR                             0-14 SU         P-11-003
NP11421        HEADWORKS CHANNEL 2 pH/TEMPERATURE SENSOR                             0-14 SU         P-11-003
NPT11411       HEADWORKS pH/TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER                              0-14 SU / 0-100 F   P-11-003




                                                                   17200
                                                               ATTACHMENT A                                                                   Page 5 of 5
                                             SECTION 17211

                            PROCESS TAPS AND PRIMARY ELEMENTS


PART 1--GENERAL

1.01    DESCRIPTION

       This section specifies requirements for instrumentation elements that quantitatively
convert the measured variable energy into a form suitable for measurement and process
measurement accessories. Application requirements are specified in Section 17200.

1.02    REFERENCES

         This section contains references to the following documents. Additional references are
listed in Section 17000. All references shall be to the current edition of the document unless
specifically stated otherwise. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.

         Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, reference to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued
or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last
version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, reference to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a version with a
later date, discontinued or replaced.

                  Reference                                      Title
         API RP551                     Process Measurement Instrumentation
         ASTM A269                     Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel
                                       Tubing for General Service
         ASTM A276                     Stainless and Heat Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes
         SAMA PMC-17-10-63             Bushings and Wells for Temperature Sensing
                                       Elements

1.03    SUBMITTALS

        Submittals shall be provided as specified in paragraph 17200-1.03.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17211-1           Process Taps and Primary Elements
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01    INSTRUMENTATION SPECIFICATION SHEETS (INSTRUSPEC)

     General requirements for primary elements specified in this section are listed on
INSTRUSPEC sheets in paragraph 17211-3.03.

2.02    VALVES

        A.      ISOLATION VALVES:

       Valves shall be full port ball valves with ASTM A276, 316 stainless steel trim and body
and with Teflon seats and packing. Valves shall be Parker CPI, Whitey, Hoke, or equal.

        B.      GAGE VALVES:

       Gage valves shall be machined from ASTM A276 bar stock and shall be provided with
1/2-inch NPT connections and integral bleed valve. Valves shall be Anderson, Greenwood &
Company M9530, Hoke 6801L8Y, or equal.

        C.      ROOT VALVES:

        Root valves shall be ASTM A276, type 316 stainless steel bar stock with 1/2-inch NPT
male process connection and three 1/2-inch NPT female instrument connections. One instrument
connection shall be provided with an ASTM A276, type 316 stainless steel bleed valve.
ASTM276, type 316 stainless steel plugs shall be provided for unused ports. Lagging type units
shall be provided for insulated vessels and pipes. Root valves shall be Anderson, Greenwood &
Company M5 AVS-44, Hoke 6802L8Y, or equal.

        D.      MANIFOLDS:

        Manifolds shall be two-valve bar-stock type. Manifold body shall be machined from
ASTM, type 316 stainless steel bar stock. Valves shall be globe configuration with 316 stainless
steel ball seats and Teflon stem packing. Manifolds shall be designed for block and bleed, test
and calibration and zeroing of gauge pressure instruments. Manifold shall be designed for
mounting on an instrument pipe stand. Fabricated manifolds or manifolds employing needle or
soft seat valves are not acceptable. Manifolds shall be Anderson Greenwood E2PL16VW or
equal.

2.03    TUBING AND TUBING FITTINGS

        Instrument tubing shall be ASTM A269 type 316 seamless stainless steel. Tubing shall
be 1/4-inch outside diameter by 0.03 inch wall thickness or 1/2-inch outside diameter by
0.035-inch wall thickness as indicated on the Drawings.


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17211-2    Process Taps and Primary Elements
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
         Tubing fittings shall be type 316 stainless steel. Fittings shall be of the swage ferrule
design and shall have components (nut, body and ferrule system) interchangeable with those of
at least one other manufacturer. Flare and ball sleeve compression type are not acceptable.
Fittings shall be Parker CPI, Crawford Swagelok, Hoke Gyrolok, or equal.

       Flexible coupling shall be 1/2-inch type 316 stainless steel braided hose with integral
tube end adapters. Minimum coupling length shall be 12 inches.

2.04    CHEMICAL SEALS

        A.      DIAPHRAGM:

       Where shown, diaphragm seals for process fluids shall be constructed with flushing
connection, type 316 stainless steel body and type 316L diaphragm unless otherwise specified.
Seal shall be Ashcroft Type 101 or equal for lines one inch and smaller, and Ashcroft Type 103
or equal for 1-1/2 inch and larger lines, or equal.

      A 316SS isolation valve shall be provided for each flushing connection with a 1/4-inch
316SS hose barb at the inlet port.

        B.      ANNULAR:

       Where shown, annular seals for chemical service shall be the in-line, threaded type, full
stream captive sensing liquid type. Body for sodium hypochlorite service shall be PVC.
Diaphragm for sodium hypochlorite service shall be Teflon. Seal manufacturer shall confirm
compatibilities between materials and chemicals. Seals shall be Ashcroft Type 104, or equal.

        Where shown, annular seals for process fluid service shall be the in-line, full-faced, thru-
bolted wafer, full stream captive sensing liquid type. Metallic wetted parts shall be 316 stainless
steel. Flexible seal shall be Buna-N unless otherwise specified. Seals shall be rated 200 PSIG
with not more than 5-inch WC hysteresis. Seals up to 8-inch shall be Red Valve Series 40, or
equal. Seals above 8-inch shall be Red Valve Series 42, or equal.

        C.      FILL FLUID:

        Chemical seals and associated instruments shall be factory filled as follows:

        Instrument side of seal, capillary tubing, and instrument shall be evacuated to an absolute
pressure of 1.0 Torr or less; filled; and sealed. Unless otherwise specified, fill fluid shall be
silicone oil, Dow Corning DC200, Syltherm 800, or equal.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17211-3       Process Taps and Primary Elements
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
2.05    BUSHINGS AND THERMOWELLS

        Bushings or thermowells shall comply with SAMA PMC17-10. Temperature taps shall
be 1/2-inch or 3/4-inch NPT, and lagging extensions shall be provided on insulated vessels or
pipes. Thermowells and bushings shall be machined from 316 stainless steel bar stock unless
otherwise specified.

2.06    PRODUCT DATA

        The following data shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:

                1.      Data specified in paragraph 17000-2.02.

                2.      Flow calculation for each differential-type flow element shall be provided
                        in accordance with Section 01300.


PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01    INSTALLATION

        A.      PROCESS CONNECTIONS:

        Unless otherwise specified, process taps shall comply with API RP551. Root valves shall
be provided at taps, except temperature taps and pump discharge pressure taps. Process
connections shall be arranged, where possible, such that instruments may be readily removed for
maintenance without disruption of process units or draining of large tanks or vessels. Unions or
flange connections shall be provided as necessary to permit removal without rotating equipment.
Where process taps are not readily accessible from instrument locations, an isolation valve shall
be provided at the instrument. Isolation valves shall also be provided for each instrument where
multiple instruments are connected to one process tap.

        B.      ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS:

        Final connections between rigid raceway systems and instruments shall be made with
liquid-tight flexible steel conduit, or explosion proof flexible steel conduit, as required. Final
connection to instruments requiring withdrawal for maintenance or calibration shall allow the
removal of the instrument from the process without disconnection of raceway or conductors.

3.02    TESTING

        Testing requirements are specified in Section 17030.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17211-4        Process Taps and Primary Elements
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUSPEC SHEETS

        The following INSTRUSPEC sheets are included in this section:


       INSTRUSPEC
          Symbol                       Instrument Description         Instrument Function
             PG                            Pressure Gauge           Pressure measurement
             TI                Temperature indicator              Temperature measurement




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17211-5   Process Taps and Primary Elements
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03     INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATION SHEET (INSTRUSPEC)

Instrument
       Identification:                    PG

Instrument Function:                      Pressure measurement

Instrument Description:                   Pressure gage

Power Supply:                             N/A

Signal Input:                             N/A

Signal Output:                            N/A

Process Connection:                       1/2-inch male NPT

Product Requirements:                     Pressure gages shall be 4-1/2-inch premium grade,
                                          glycerin filled units with bourdon tube element, 270-
                                          degree milled stainless steel movement, phenolic case,
                                          and shatterproof glass window. Bourdon tube material of
                                          construction shall be as specified in paragraph 17200-
                                          3.03. Accuracy shall be one percent of span or better. All
                                          exposed metal parts shall be stainless steel.

Approved Manufacturers:                   Ashcroft Duragauge Figure 1279, Ametek 1981L, or
                                          equal.

Execution:

        Installation:                     Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and
                                          the recommendations of API RP551 to the specified
                                          requirements.

                                          Root valves shall be provided at all process pressure taps
                                          except taps made for safety instruments. Gage valves
                                          shall be provided at the instrument where the instrument
                                          is not within sight of the root valve or where two or more
                                          instruments are connected to a single tap. Safety
                                          instruments shall not be connected to the same process tap
                                          as instruments used for control, indication, or recording.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17211-6        Process Taps and Primary Elements
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03     INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATION SHEET (INSTRUSPEC)

Instrument
       Identification:                    PG (continued)

                                          Unless otherwise specified, pressure instruments shall be
                                          located as close as practical to the process tap but shall be
                                          positioned to permit observation and maintenance.
                                          Pressure gages may be supported from the process tap if
                                          this location permits observation from the floor or a
                                          permanent work platform. Pressure instruments shall be
                                          installed in such a manner that blowout discs are not
                                          obstructed.

        Application:                      Application and ranges shall be in accordance with
                                          manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in
                                          paragraph 17200-3.03.

        Test and Calibration:             In accordance with Section 17030.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17211-7          Process Taps and Primary Elements
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03      INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATION SHEET (INSTRUSPEC)

Instrument
     Identification:                      TI

Instrument Function:                      Temperature measurement

Instrument Description:                   Temperature indicator

Power Supply:                             N/A

Signal Input:                             Process

Signal Output:                            N/A

Process Connection:                       ½-inch male NPT

Product Requirements:                     Temperature indicators shall be bimetal types, 5-inch dial,
                                          270-degree movement, all stainless steel construction, 4-
                                          inch minimum stem length, with adjustable frame for
                                          positioning of dial.

                                          316SS bushings, thermowells, and lagging extensions,
                                          where required shall be provided for each installation.

Acceptable
   Manufacturers:                         Weksler, Model AF.

Execution:

    Installation:                         Temperature elements shall be installed in accordance
                                          with the manufacturer's instructions and the
                                          recommendations of API RP551. For pipelines less than
                                          4-inch diameter, temperature instruments shall be
                                          installed at a pipeline elbow if possible. Where an elbow
                                          is not available, a wye fitting shall be installed in the
                                          pipeline for installation of the temperature element at a
                                          45-degree angle with the flow.

    Application:                          Application and ranges shall be in accordance with
                                          manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in
                                          paragraph 17200-3.03.

       Test and Calibration:               In accordance with Section 17030.
                                         **END OF SECTION**

138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17211-8         Process Taps and Primary Elements
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                           SECTION 17212

                                          TRANSMITTERS


PART 1--GENERAL

1.01    DESCRIPTION

        This section specifies requirements for transmitters. Application requirements are
specified in Section 17200.

1.02    REFERENCES

         This section contains references to the following documents. Additional references are
listed in Section 17000. All references shall be to the current edition of the document unless
specifically stated otherwise. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.

         Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, reference to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued
or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last
version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, reference to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a version with a
later date, discontinued or replaced.

                       Reference                                  Title
                NEMA 250                    Enclosures for Electrical Equipment

1.03    SUBMITTALS

        Submittals shall be provided as specified in paragraph 17200-1.03.


PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01    GENERAL

       Unless otherwise specified, measuring elements and transmitters shall comply with the
following requirements:


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17212-1                         Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                1.      Output indicators complying with paragraph 17212-2.02 shall be provided
                        with any transmitter that does not include an integral indicator. Indicators,
                        whether integral or separate, shall be calibrated in process units, and said
                        units shall be engraved on the indicator scale plate.

                2.      Transmitters shall be two-wire type with operating power derived from the
                        signal transmission circuit.

                3.      Transmitter output shall be 4 to 20 milliamperes, current regulated and
                        shall drive any load between 0 and 550 ohms with the power supply at 23
                        volts DC.

                4.      Transmitters shall meet specified performance requirements with load
                        variations within the range of 0 to 600 with the power supply at 24 volts
                        DC.

                5.      Transmitter output shall be galvanically isolated.

                6.      Time constant of transmitters used for flow or pressure measurement,
                        including level transmitters used for flow measurement, shall be adjustable
                        from 0.5 to 5.0 seconds.

                7.      Transmitter output shall increase with increasing measurement.

                8.      Transmitter enclosures shall be rated NEMA 250, Type 4, unless
                        otherwise specified.

                9.      Transmitters located outdoors shall be provided with surge protectors:
                        Rosemount Model 0470N1N0A, Taylor 1020FP, or equal.

                10.     Where two-wire transmitter is located in an area classified as hazardous, it
                        shall be made safe by means of an intrinsic safety barrier as specified in
                        paragraph 17212-2.03.

                11.     Where four-wire transmitters are permitted, they shall be provided with a
                        signal current isolator connected in the output signal circuit. Current
                        isolators shall be located in the panel where the receiving instrument is
                        located and shall be as specified in Section 17271.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17212-2                           Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
2.02    OUTPUT INDICATOR

        A.      ANALOG:

        Output indicator shall be 90-degree movement, 2-1/2-inch milliammeter enclosed in a
NEMA 7/9 meter case. A diode shall be provided to maintain loop continuity in case of meter
movement failure or removal. Accuracy shall be within two percent of span. Indicator scale
shall be graduated in process units and said units shall be engraved on the indicator scale plate.

2.03    INTRINSIC SAFETY BARRIERS

      Intrinsic safety barriers for two-wire transmitters shall be of the active, isolating, loop
powered type. Barrier shall be Measurement Technology LTD. type MT3042, Stahl 9005/01-
252/100/00, or equal.

2.04    INSTRUMENTATION SPECIFICATION SHEETS (INSTRUSPEC)

       General requirements for instruments specified in this section are listed on
INSTRUSPEC sheets in paragraph 17212-3.03. Application requirements are specified in the
Instrument Index, paragraph 17200-3.03, and/or on the Drawings.

2.05    PRODUCT DATA

        The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:

                1.      Data specified in paragraph 17000-2.02.


PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01    INSTALLATION

        Installation requirements are specified in paragraph 17200-3.01.

3.02    TESTING

        Testing requirements are specified in Section 17030.

3.03    INSTRUSPEC SHEETS

        The following INSTRUSPEC sheets are included in this section:




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17212-3                          Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                                                    Power*
Symbol            Instrument Description            Measurement   Requirement   Communication*
  FM         Magnetic flow metering system          Flow          120VAC        4-20mA
 FTD         Thermal dispersion flow                Flow          24VDC         4-20mA
             transmitter
FTT-F        Transit time flow metering             Flow          120VAC        4-20mA
             system, flanged
 FUT         Ultrasonic flow transmitter            Flow          24VDC         4-20mA
 LUT         Ultrasonic level transmitter           Level         Loop          4-20mA
 PGT         Gage pressure transmitter              Pressure      Loop          4-20mA

* Summary Information Only; see detailed Instruspecs for complete requirements




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17212-4                      Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUSPEC SHEETS
Instrument
       Identification:                    FM



Instrument Function:                      Flow measurement


Instrument Description:                   Magnetic flow metering system


Power Supply:                             120 volt AC


Signal Input:                             Process


Signal Output:                            Analog signal as specified in paragraph 17212-2.01.


Process Connection:                       Flange, ANSI B16.5 Class 150, raised face


Product Requirements:
        General:                          Magnetic flow meter shall be provided as a system
                                          consisting of a flow tube and integral or remote
                                          converter/transmitter (as indicated on the Drawings)
                                          complete with interconnecting cables. Where specified,
                                          the converter/transmitter shall be mounted integral to the
                                          flow tube. Converter/ transmitter shall be suitable for
                                          full-scale flow rates from 2.0 to 33 feet per second.
                                          Standard accuracy of the output shall be +/- 0.2 percent of
                                          rate, and +/- 0.01 percent of full scale (33 ft/sec) for all
                                          meters.
                                          Where pipe run size is different from specified flow tube
                                          size, uniformly diverging swages with a total angle
                                          between walls not exceeding 15 degrees shall be provided.
                                          Excitation power requirements shall not exceed 15 volt-
                                          amperes.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17212-5                            Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUSPEC SHEETS
Instrument
       Identification:                    FM (continued)



        Flow Tube:                        Flow tubes shall be full-body flanged construction with
                                          316L stainless steel flow measurement and ground
                                          electrodes. Flow tube liners for sludge service shall be
                                          polyurethane or hard rubber. Flow tubes shall be
                                          provided with grounding rings matching the electrode
                                          materials.


        Transmitter:                      The transmitter shall contain all electronics associated
                                          with the magnetic flow meter system. Transmitter
                                          housing shall be powder coated cast aluminum, and shall
                                          be rated NEMA 4X. The transmitter shall contain self
                                          diagnostics and shall be interchangeable with other units
                                          of the same. Transmitter shall have optical Touch Control
                                          programming which can be operated through the
                                          enclosure window without opening the electrical
                                          enclosure. The transmitter shall have a 4-line X 16
                                          character backlit LCD display used for programming as
                                          well as for simultaneous display of flow rate and total
                                          flow in user-selectable engineering units, and readout of
                                          diagnostic error messages. Features shall include current
                                          signal output simulation, relay outputs for bidirectional
                                          flow, and empty pipe detection.


Acceptable Manufacturers:                 Endress+Hauser, Proline Promag 53W, or equal.


Execution:
        Installation:                     Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,
                                          API RP551, and the specified functional requirements.
                                          Spool pieces or swages shall be bolted to each end of the
                                          flow tube and the entire assembly slid into the pipe run as
                                          a unit. Flange bolts shall be tightened to tube
                                          manufacturer's specified torque.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17212-6                            Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUSPEC SHEETS
Instrument
       Identification:                    FM (continued)


        Cable:                            The signal cable between the primary element and
                                          transmitter shall be provided by the system manufacturer.
                                          A sufficient length of cable shall be provided for
                                          installation of a continuous run between the primary
                                          element and the transmitter.


        Application:                      Application and setup shall be in accordance with
                                          manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in
                                          paragraph 17200-3.03.


        Test and Calibration:             In accordance with Section 17030. Provide factory
                                          certified test report in accordance with paragraph 17030-
                                          3.03E.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17212-7                           Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUSPEC SHEETS

Instrument
       Identification:                    FTD


Instrument Type:                          Flow measurement


Instrument Description:                   Thermal dispersion flow metering system


Power Supply:                             24 volts DC


Signal Input:                             Process


Signal Output:                            Analog signal as specified in paragraph 17212-2.01


Process Connection:                       One-inch male NPT, compression fitting


Product Requirements:                     Flow metering system shall consist of a mass flow
                                          transducer and integral or remote electronic transmitter (as
                                          indicated on the Drawings) complete with interconnecting
                                          cables. Transmitter shall consist of two matched platinum
                                          resistance temperature elements, one heated and the other
                                          passive sheathed in a nickel brazed 316 stainless steel,
                                          3/4-inch diameter insertion assembly. Gas flow shall pass
                                          directly over sheathed elements without need for any
                                          torturous path. Element shall be suitable for gas flow
                                          velocities from 0.5 to 200 feet per second, gas
                                          temperatures of +15 to +250 degrees F, static pressures
                                          from full vacuum to 185 psig,. Probe length shall be as
                                          required to position sensing element at the center of the
                                          process pipe.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17212-8                            Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUSPEC SHEETS
Instrument
     Identification:                      FTD (continued)

                                          Electronics assembly shall convert resistance difference to
                                          gas flow with a maximum error of two percent of reading
                                          over a flow range of 10 to 100 percent of calibrated range.
                                          Electronics assembly shall include an alphanumeric 2 X
                                          12 digit backlit LCD flow indicator calibrated in process
                                          engineering units. Electronics shall be housed in a
                                          painted aluminum NEMA 4 enclosure listed for
                                          installation in Class I, Division 1 hazardous locations.

                                          Transmitter shall be smart type with adjustable full-scale
                                          from 50 to 100 percent, response time, zero flow cut-off
                                          and correction factor. Adjustments shall be possible via
                                          local pushbuttons or computer interface.

                                          Flow metering systems installed in piping that do not have
                                          the manufacturers recommended upstream and
                                          downstream unobstructed runs shall be provided with
                                          integrated flow conditioning plates and sensor.



Acceptable Manufacturers:                 Sierra Instruments, Inc., 5000 Series, or equal.


Execution:
        Installation:                     Install probe through full port ball valve and union
                                          coupler to permit removal without rotating connection
                                          head. Insertion of probe shall be installed as detailed on
                                          the drawings.
        Application:                      Application and setup shall be in accordance with
                                          manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in
                                          paragraph 17200-3.03.
        Test and Calibration:             In accordance with Section 17030.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17212-9                              Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03     INSTRUSPEC SHEETS
Instrument
       Identification:                    FTT-F


Instrument Type:                          Flow measurement


Instrument Description:                   Transit time flow metering system, flanged


Power Supply:                             120 VAC


Signal Input:                             Process


Signal Output:                            Analog signal as specified in paragraph 17212-2.01.


Process Connection:                       Class D AWWA C207, flanged steel


Product Requirements:
        General:                         Transit time flow meter shall be provided as a system
                                         consisting of an in-line measuring tube with dual channel
                                         measuring sensors and a remote measuring transmitter
                                         complete with interconnecting cables. The measuring
                                         tube shall be carbon steel for sewage water, epoxy coated
                                         internally.


        Measuring Sensors:               Measuring system shall be dual path consisting of two
                                         pair of ultrasonic insertion sensors.


        Measuring Transmitter:           The measuring transmitter shall contain all electronics
                                         associated with the transit time flow meter system.
                                         Transmitter housing shall be powder coated cast
                                         aluminum, suitable for wall mounting, and shall be rated
                                         NEMA 4X. Transmitter shall have optical Touch Control
                                         programming which can be operated through the
                                         enclosure window without opening the electrical


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17212-10                         Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUSPEC SHEETS
Instrument
     Identification:                      FTT-F (continued)

                                         enclosure. The transmitter shall have an illuminated,
                                         four-line liquid-crystal display used for programming as
                                         well as simultaneous display of flow rate and total flow in
                                         user-selectable engineering units, and readout of
                                         diagnostic error messages.


Acceptable Manufacturers:                 Endress+Hauser, PROline prosonic flow 93 C, or equal.


Execution:
        Installation:                     Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions,
                                          API RP551, and the specified requirements.


        Cable:                            The signal cable between the primary element and
                                          transmitter shall be provided by the system manufacturer.
                                          A sufficient length of cable shall be provided for
                                          installation of a continuous run between the primary
                                          element and the transmitter.


        Application:                      Application and setup shall be in accordance with
                                          manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in
                                          paragraph 17200-3.03.


        Test and Calibration:             In accordance with Section 17030.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17212-11                           Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUSPEC SHEETS
Instrument
     Identification:                      FUT

Instrument Function:                      Flow measurement


Instrument Description:                   Ultrasonic flow transmitter


Power Supply:                             24 volt DC


Signal Input:                             N/A


Signal Output:                            Analog signal as specified in paragraph 17212-2.01.


Process Connection:                       1 inch NPT


Product Requirements:                     Ultrasonic flow meter shall be a non-contact, ultrasonic
                                          time-of-flight measuring device. It shall consist of a
                                          transducer element, transmitter, and interconnecting cable
                                          between transmitter and transducer.
                                         Transmitter shall have a keypad an integral LCD display
                                         for display of the flow rate and total flow. The flow
                                         totalizer shall be electronic resettable.
                                         Transmitter electronics housing shall be rated IP 66, and
                                         shall be suitable for wall mounting.
                                         Ultrasonic flow transducer shall be heated, and shall be
                                         suitable for installation in Class 1, Division 1 and 2,
                                         hazardous locations, where indicated on the Drawings.


Acceptable
    Manufacturers:                       Endress+Hauser Prosonic M FMU 861 transmitter, with
                                         FDU 80 transducer, or equal.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17212-12                           Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUSPEC SHEETS
Instrument
     Identification:                      FUT (continued)


Execution:
    Installation:                        Install in accordance with manufacturer's instruction and
                                          as indicated on the Drawings.


    Cable:                                The signal cable between the transducer and transmitter
                                          shall be provided by the system manufacturer. A
                                          sufficient length of cable shall be provided for installation
                                          of a continuous run between the remote display and the
                                          transmitter.
    Application:                          Application and setup shall be in accordance with
                                          manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in
                                          paragraph 17200-3.03.
    Test and Calibration:                 In accordance with specification Section 17030.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17212-13                             Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUSPEC SHEETS
Instrument
       Identification:                    LUT

Instrument Function:                      Level measurement


Instrument Description:                   Ultrasonic level transmitter


Power Supply:                             24 volts DC from signal transmission circuit as specified
                                          in paragraph 17212-2.01.


Signal Input:                             N/A


Signal Output:                            Analog signal as specified in paragraph 17212-2.01.


Process Connection:                       1-1/2 inch, or 2-inch NPT


Product Requirements:                     Transmitter shall be a non-contact, ultrasonic time-of-
                                          flight measuring device. It shall consist of a transducer
                                          element, transmitter, remote display, and interconnecting
                                          cable between transmitter and display.
                                         System shall be suitable for measuring liquid surfaces
                                         from 9.84 inches to 16 feet below the transducer.
                                         Transducer shall incorporate a built-in temperature sensor
                                         and shall be suitable for installation as indicated on the
                                         Drawings. Transducer materials in contact with process
                                         fluids shall be PVDF/EPDM.
                                         Remote display shall have an integral LCD display with
                                         bargraph for display of the measured variable in
                                         engineering units and the annunciation of diagnostic
                                         messages.
                                         Transmitter enclosure shall be powder coated aluminum.
                                         Remote display housing shall be aluminum.
                                         Ultrasonic level transmitter shall be suitable for
                                         installation in Class 1, Division 1 and 2, hazardous
                                         locations, where indicated on the Drawings.

138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17212-14                           Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUSPEC SHEETS
Instrument
       Identification:                    LUT (continued)

Acceptable Manufacturers:                Endress+Hauser Prosonic M FMU 40/41/43 transducer,
                                         with FHX 40 remote display, and F12 transmitter, or
                                         equal.


Execution:
        Installation:                     Install in accordance with manufacturer's instruction and
                                          as indicated on the Drawings.


        Cable:                            The signal cable between the remote display and
                                          transmitter shall be provided by the system manufacturer.
                                          A sufficient length of cable shall be provided for
                                          installation of a continuous run between the remote
                                          display and the transmitter.


        Application:                      Application and setup shall be in accordance with
                                          manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in
                                          paragraph 17200-3.03.


        Test and Calibration:             In accordance with Section 17030.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17212-15                           Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUSPEC SHEETS
Instrument
       Identification:                    PGT

Instrument Function:                      Pressure measurement


Instrument Description:                   Gage pressure transmitter


Power Supply:                             24 volts DC from signal transmission circuit as specified
                                          in paragraph 17212-2.01.


Signal Input:                             Process


Signal Output:                            Analog signal as specified in paragraph 17212-2.01.


Process Connection:                       1/2-inch male NPT, 316Ti stainless steel.
                                          1-1/2 inch male NPT, 316 stainless steel for direct
                                          mounting to process piping 1-1/2 inch diameter and
                                          larger.


Product Requirements:                     Pressure transmitter shall be capacitance type with a
                                          ceramic pressure sensing diaphragm. Span shall be
                                          adjustable over a 20:1 or greater range. Over range
                                          capacity without affecting calibration shall be not less
                                          than listed below. Volumetric displacement shall not
                                          exceed 0.01 cubic inches over the specified span.
                                          Adjustable dampening and external zero adjustment shall
                                          be provided. Accuracy shall be 0.1 percent of span.
                                         Transmitter housing shall be rated NEMA 4X and shall be
                                         listed for installation in a Class I, Division 1 hazardous
                                         location. Transmitter shall be provided with an integral
                                         four-digit LCD display with bargraph, and internal
                                         pushbuttons.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17212-16                           Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUSPEC SHEETS
Instrument
       Identification:                   PGT (continued)

                                         Transmitter shall be available with the following
                                         adjustable ranges for gage pressure applications:
                                         Nominal Range       Minimum Span       Overpressure Rating
                                              PSI                 PSI                   PSIG


                                            0 to 1.5              0.075                  60
                                             0 to 6                0.3                   150
                                            0 to 30                1.5                   300
                                            0 to 150               7.5                   600
                                            0 to 600              30.0                   850


Acceptable Manufacturers:                 Endress+Hauser Cerabar S PMC 71, or equal.


Execution:
        Installation:                     Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and
                                          the recommendations of API RP551 to the specified
                                          requirements.
                                         Root valves shall be provided at all process pressure taps.
                                         Gage valves shall be provided at the instrument where the
                                         instrument is not within sight of the root valve or where
                                         two or more instruments are connected to a single tap.
                                         Safety instruments shall not be connected to the same
                                         process tap as instruments used for control, indication, or
                                         recording. Unless otherwise specified, pressure
                                         instruments shall be located as close as practical to the
                                         process tap but shall be positioned to permit observation
                                         and maintenance. Pressure instruments shall not be
                                         supported from process piping one-inch diameter and
                                         smaller.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17212-17                           Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUSPEC SHEETS
Instrument
       Identification:                   PGT (continued)

                                         Pressure transmitters directly mounted to process piping
                                         1-1/2 inch diameter and larger shall be directly connected
                                         to the process pipe with a 1-1/2 inch female weld-o-let or
                                         similar connection.


        Application:                      Application and setup shall be in accordance with
                                          manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in
                                          paragraph 17200-3.03.


        Test and Calibration:             In accordance with Section 17030.


                                         **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17212-18                          Transmitters
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                           SECTION 17215

                                  PROCESS FLUID ANALYZERS


PART 1--GENERAL

1.01    DESCRIPTION

        This section specifies requirements for process fluid analyzers.

1.02    REFERENCES

         This section contains references to the following documents. Additional references are
listed in Section 17000. All references shall be to the current edition of the document unless
specifically stated otherwise. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.

         Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents
issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the
last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a version with a
later date, discontinued or replaced.

                    Reference                                     Title

           NEMA 250                        Enclosures for Electrical Equipment



1.03    SUBMITTALS

        Submittals shall be provided as specified in paragraph 17200-1.03.


PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01    GENERAL

       Unless otherwise specified, process fluid analyzers shall comply with the following
requirements:


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17215-1                  Process Fluid Analyzers
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                1.      Output indicators shall be provided with all analyzers. If the analyzer does
                        not include an integral indicator, a 2-1/2 inch milliammeter, 90-degree
                        movement indicator enclosed in a NEMA 7/9 meter case shall be attached to
                        the unit. Output indicators shall be calibrated in process units and provided
                        with tic marks at 8, 12, and 16 milliamperes. Milliammeter shall connect
                        into the transmission circuit by means of banana jacks, and a permanently
                        connected diode shall be provided to bypass the jacks if the meter is
                        removed.

                2.      Analyzers shall be 4 to 20 milliampere output. Transmitter shall support an
                        external load of 0 to 600 ohms or greater without requiring trimming
                        resistors with a transmission circuit power supply of 24 volts.

                3.      Analyzer output shall be galvanically isolated from the process and the
                        analyzer case.

                4.      Transmitters located outdoors shall be provided with surge protectors:
                        Telematic Model TP48 or equal.

                5.      Analyzer output shall increase with increasing process measurement except
                        where "reverse action" is specified in the instrument schedule.

                6.      Electrical parts of analyzer and/or primary element mechanisms shall, as a
                        minimum, be housed in enclosures meeting NEMA 250, Type 4
                        requirements. Where electrical mechanisms are located outdoors or in areas
                        specified as corrosive, enclosures shall meet NEMA 250, Type 4X
                        requirements.

                7.      Where two-wire transmitter is located in an area classified as hazardous, it
                        shall be made intrinsically safe by means of an active intrinsic safety barrier
                        as specified in paragraph 17212-2.03.

                8.      Where four-wire transmitters are permitted, they shall be provided with a
                        signal current isolator connected in the output signal circuit. Current
                        isolators shall be located in the panel where the receiving instrument is
                        located and shall be as specified in Section 17271.

2.02    INSTRUMENTATION SPECIFICATION (INSTRUSPEC) SHEETS

        General requirements for instruments specified in this section are listed on INSTRUSPEC
sheets in paragraph 17215-3.03. Application requirements are specified in the Instrument Index,
paragraph 17200-3.03, and/or on the Drawings.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17215-2                   Process Fluid Analyzers
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
2.03     PRODUCT DATA

         The following data shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:

                 1.      Data specified in paragraph 17000-2.02.


PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01     INSTALLATION

         Installation requirements are specified in paragraph 17200-3.01.

3.02     TESTING

         Testing requirements are specified in Section 17030.

3.03     INSTRUSPECS

         The following INSTRUSPECS are included in this section:

                                                                            Power*
Symbol           Instrument Description               Measurement         Requirement   Communication*
 AH       Hydrogen-ion activity (pH) and             pH                  24 VDC         4-20mA
          temperature analyzer
 SO       Optical Sludge Density                     Suspended           24 VDC         4-20mA
                                                     Solids

* Summary Information Only; see detailed Instruspecs for complete requirements




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17215-3                     Process Fluid Analyzers
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03     INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATION SHEETS (INSTRUSPEC)

Instrument
      Identification:                            AH

Instrument Function:                             Process fluid analyzer

Instrument Description:                          Hydrogen-ion activity (pH) and temperature

Power Supply:                                    24 volt DC

Signal Input:                                    Process

Signal Output:                                   Analog signal as specified in paragraph 17215-2.01

Process Connection:                              Immersion assembly

Product Requirements:                            Analyzer shall continuously measure pH levels using
                                                 glass electrodes utilizing a potentiometric
                                                 measurement method.

                                                 The pH measurement system shall consist of an
                                                 immersion mounted sensor for each channel and a
                                                 measuring transmitter, complete with sensor
                                                 connection cable.

                                                 The sensor connection cable between the sensors and
                                                 the transmitter shall be provided by the system
                                                 manufacturer. A sufficient length of sensor cable
                                                 shall be provided for installation of a continuous run
                                                 between the sensors and the transmitter.

                                                 The measuring transmitter shall have an LCD
                                                 backlight display with a navigator dial and soft keys
                                                 for diagnostics and setup navigation. The measuring
                                                 transmitter shall be a multiparameter, 2 channel
                                                 controller monitoring process pH and temperature.
                                                 The controller shall provide individual analog outputs
                                                 for each channel pH and temperature, total of 4. The
                                                 controller shall be suitable for installation in a NEMA
                                                 7 Class I, Division 2 hazardous area.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17215-4                   Process Fluid Analyzers
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATION SHEETS (INSTRUSPEC)

Instrument
      Identification:                            AH (continued)

Acceptable
     Manufacturers:                              Measuring transmitter: Endress+Hauser Mycom S
                                                 CM 442.

                                                 Sensor: Endress+Hauser orbisint CPF 81D.

Execution:

       Installation:                             Sensor shall be installed in accordance with
                                                 manufacturer’s instructions and as detailed on the
                                                 Drawings.

       Application:                              Application and setup shall be as specified in
                                                 paragraph 17200-3.03.

       Test and Calibration:                     In accordance with specification 17030.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17215-5                   Process Fluid Analyzers
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATION SHEETS (INSTRUSPEC)

Instrument
       Identification:                           SO

Instrument Function:                             Process fluid analyzer

Instrument Description:                          Optical sludge density

Power Supply:                                    24 volt DC

Signal Input:                                    Process

Signal Output:                                   Analog signal as specified in paragraph 17215-2.01

Process Connection:                              Weld neck, 2” ANSI

Product Requirements:                            Analyzer shall continuously measure suspended
                                                 solids utilizing a four-beam pulsed light method for
                                                 high concentrations of suspended solids. The
                                                 suspended solids measurement system shall be the
                                                 insertion type and consist of a self-cleaning sensor,
                                                 weld neck, retractable holder assembly, Viton O-
                                                 ring, and remote mounted controller, complete with
                                                 interconnecting cables.

                                                 The controller shall contain all electronics associated
                                                 with the suspended solids measurement system.
                                                 Transmitter housing shall be polycarbonate, and shall
                                                 be rated NEMA 4X. Transmitter shall have four
                                                 main control keys for calibration and instrument
                                                 configuration, and keys for switching between
                                                 automatic and manual operation. The controller shall
                                                 have a two-line LCD display used for programming
                                                 as well as for display of measured variables,
                                                 configuration data, and current menu field. Features
                                                 shall include simple two-point calibration and
                                                 automatic sensor self-recognition with calibration
                                                 data transfer.

                                                 The signal cable between the sensor and the
                                                 controller shall be provided by the system
                                                 manufacturer. A sufficient length of cable shall be
                                                 provided for installation of a continuous run between
                                                 the sensor and the controller.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17215-6                    Process Fluid Analyzers
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03 INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATION SHEETS (INSTRUSPEC)

Instrument
       Identification:                           SO (continued)


Acceptable Manufacturers:                        Sensor: Endress + Hauser, CUS 65-E, or approved
                                                 equal.

                                                 Retractable holder: Endress + Hauser, Cleanfit
                                                 CUA 451, or approved equal.

                                                 Controller: Endress + Hauser, Liquisys S CUM 253-
                                                 TU1005, or approved equal.

Execution:

        Installation:                            In accordance with manufacturer’s
                                                 recommendations and as detailed on the Drawings.

        Application:                             Application and setup shall be in accordance with
                                                 manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified
                                                 in paragraph 17200-3.03.

        Test and Calibration:                    In accordance with specification 17030.


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17215-7                 Process Fluid Analyzers
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                             SECTION 17216

                                          PROCESS SWITCHES


PART 1--GENERAL

1.01    DESCRIPTION

       This section specifies requirements for process activated switches. Application
requirements are specified in Section 17200.

1.02    REFERENCES

         This section contains references to the following documents. Additional references are
listed in Section 17000. All references shall be to the current edition of the document unless
specifically stated otherwise. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.

         Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, reference to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued
or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last
version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, reference to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a version with a
later date, discontinued or replaced.

              Reference                                           Title
         NEMA 250                 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
         NEMA ICS 2               Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies
         NEMA ICS 6               Enclosures for Industrial Control and Systems


1.03    SUBMITTALS

        Submittals shall be provided as specified in paragraph 17200-1.03.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17216-1                     Process Switches
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01    GENERAL

        Unless otherwise specified, switches shall comply with the following requirements:

                1.      Contact outputs used for alarm actuation shall be ordinarily closed and
                        shall open to initiate the alarm.

                2.      Contact outputs used to control equipment shall be ordinarily open and
                        shall close to start the equipment.

                3.      Contacts monitored by solid state equipment such as programmable
                        controllers or annunciators shall be hermetically sealed and designed for
                        switching currents from 20 to 100 mA at 24 volts DC.

                4.      Contacts monitored by electromagnetic devices such as mechanical relays
                        shall be rated NEMA ICS 2, designation B300.

                5.      Double barriers shall be provided between switch elements and process
                        fluids such that failure of one barrier will not permit process fluids into
                        electrical enclosures.

                6.      Switch electrical enclosures shall be rated NEMA 250, type 4 minimum.

                7.      Contacts in Class 1, Division 1 areas and monitored by solid-state circuits
                        shall be made safe by suitable intrinsic safety barriers. Intrinsic safety
                        barrier shall be dual type to prevent grounding alarm circuit at the barrier.
                        Barriers shall be MTL 787, or equal.

2.02    INSTRUMENTATION SPECIFICATION SHEETS (INSTRUSPEC)

       General requirements for instruments specified in this section are given on
INSTRUSPEC sheets in paragraph 17216-3.03. Application requirements are specified in the
Instrument Index, paragraph 17200-3.03, and/or on the Drawings.

2.03    PRODUCT DATA

        The following data shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:

                1.      Data specified in paragraph 17000-2.02.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17216-2                        Process Switches
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01    INSTALLATION

        Installation requirements are specified in paragraph 17200-3.01.

3.02    TESTING

        Testing requirements are specified in Section 17030.

3.03    INSTRUSPEC SHEETS

        The following INSTRUSPEC sheets are included in this section:

                                                                                    Power
 Symbol                    Instrument Description                 Measurement*
                                                                                 Requirement*
 FTS        Thermal flow switch                                   Air flow       24 VDC

 LFS        Float switch                                          Level          N/A
            Frequency shift tuning fork vibratory Level
 LVS                                                              Level          24 VDC
            Switch
 PS         Pressure switch                                       Pressure       N/A

 SNS        Non-contact Motion Failure switch                     Speed          120 VAC

* Summary Information Only; see detailed Instruspecs for complete requirements




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17216-3                  Process Switches
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUMENT SHEETS--(INSTRUSPEC)

Instrument
       Identification:                    FTS

Instrument Function:                      Flow measurement

Instrument Description:                   Thermal flow switch

Power Supply:                             120 VAC, 60 hertz, nominal

Signal Input:                             N/A

Signal Output:                            Contacts as specified in paragraph 17216-2.01.

Process Connection:                       3/4 inch Male NPT

Product Requirements:                     Flow switch shall be the thermal convection type. Switch
                                          point shall not be affected by process fluid temperature
                                          changes in the range of -40 to 350 degrees F and shall
                                          have a repeatability of plus or minus 5 percent of range.
                                          Control unit shall operate with the specified repeatability
                                          in an ambient temperature range of -40 to 140 degrees F.

                                          The switch shall be furnished with DPDT relay contacts,
                                          and shall be suitable for operation in Class 1, Division 2,
                                          hazardous locations. The switch setpoint shall be adjusted
                                          to trip when the air flow velocity drops below that which
                                          is required to maintain the required air changes per hour
                                          in the system that it is installed. The insertion length shall
                                          place the sensor directly in the path of the system air flow.

Acceptable Manufacturers:                 Fluid Components Intl, FlexSwitch FLT93 Series, or
                                          equal.

Execution:
       Installation:                      Install as indicated on the Drawings in accordance with
                                          the manufacturer's instructions, paragraph 17200-3.01,
                                          and the specified functional requirements.

        Application:                      Application and setpoints shall be in accordance with
                                          manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in
                                          paragraph 17200-3.03.

        Test and Calibration:             In accordance with Section 17030.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17216-4                         Process Switches
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03 INSTRUMENT SHEETS--(INSTRUSPEC)
Instrument
       Identification:     LFS

Instrument Function:                      Level measurement

Instrument Description:                   Float level switch, free floating

Power Supply:                             N/A

Signal Input:                             N/A

Signal Output:                            Contacts as specified in paragraph 17216-2.01

Process Connection:                       N/A

Product Requirements:                     Switch shall be free-floating type, suspended from a PVC-
                                          coated, multi-core connecting cable which also contains
                                          the conductors. The float switch shall be mercury-free,
                                          and shall have a hermetically sealed chamber constructed
                                          of industrial quality polypropylene.

Acceptable Manufacturers:                 Kobold, Model NNE, or equal.

Execution:
       Installation:                      Install as indicated on the Drawings in accordance with
                                          the manufacturer's instructions, paragraph 17200-3.01,
                                          and the specified functional requirements.

        Application:                      Application and setpoints shall be in accordance with
                                          manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in
                                          paragraph 17200-3.03.

        Test and Calibration:             In accordance with Section 17030.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17216-5                      Process Switches
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03 INSTRUMENT SHEETS--(INSTRUSPEC)
Instrument
     Identification:       LVS

Instrument Function:                      Level measurement

Instrument Description:                   Frequency shift tuning fork vibratory level switch

Power Supply:                             120 VAC, 60 hertz, nominal

Signal Input:                             N/A

Signal Output:                            Contacts as specified in paragraph 17216-2.01.

Process Connection:                       1-inch male NPT

Product Requirements:                     Switch assembly shall consist of a tuning fork type probe
                                          and electronics enclosure. Switch shall continuously
                                          vibrate the tuning fork probe and monitor the frequency of
                                          vibration. The switch electronics shall detect a frequency
                                          shift as the probe is immersed in the measured media and
                                          generate the specified output signal. Probe shall be
                                          constructed of 316 stainless steel. Probe length shall be as
                                          scheduled in the Instrument Index, paragraph 17200-3.03.
                                          Electronics housing shall be of aluminum construction
                                          with an epoxy resin coating.

                                          Level switch shall employ continuous self-testing and
                                          shall initiate alarm annunciation upon detection of tuning
                                          fork corrosion/damage, piezo drive short or open, and
                                          power failure.

Acceptable
   Manufacturers:                         Endress+Hauser Liquiphant M FTL 50/51, or equal.

Execution:
   Installation:                          Install as indicated on the Drawings in accordance with
                                          the manufacturer's instructions, paragraph 17200-3.01,
                                          and the specified functional requirements.

    Application:                          Application and setpoints shall be in accordance with
                                          manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in
                                          paragraph 17200-3.03.

    Test and Calibration:                 In accordance with Section 17030.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17216-6                        Process Switches
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUMENT SHEETS--(INSTRUSPEC)

Instrument
       Identification:                    PS

Instrument Function:                      Pressure measurement

Instrument Description:                   Pressure switch

Power Supply:                             N/A

Signal Input:                             Process

Signal Output:                            Contacts as specified in paragraph 17216-2.01

Process Connection:                       1/2-inch female NPT

Product Requirements:                     Pressure switch shall consist of a pressure transducer and
                                          a precision switch. Pressure transducer shall be the
                                          diaphragm piston type with wetted materials as
                                          recommended by the switch manufacturer. Piston shall be
                                          backed by a cylinder disc to permit 10 times overrange
                                          pressure without affecting calibration. Range spring and
                                          piston shall be isolated from process fluids by the
                                          diaphragm. Switch shall be provided with two 3/4-inch
                                          conduit connections. Switch assembly housing shall be
                                          cast aluminum rated types 3, 4, and 7D per NEMA ICS6.
                                          CONTRACTOR shall select pressure transducer so that
                                          set point falls between 30 and 70 percent of maximum
                                          range. Repeatability and sensitivity shall be 1.0 percent of
                                          operating range or better. Unless otherwise specified,
                                          switches shall be nonadjustable deadband type.

Acceptable Manufacturers:                 SOR Inc. Static-O-Ring, Mercoid Series 1000, or equal.

Execution:
       Installation:                      Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and
                                          the recommendations of API RP551 to the specified
                                          requirements.

        Application:                      Application and setpoints shall be in accordance with
                                          manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in
                                          paragraph 17200-3.03.

        Test and Calibration:             In accordance with Section 17030.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17216-7                        Process Switches
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03    INSTRUMENT SHEETS--(INSTRUSPEC)
Instrument
 Identification:                         SNS

Instrument Function:                     Speed Measurement

Instrument Description:                 Non-contact Motion Failure Switch

Power Supply:                           120 VAC, 60 hertz, nominal

Signal Input:                           N/A

Signal Output:                          Contacts, in accordance with paragraph 2.01 of this section.

Process Connection:                     N/A

Product Data:

 General:                               The switch shall consist of an inductive sensor probe and a
                                        separate isolation relay switch. Motion is sensed by
                                        detection of the changes in flux density of a magnetic field
                                        when interrupted by a ferrous object.

 Probe:                                 The probe shall have a phenolic body and provided with a
                                        mounting flange and locknut.

                                        The probe shall have an integral coil and ferrite core, an
                                        oscillator and detector circuit, and solid state output housed
                                        in a NEMA 7, Class I, Divison2 rated enclosure. The
                                        detector circuit generates a signal which changes the state
                                        of the solid state output. The probe shall be provided with
                                        a potted-in cable. The cable between the probe and relay
                                        switch shall be provided by the system manufacturer. A
                                        sufficient length of cable shall be provided for installation
                                        of a continuous run between the probe and the relay switch.

                                        The probe shall be capable of detecting a 2-inch by 2-inch
                                        by 1-inch object from a distance of 15mm. The probe shall
                                        have an operating temperature range of -40 to + 140
                                        degrees F.

 Electronics:                           The isolation relay shall have a polycarbonate housing
                                        suitable for DIN rail mounting in a Class I, Division 2
                                        hazardous area. The isolation relay shall be a single
                                        channel device that will accept the sensor probe input and
                                        provide a dry contact output.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17216-8                        Process Switches
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.03     INSTRUMENT SHEETS--(INSTRUSPEC)

Instrument
 Identification:                         SNS (continued)

Execution:

 Installation:                          Install in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions,
                                        paragraph 17200-3.01, and the specified functional
                                        requirements. When necessary, a ferrous devices shall be
                                        field fabricated and attached to the object to be monitored.

 Test:                                  In accordance with paragraph 17200-3.02.

 Application/Calibration:
                                        Application, calibration, and set points as specified in
                                        paragraph 17200-3.03.

Approved
 Manufacturers:                         Probe: Turck NAMUR Ni15-G30-YOX, or equal.
                                        Isolation Relay Switch: Turck IM1-121Ex-R



                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                               17216-9                       Process Switches
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                           SECTION 17310

                  PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC) SYSTEM


PART 1--GENERAL

1.01    DESCRIPTION

        A.      SCOPE:

        This section specifies requirements for a solid-state programmable logic controller (PLC)
system designed to execute discrete and continuous control logic with high reliability in
industrial applications. All system components specified or indicated on the Drawings shall be
provided, as well as any ancillary or incidental equipment or devices, whether identified or not,
required to fully support the identified system components and permit full use of the system
capabilities.

1.02    QUALITY CONTROL

        A.      WARRANTY:

        The PLC manufacturer shall provide a three year warranty for the PLC processor,
input/output (I/O) systems, power supplies, racks, and communication interface products. PLC
warranty period shall commence on the date of project Substantial Completion. The terms of the
PLC warranty shall provide for replacement of defective components, free of charge, at any time
during the warranty period.

        B.      LIFE CYCLE POLICY:

        The PLC manufacturer shall have in place a written policy establishing a commitment for
product support for an extended period of time following the initial introduction of the product
and for an extended period of time after it has been removed from active sale. The product life
cycle policy shall be provided as part of the data submitted as required in Section 1.04.

        C.      SYSTEM DESIGN AND TESTING:

       The PLC system shall have been designed and tested to operate in an industrial
environment per NEMA Standard ICS 2-230.42 (Showering Arc Test), NEMA ICS-3-304-42,
ANSI C37.90a-1974 and IEEE 472-1974 (Surge withstand capability).

       All system components shall be subjected to a burn-in test of 60 degrees Centigrade for
96 hours (minimum).




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17310-1   Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
       All system modules shall be of such a design as to provide for free air flow convection
cooling. No internal fans or other means of cooling, except heat sinks, shall be required.

        All components of the PLC family shall be UL listed and CSA approved.

        D.      ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS:

      Environmental ratings for all components of the PLC system, except programming
equipment, shall meet or exceed the following requirements:

                1.      Humidity rating of 5 to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing).

                2.      Ambient temperature rating 0 to 60 degrees C (32 to 140 degrees F)
                        operational.

1.03    SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

        A.      GENERAL:

        Each PLC system shall be configured as indicated on the Drawings and shall include all
system components required for a complete, fully functional PLC system including processors,
input/output (I/O) systems, power supplies, racks, communication interfaces, and all power and
communication interface cabling. The PLC system I/O requirements shall be as defined in
paragraph 17310-3.04. The PLC shall be of a slot-mount design permitting application
versatility, flexibility, and expandability through the use of modular hardware components. Each
PLC shall be tailored to the process control application specified herein. Future expansion of the
control application shall be easily accommodated by the PLC through the addition of I/O
modules, memory, and user programming modifications. All PLC component modules shall be
interchangeable with modules of like function.

        B.      PROJECT SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION REQUIREMENTS:

       The PLC system shall consist of multiple networked processors serving both local and
remote input/output subsystems.

        The PLC system processors shall support Ethernet information network communications
for peer-to-peer and SCADA communications, and ODVA DeviceNet for communication
between PLCs and motor control centers and drives. Recircuiting and reconnection of existing
GE Genius I/O bus will be required as part of the Work of this section.

        In addition, the PLC system processors shall have the capability of future expansion via
interchangeable modules, to provide support of other data communication protocols and interface
standards including RS-485, Profibus, and others for future communication with remote I/O,
instruments, and other devices.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17310-2   Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
1.04    SUBMITTALS

       Submittals shall be provided in accordance with specification Section 01300 and
paragraph 17000-1.05. In addition, the following shall be provided:

                1.      List of system components by location.

                2.      Configuration drawings, showing all major components and their
                        interconnecting cable requirements, configuration switch settings, etc.

                3.      Manufacturer's catalog data for all system components.

                4.      A copy of this specification, with addendum updates included, and all
                        referenced and applicable sections with addendum updates included, with
                        each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or
                        marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements.
                        Check marks () shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a
                        whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated and, therefore
                        requested by the CONTRACTOR, each deviation shall be underlined and
                        denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph.
                        The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify
                        compliance on the part of the CONTRACTOR with the specifications.
                        The submittal shall be accompanied by a detailed, written justification for
                        each deviation. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification
                        sections, along with justification(s) for any requested deviations to the
                        specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for
                        rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration.

                5.      Spare parts list.

                6.      Manufacturer's Product Life Cycle policy.


PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01    ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS

        The PLC process control system architecture includes both the legacy GE Series 90-70
family of automation products and the current GE PACSystems RX3i programmable automation
controllers. All new PLC controllers shall utilize the GE PACSystems RX3i automation
products. Based upon the presence of existing GE PACSystems control systems in the plant, all
work under this section shall utilize GE PACSystems control systems products to maintain
consistency with existing plant control systems. Acceptable products shall include:

                1.      GE PACSystems RX3i family



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17310-3   Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
2.02    SOFTWARE LICENSING

       All PLC system programming and network configuration software products shall be
deployed using the following software. New software licenses shall be licensed in the OWNER’S
name. The number of licensed copies of each application shall be as specified in Table 2.02:

                                               Table 2.02
                                     Number of Licensed
       Software Application
                                         Copies                              Notes
   HMI Visualization and                     3               Includes complete client runtime
   Control Software – GE                                     software for visualization and
   Proficy iFIX iClient-                                     control.
   Runtime V6.0 or later


The computer CPUs for the HMI workstations will be furnished by the OWNER. The
CONTRACTOR shall submit a list of specifications for the computers (memory size, disk size,
ports, etc.) for the OWNER to purchase. The computers will be delivered to the
CONTRACTOR for installation, configuration and testing of software and installation in the
ACC cabinets.

2.03    PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER SYSTEMS

        A.      GENERAL:

        Each PLC system shall be configured as required to support the system architecture
indicated on the Plant Process Control System Architecture Diagram in the Drawings and as
specified in Attachment A to this specification. The PLC systems shall include processor, option
adapters, input/output (I/O) modules, and I/O bases. All PLC system components, with the
exception of spare parts, shall be assembled into complete control panels per Section 17110.

       In addition to the requirements of the Plant Process Control System Architecture Diagram
and Attachment A, the following ancillary equipment shall be provided with each PLC system:

                1.      All interconnect cabling between components of the same local I/O
                        subsystem.

                2.      Network terminators and other connection hardware and devices.

                3.      Power supplies and cables.

                4.      Bases, adapters, connectors and other component mounting hardware as
                        required for a complete installation and as detailed on the Drawings.

        B.      PROCESSORS:


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17310-4   Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
        PLC processors shall be GE PACSystems RX3i, equipped with 10 Mb memory
configuration. All PLC processors provided for this project shall be identical regardless of
specific application, so that one spare can replace any PLC provided for this project. The PLC
system shall utilize Ethernet (10/100 BaseT) communication modules and networks for all peer-
to-peer and SCADA communications.

        C.      I/O BASES:

        I/O bases shall be DIN rail mounting type and shall accept processor, adapter, and I/O
module types identified on the Plant Process Control System Architecture Diagram in the
Drawings and as specified in Attachment A to this specification. Local expansion bases,
expansion modules, cables, and power supplies shall be provided as needed to support all
specified I/O and spare module requirements as needed.

        D.      RACK MOUNTED INPUT/OUTPUT MODULES:

       The input/output (I/O) systems shall be configured as slot mounted modules designed to
communicate with the CPU via backplane bus and, in the case of expansion I/O racks, via
expansion cables.

        I/O modules shall be provided in the quantities and types required to serve the I/O signal
circuits identified in Attachment A.

        E.      GENIUS INPUT/OUTPUT MODULES:

       Where shown on the drawings, modification of existing input/output (I/O) systems and
remote located I/O systems shall utilize stand alone modules designed to communicate with the
CPU via interconnecting Genius bus cables.

      Genius I/O systems will be modified as shown on the drawing. No new Genius I/O
modules are required for this project.

        F.      COMMUNICATIONS:

        All PLC systems shall communicate with the plant process control system via Ethernet
TCP/IP communications protocol and Ethernet 100 BaseT and fiber optic media. Ethernet
communications modules shall be provided and configured as shown in the Drawings and in
Attachment A. All communication interface devices, cables and connectors shall be furnished
and installed with the processor as indicated on the Drawings and in Attachment A.

       All PLC systems shall communicate with motor control centers and drives via ODVA
compliant DeviceNet communications utilizing slot mounted modules as shown on the Drawings
and in Attachment A.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17310-5   Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
2.04    SPARE PARTS

      The Division 17 CONTRACTOR shall provide the following as spare parts for all new
RX3i PLC components:

                1.      One (1) processor module
                2.      One (1) of each type communication module used in the system
                3.      One (1) of each type PLC input/output module used in the system
                4.      One (1) of each I/O base used in the system
                5.      One (1) of each type PLC power supply used in the system
                6.      Ten (10) of each type fuse used in the system

2.05    PRODUCT DATA

        A.      OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS:

        Provide operation and maintenance instruction manuals in accordance with Sections
01300 and 01730 and as specified herein. Operation and maintenance instruction manuals shall
include hardware installation manuals, operations manuals and user manuals for all components
within the PLC system. Hard copy PLC system operation and maintenance instruction manuals
shall be submitted in triplicate. All PLC system operation and maintenance instruction manuals
shall be the manufacturer’s original printed literature. Copies or reproductions of any kind will
not be accepted.

        B.      RECORD DRAWINGS:

       Submittal drawings specified in paragraph 17310-1.04, Item 2 shall be provided as record
drawings in accordance with Section 01720. Drawings shall be updated to indicate the final PLC
system configuration including bill of materials, module layout for each chassis, individual
module configuration switch settings, jumper positions, and final addressing of all
communication network nodes.

        All drawings shall be prepared on a computer-aided drafting (CAD) system. Drawing
size shall be 11-inch by 17-inch and shall be complete with borders and title blocks clearly
identifying the project name and scope of the drawings. All CAD drawing files shall be prepared
on a computer-aided drafting (CAD) system selected by the OWNER. All CAD drawing files shall
be converted to .DXF file format and submitted on CD-ROM media. All CAD drawing files shall
be updated to reflect final as-constructed state.

        C.      CONFIGURATION REPORT:

      Provide process control system configuration report as specified in paragraph
17315-2.01B.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17310-6   Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01    INSTALLATION SERVICES

        Installation shall be under the direction of qualified personnel. The installation shall be
certified by the manufacturer on Form 11000-A specified in Section 01999. For Sections 3.01
and 3.02 only, where the term “manufacturer” is used, the services of a fully qualified systems
integrator knowledgeable in the use and application of the covered products and acceptable to the
OWNER may be substituted.

3.02    FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING

        On-site inspection, testing, and certification of the completed PLC system installation
including all I/O subsystems shall be provided by the manufacturer of the PLC system. The PLC
system manufacturer shall inspect the PLC installation including all hardware configuration
switch and jumper settings and certify the installed hardware complies with all the
manufacturer’s recommendations. In addition, the PLC system manufacturer shall monitor all
PLC system diagnostic indicators, both hardware and software, and certify that the PLC system
performance meets or exceeds the manufacturer’s published specifications. Any indication of a
fault or trouble condition shall be investigated and resolved by the CONTRACTOR to the
satisfaction of the PLC manufacturer. The PLC manufacturer shall certify in writing to the
ENGINEER that the PLC system has been installed and configured in accordance with the
manufacturer’s published guidelines.

3.03    TRAINING

        On-site training shall be provided for the OWNER’S personnel on the operation and
troubleshooting of the PLC applications as developed for this project. Training shall be
conducted by the software developer. Training shall be structured as a formal presentation with
live demonstrations. In addition, each course shall include hands-on exercises using the installed
live system or an active simulation of the live system. Lessons plans, handouts, etc. shall be
submitted per Section 01664. A minimum of 36 hours of applications training shall be
presented in four hour sessions; two sessions per day.

In addition, advanced system training shall be provided for the OWNER’S personnel. Advanced
classes shall be conducted by the software manufacturer or their authorized training
representative and shall be held in the Denver metropolitan area. The training shall be structured
as a lecture/lab course with hands-on lab exercises utilizing PLC system hardware similar to the
hardware installed as work of this contract. Hardware simulators and programming terminals, to
accommodate a maximum of two students per programming terminal, shall be furnished by the
PLC manufacturer. Include all tuition and fees for two students for two courses (total of four
seats) to be selected by the OWNER. Each course shall be a nominal one week duration (4 or 5
days actual duration depending upon the courses selected).




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17310-7   Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
3.04    PLC INPUT/OUTPUT LIST

        The Programmable Logic Controller I/O List provides a listing of the assigned
input/output points for the specified PLC system. All unassigned PLC I/O points shall be tagged
as spare.

        For completeness, PLC I/O List Attachment A documents all new or modified I/O
controlled or monitored by the plant Process Control System (PCS) impacted by this project.
Since some existing I/O is being modified or re-assigned as part of this project, the
CONTRACTOR is further directed to notations on specific points where (Remove) indicates
disconnection of an existing point. In many cases the same address marked (Remove) is also
assigned a new signal on the next line of the I/O list to indicate that the point is re-used in the
new PCS configuration and is included in the Scope of Work of this project.

        The Programmable Logic Controller I/O List is included in Attachment A at the end of
this specification.


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17310-8   Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                           SECTION 17310

                                          ATTACHMENT A

            PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17310-9   Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                                                   SECTION 17310
                                                           PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                              INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY


                              MODULE         NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE        DESCRIPTION CHNL. SOURCE        TAG       ADDRESS   DESCRIPTION
HW     0        IC695CHS016   16 SLOT UNIVERSAL I/O RACK
HW     0     0 IC695PSA040    RX3i POWER SUPPLY -CPU RACK 40W 120VAC
HW     0     2 IC695CPU320    RX3i CPU 64MB USER RAM
HW     0     4 IC695ETM001    ETHERNET COMM 10/100, 2 PORTS
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200    RX3i DEVICENET MASTER SCANNER
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     1    SS11111   HS11111             STEP SCREEN 1 HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     1    SS11111   JT11111             STEP SCREEN 1 AMPS
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     1    SS11111   PB11111             STEP SCREEN 1 RESET
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     1    SS11111   QC11111             STEP SCREEN 1 COMMON FAULT
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     1    SS11111   QR11111             STEP SCREEN 1 READY
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     1    SS11111   QS11111             STEP SCREEN 1 RUNNING
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     1    SS11111   QZ11111             STEP SCREEN 1 CALL TO RUN
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     2    SS11111   ZS11111             STEP SCREEN 1 SCREEN POSITION
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     2    SS11111   QZO11111A           STEP SCREEN 1 SCREEN FLUSH CALL TO OPEN
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     2    SS11111   QZO11111B           STEP SCREEN 1 GRIT FLUSH CALL TO OPEN
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     3    CVR11211 HS11211              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1A HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     3    CVR11211 JT11211              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1A AMPS
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     3    CVR11211 PB11211              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1A RESET
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     3    CVR11211 QR11211              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1A READY
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     3    CVR11211 QS11211A             SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1A RUNNING FOR
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     3    CVR11211 QS11211B             SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1A RUNNING REV
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     3    CVR11211 QZ11211A             SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1A CALL TO RUN FOR
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     3    CVR11211 QZ11211B             SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1A PLC RESET
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     4    CVR11211 QC11211              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1A COMMON FAULT
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     4    CVR11211 ASL11211             SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1A ZERO SPEED
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     4    CVR11211 AY11211              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1A EMER. PULL CORD
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     5    CVR11212 HS11212              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1B HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     5    CVR11212 JT11212              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1B AMPS
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     5    CVR11212 PB11212              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1B RESET
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     5    CVR11212 QR11212              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1B READY
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     5    CVR11212 QS11212A             SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1B RUNNING FOR
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     5    CVR11212 QS11212B             SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1B RUNNING REV
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     5    CVR11212 QZ11212A             SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1B CALL TO RUN FOR
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     5    CVR11212 QZ11212B             SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1B PLC RESET
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                     6    CVR11212 QC11212              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1B COMMON FAULT


                                                                      1 of 22                                                    17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                    SECTION 17310
                                                            PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                               INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                             MODULE        NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE       DESCRIPTION   CHNL. SOURCE      TAG       ADDRESS   DESCRIPTION
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   6   CVR11212    ASL11212            SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1B ZERO SPEED
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   6   CVR11212    AY11212             SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 1B EMER. PULL CORD
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   7   SWC11311    HS11311             SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 1 HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   7   SWC11311    JT11311             SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 1 AMPS
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   7   SWC11311    PB11311             SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 1 RESET
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   7   SWC11311    QR11311             SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 1 READY
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   7   SWC11311    QS11311A            SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 1 RUNNING FOR
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   7   SWC11311    QS11311B            SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 1 RUNNING REV
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   7   SWC11311    QZ11311A            SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 1 CALL TO RUN FOR
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   7   SWC11311    QZ11311B            SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 1 CALL TO RUN REV
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   8   SWC11311    QC11311             SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 1 COMMON FAULT
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   8   SWC11311    AFL11311            SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 1 FLUSH WATER FLOW LOW
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   9   CVR11411    HS11411             GRIT AUGER 1 HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   9   CVR11411    JT11411             GRIT AUGER 1 AMPS
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   9   CVR11411    PB11411             GRIT AUGER 1 RESET
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   9   CVR11411    QR11411             GRIT AUGER 1 READY
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   9   CVR11411    QS11411             GRIT AUGER 1 RUNNING
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   9   CVR11411    QZ11411             GRIT AUGER 1 CALL TO RUN
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  10   CVR11411    QC11411             GRIT AUGER 1 COMMON FAULT
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  10   CVR11411    ASL11411A           GRIT AUGER 1 CHAIN SPROCKET ZERO SPEED
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  10   CVR11411    ASL11411B           GRIT AUGER 1 SHAFT ZERO SPEED
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  10   CVR11411    QZO11411            GRIT AUGER 1 BEARING WATER CALL TO OPEN
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  11   CP11412     HS11412             GRIT PUMP 1 HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  11   CP11412     JT11412             GRIT PUMP 1 AMPS
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  11   CP11412     PB11412             GRIT PUMP 1 RESET
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  11   CP11412     QR11412             GRIT PUMP 1 READY
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  11   CP11412     QS11412             GRIT PUMP 1 RUNNING
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  11   CP11412     QZ11412A            GRIT PUMP 1 CALL TO RUN
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  11   CP11412     QZ11412B            GRIT PUMP 1 PLC RESET
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  12   CP11412     QC11412             GRIT PUMP 1 COMMON FAULT
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  12   CP11412     AHT11412            GRIT PUMP 1 MOTOR TEMPERATURE HIGH
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  12   CP11412     AHM11412            GRIT PUMP 1 MOISTURE DETECTION
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  13   HE11511     HS11511             GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 1 HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  13   HE11511     JT11511             GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 1 AMPS
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  13   HE11511     PB11511             GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 1 RESET
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  13   HE11511     QC11511             GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 1 COMMON FAULT


                                                                      2 of 22                                                    17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                    SECTION 17310
                                                            PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                               INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                             MODULE        NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE       DESCRIPTION   CHNL. SOURCE      TAG       ADDRESS   DESCRIPTION
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  13   HE11511     QR11511             GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 1 READY
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  13   HE11511     QS11511             GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 1 RUNNING
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  13   HE11511     QZ11511             GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 1 CALL TO RUN
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  14   HE11511     QZO11511A           GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 1 UPFLOW WATER CALL TO OPEN
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  14   HE11511     AFL11511            GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 1 UPFLOW WATER FLOW LOW
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  14   HE11511     ZSO11511            GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 1 ORGANICS VALVE OPENED
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  14   HE11511     ZSC11511            GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 1 ORGANICS VALVE CLOSED
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  14   HE11511     QZO11511B           GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 1 ORGANICS VALVE CALL TO OPEN
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  15   HE11512     HS11512             GRIT WASHER AUGER 1 HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  15   HE11512     JT11512             GRIT WASHER AUGER 1 AMPS
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  15   HE11512     PB11512             GRIT WASHER AUGER 1 RESET
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  15   HE11512     QC11512             GRIT WASHER AUGER 1 COMMON FAULT
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  15   HE11512     QR11512             GRIT WASHER AUGER 1 READY
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  15   HE11512     QS11512             GRIT WASHER AUGER 1 RUNNING
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  15   HE11512     QZ11512             GRIT WASHER AUGER 1 CALL TO RUN
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  16   SSP1        HS1                 SANITARY PUMP 1 HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  16   SSP1        JT1                 SANITARY PUMP 1 AMPS
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  16   SSP1        PB1                 SANITARY PUMP 1 RESET
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  16   SSP1        QC1                 SANITARY PUMP 1 COMMON FAULT
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  16   SSP1        QR1                 SANITARY PUMP 1 READY
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  16   SSP1        QS1                 SANITARY PUMP 1 RUNNING
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  16   SSP1        QZ1                 SANITARY PUMP 1 CALL TO RUN
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  17   EF11931     HS11931             SCREENINGS EXHAUST FAN 1 HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  17   EF11931     JT11931             SCREENINGS EXHAUST FAN 1 AMPS
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  17   EF11931     QR11931             SCREENINGS EXHAUST FAN 1 READY
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  17   EF11931     QS11931             SCREENINGS EXHAUST FAN 1 RUNNING
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  17   EF11931     QZ11931             SCREENINGS EXHAUST FAN 1 CALL TO RUN
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  18   EF11914     HS11914             DUMPSTER ROOM EXHAUST FAN HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  18   EF11914     JT11914             DUMPSTER ROOM EXHAUST FAN AMPS
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  18   EF11914     QR11914             DUMPSTER ROOM EXHAUST FAN READY
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  18   EF11914     QS11914             DUMPSTER ROOM EXHAUST FAN RUNNING
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  18   EF11914     QZ11914             DUMPSTER ROOM EXHAUST FAN CALL TO RUN
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  19   AHU11933    HS11933             SCREENINGS AIR HANDLING UNIT HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  19   AHU11933    JT11933             SCREENINGS AIR HANDLING UNIT AMPS
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  19   AHU11933    QR11933             SCREENINGS AIR HANDLING UNIT READY
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                  19   AHU11933    QS11933             SCREENINGS AIR HANDLING UNIT RUNNING


                                                                      3 of 22                                                          17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                      SECTION 17310
                                                              PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                                 INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                              MODULE        NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE        DESCRIPTION   CHNL. SOURCE       TAG         ADDRESS   DESCRIPTION
HW     0     5 IC694DNM200                   19   AHU11933     QZ11933               SCREENINGS AIR HANDLING UNIT CALL TO RUN

HW     0    6   IC694DNM200   RX3i DEVICENET MASTER SCANNER
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   1    SS11121     HS11121               STEP SCREEN 2 HOA IN AUTO
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   1    SS11121     JT11121               STEP SCREEN 2 AMPS
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   1    SS11121     PB11121               STEP SCREEN 2 RESET
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   1    SS11121     QC11121               STEP SCREEN 2 COMMON FAULT
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   1    SS11121     QR11121               STEP SCREEN 2 READY
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   1    SS11121     QS11121               STEP SCREEN 2 RUNNING
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   1    SS11121     QZ11121               STEP SCREEN 2 CALL TO RUN
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   2    SS11121     ZS11121               STEP SCREEN 2 SCREEN POSITION
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   2    SS11121     QZO11121A             STEP SCREEN 2 SCREEN FLUSH CALL TO OPEN
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   2    SS11121     QZO11121B             STEP SCREEN 2 GRIT FLUSH CALL TO OPEN
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   3    CVR11221    HS11221               SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2A HOA IN AUTO
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   3    CVR11221    JT11221               SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2A AMPS
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   3    CVR11221    PB11221               SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2A RESET
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   3    CVR11221    QR11221               SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2A READY
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   3    CVR11221    QS11221A              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2A RUNNING FOR
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   3    CVR11221    QS11221B              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2A RUNNING REV
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   3    CVR11221    QZ11221A              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2A CALL TO RUN FOR
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   3    CVR11221    QZ11221B              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2A PLC RESET
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   4    CVR11221    QC11221               SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2A COMMON FAULT
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   4    CVR11221    ASL11221              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2A ZERO SPEED
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   4    CVR11221    AY11221               SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2A EMER. PULL CORD
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   5    CVR11222    HS11222               SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2B HOA IN AUTO
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   5    CVR11222    JT11222               SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2B AMPS
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   5    CVR11222    PB11222               SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2B RESET
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   5    CVR11222    QR11222               SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2B READY
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   5    CVR11222    QS11222A              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2B RUNNING FOR
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   5    CVR11222    QS11222B              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2B RUNNING REV
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   5    CVR11222    QZ11222A              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2B CALL TO RUN FOR
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   5    CVR11222    QZ11222B              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2B PLC RESET
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   6    CVR11222    QC11222               SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2B COMMON FAULT
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   6    CVR11222    ASL11222              SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2B ZERO SPEED
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   6    CVR11222    AY11222               SCREENINGS SCREW CONVEYOR 2B EMER. PULL CORD
HW     0    6   IC694DNM200                   7    SWC11321    HS11321               SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 2 HOA IN AUTO


                                                                           4 of 22                                                  17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                    SECTION 17310
                                                            PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                               INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                             MODULE        NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE       DESCRIPTION   CHNL. SOURCE      TAG       ADDRESS   DESCRIPTION
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   7   SWC11321    JT11321             SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 2 AMPS
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   7   SWC11321    PB11321             SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 2 RESET
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   7   SWC11321    QR11321             SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 2 READY
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   7   SWC11321    QS11321A            SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 2 RUNNING FOR
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   7   SWC11321    QS11321B            SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 2 RUNNING REV
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   7   SWC11321    QZ11321A            SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 2 CALL TO RUN FOR
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   7   SWC11321    QZ11321B            SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 2 CALL TO RUN REV
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   8   SWC11321    QC11321             SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 2 COMMON FAULT
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   8   SWC11321    AFL11321            SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 2 FLUSH WATER FLOW LOW
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   9   CVR11421    HS11421             GRIT AUGER 2 HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   9   CVR11421    JT11421             GRIT AUGER 2 AMPS
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   9   CVR11421    PB11421             GRIT AUGER 2 RESET
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   9   CVR11421    QR11421             GRIT AUGER 2 READY
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   9   CVR11421    QS11421             GRIT AUGER 2 RUNNING
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   9   CVR11421    QZ11421             GRIT AUGER 2 CALL TO RUN
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  10   CVR11421    QC11421             GRIT AUGER 2 COMMON FAULT
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  10   CVR11421    ASL11421A           GRIT AUGER 2 CHAIN SPROCKET ZERO SPEED
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  10   CVR11421    ASL11421B           GRIT AUGER 2 SHAFT ZERO SPEED
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  10   CVR11421    QZO11421            GRIT AUGER 2 BEARING WATER CALL TO OPEN
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  11   CP11422     HS11422             GRIT PUMP 2 HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  11   CP11422     JT11422             GRIT PUMP 2 AMPS
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  11   CP11422     PB11422             GRIT PUMP 2 RESET
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  11   CP11422     QR11422             GRIT PUMP 2 READY
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  11   CP11422     QS11422             GRIT PUMP 2 RUNNING
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  11   CP11422     QZ11422A            GRIT PUMP 2 CALL TO RUN
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  11   CP11422     QZ11422B            GRIT PUMP 2 PLC RESET
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  12   CP11422     QC11422             GRIT PUMP 2 COMMON FAULT
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  12   CP11422     AHT11422            GRIT PUMP 2 MOTOR TEMPERATURE HIGH
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  12   CP11422     AHM11422            GRIT PUMP 2 MOISTURE DETECTION
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  13   HE11521     HS11521             GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 2 HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  13   HE11521     JT11521             GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 2 AMPS
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  13   HE11521     PB11521             GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 2 RESET
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  13   HE11521     QC11521             GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 2 COMMON FAULT
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  13   HE11521     QR11521             GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 2 READY
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  13   HE11521     QS11521             GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 2 RUNNING
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                  13   HE11521     QZ11521             GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 2 CALL TO RUN


                                                                      5 of 22                                                    17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                     SECTION 17310
                                                             PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                                INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                              MODULE        NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE        DESCRIPTION   CHNL. SOURCE      TAG       ADDRESS   DESCRIPTION
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   14   HE11521     QZO11521A           GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 2 UPFLOW WATER CALL TO OPEN
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   14   HE11521     AFL11521            GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 2 UPFLOW WATER FLOW LOW
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   14   HE11521     ZSO11521            GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 2 ORGANICS VALVE OPENED
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   14   HE11521     ZSC11521            GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 2 ORGANICS VALVE CLOSED
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   14   HE11521     QZO11521B           GRIT WASHER CLARIFIER 2 ORGANICS VALVE CALL TO OPEN
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   15   HE11522     HS11522             GRIT WASHER AUGER 2 HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   15   HE11522     JT11522             GRIT WASHER AUGER 2 AMPS
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   15   HE11522     PB11522             GRIT WASHER AUGER 2 RESET
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   15   HE11522     QC11522             GRIT WASHER AUGER 2 COMMON FAULT
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   15   HE11522     QR11522             GRIT WASHER AUGER 2 READY
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   15   HE11522     QS11522             GRIT WASHER AUGER 2 RUNNING
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   15   HE11522     QZ11522             GRIT WASHER AUGER 2 CALL TO RUN
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   16   SSP2        HS2                 SANITARY PUMP 2 HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   16   SSP2        JT2                 SANITARY PUMP 2 AMPS
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   16   SSP2        PB2                 SANITARY PUMP 2 RESET
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   16   SSP2        QC2                 SANITARY PUMP 2 COMMON FAULT
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   16   SSP2        QR2                 SANITARY PUMP 2 READY
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   16   SSP2        QS2                 SANITARY PUMP 2 RUNNING
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   16   SSP2        QZ2                 SANITARY PUMP 2 CALL TO RUN
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   17   EF11932     HS11932             SCREENINGS EXHAUST FAN 2 HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   17   EF11932     JT11932             SCREENINGS EXHAUST FAN 2 AMPS
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   17   EF11932     QR11932             SCREENINGS EXHAUST FAN 2 READY
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   17   EF11932     QS11932             SCREENINGS EXHAUST FAN 2 RUNNING
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   17   EF11932     QZ11932             SCREENINGS EXHAUST FAN 2 CALL TO RUN
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   18   AHU11913    HS11913             DUMPSTER ROOM AIR HANDLING UNIT HOA IN AUTO
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   18   AHU11913    JT11913             DUMPSTER ROOM AIR HANDLING UNIT AMPS
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   18   AHU11913    QR11913             DUMPSTER ROOM AIR HANDLING UNIT READY
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   18   AHU11913    QS11913             DUMPSTER ROOM AIR HANDLING UNIT RUNNING
HW     0     6 IC694DNM200                   18   AHU11913    QZ11913             DUMPSTER ROOM AIR HANDLING UNIT CALL TO RUN

HW     0    7   IC695ALG608   ANALOG INPUT 4-20 MA, 4 CH DIFFERENTIAL
HW     0    7   IC695ALG608                   1   MOV11400 ZS11400                GRIT TANK AIR CONTROL VALVE POSITION INDICATION
HW     0    7   IC695ALG608                   2   NFT11010 NIF11010               HEADWORKS INFLUENT FLOW INDICATION
HW     0    7   IC695ALG608                   3   NET11011 NIL11011               HEADWORKS COMMON INFLUENT CHANNEL LEVEL INDICATION
HW     0    7   IC695ALG608                   4   SPARE        SPARE



                                                                        6 of 22                                                         17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                     SECTION 17310
                                                             PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                                INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                               MODULE        NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE         DESCRIPTION   CHNL. SOURCE       TAG       ADDRESS   DESCRIPTION
HW     0     8 IC695ALG608     ANALOG INPUT 4-20 MA, 4 CH DIFFERENTIAL
HW     0     8 IC695ALG608                     1   NPT11411 NIP11411                HEADWORKS INFLUENT CHANNEL 1 pH INDICATION
HW     0     8 IC695ALG608                     2   NPT11411 NIT11411                HEADWORKS INFLUENT CHANNEL 1 TEMPERATURE INDICATION
HW     0     8 IC695ALG608                     3   NPT11411 NIP11421                HEADWORKS INFLUENT CHANNEL 2 pH INDICATION
HW     0     8 IC695ALG608                     4   NPT11411 NIT11421                HEADWORKS INFLUENT CHANNEL 2 TEMPERATURE INDICATION

HW     0    9    IC695ALG608   ANALOG INPUT 4-20 MA, 4 CH DIFFERENTIAL
HW     0    9    IC695ALG608                   1   NET11111 NIL11111                HEADWORKS INFLUENT CHANNEL 1 LEVEL INDICATION
HW     0    9    IC695ALG608                   2   NET11121 NIL11121                HEADWORKS INFLUENT CHANNEL 2 LEVEL INDICATION
HW     0    9    IC695ALG608                   3   NFT11400 NIF11400                GRIT TANKS AIR FLOW INDICATION
HW     0    9    IC695ALG608                   4   SPARE        SPARE

HW     0    10   IC695ALG608   ANALOG INPUT 4-20 MA, 4 CH DIFFERENTIAL
HW     0    10   IC695ALG608                   1   NFT11411 NIF11411                GRIT TANK 1 GRIT FLOW INDICATION
HW     0    10   IC695ALG608                   2   NFT11421 NIF11421                GRIT TANK 2 GRIT FLOW INDICATION
HW     0    10   IC695ALG608                   3   NET11511 NIL11511                GRIT WASHER/CLASSIFIER 1 LEVEL INDICATION
HW     0    10   IC695ALG608                   4   NET11521 NIL11521                GRIT WASHER/CLASSIFIER 2 LEVEL INDICATION

HW     0    11   IC695ALG608   ANALOG INPUT 4-20 MA, 4 CH DIFFERENTIAL
HW     0    11   IC695ALG608                   1   NTT11913 NIT11913                DUMPSTER ROOM AHU DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE INDICATION
HW     0    11   IC695ALG608                   2   MOD11913 ZS11913                 DUMPSTER ROOM AHU DAMPER POSITION INDICATION
HW     0    11   IC695ALG608                   3   NTT11933 NIT11933                SCREENINGS ROOM AHU DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE INDICATION
HW     0    11   IC695ALG608                   4   MOD11933 ZS11933                 SCREENINGS ROOM AHU DAMPER POSITION INDICATION

HW     0    12   IC694ACC310   BLANK
HW     0    13   IC694ACC310   BLANK
HW     0    14   IC695PSA040   RX3i POWER SUPPLY -CPU RACK 40W 120VAC
HW     0    16   IC695LRE001   RX3i SERIAL EXPANSION MODULE

HW     1         IC695CHS012   12 SLOT EXPANSION I/O RACK
HW     1    0    IC694PWR330   RX3i POWER SUPPLY -EXPANSION RACK 120VAC
HW     1    2    IC695ALG704   ANALOG OUTPUT, 4-20 MA,
HW     1    2    IC695ALG704                   1     MOV11400 ZZ11400               GRIT TANK AIR CONTROL VALVE POSITION CONTROL
HW     1    2    IC695ALG704                   2     SMPL11012 QZ11012              HEADWORKS INFLUENT CHANNEL SAMPLER PACING CONTROL
HW     1    2    IC695ALG704                   3     MOD11913 ZZ11913               DUMPSTER ROOM AHU DAMPER POSITION CONTROL
HW     1    2    IC695ALG704                   4     MOD11933 ZZ11933               SCREENINGS ROOM AHU DAMPER POSITION CONTROL


                                                                          7 of 22                                                    17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                          SECTION 17310
                                                                  PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                                     INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                              MODULE         NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE        DESCRIPTION    CHNL. SOURCE          TAG        ADDRESS   DESCRIPTION
HW     1     3 IC694ACC310    BLANK
HW     1     4 IC694ACC310    BLANK
HW     1     5 IC694MDL240    DIGITAL INPUT, 16 PT, 120VAC
HW     1     5 IC694MDL240                       1    MCC H1       AB 11H1              HEADWORKS MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MCC H1 TVSS FAULT
HW     1     5 IC694MDL240                       2    ACC HW       AB 11HWA             ACC HW AC POWER FAILURE
HW     1     5 IC694MDL240                       3    ACC HW       AB 11HWB             ACC HW TVSS FAULT
HW     1     5 IC694MDL240                       4    ACC HW       AB 11HWC             ACC HW UPS TROUBLE
HW     1     5 IC694MDL240                       5    ACC HW       AB 11HWD             ACC HW UPS ATS POSITION
HW     1     5 IC694MDL240                       6    ACC HW       AB 11HWE             ACC HW ETHERNET TROUBLE
HW     1     5 IC694MDL240                       7    ACC HW       AB 11HWF             ACC HW DC POWER SUPPLY FAILURE
HW     1     5 IC694MDL240                       8    ACC HW       AB 11HWG             ACC HW DEVICENET NETWORK 1 DC POWER SUPPLY FAILURE
HW     1     5 IC694MDL240                       9    ACC HW       AB 11HWH             ACC HW DEVICENET NETWORK 2 DC POWER SUPPLY FAILURE
HW     1     5 IC694MDL240                      10 NIT11000        AC11000A             HEADWORKS HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE ALARM
HW     1     5 IC694MDL240                      11 SCH11000        AC11000B             HEADWORKS COMBUSTIBLE GAS LEL ALARM
HW     1     5 IC694MDL240                      12 SFH11901        AFH11901             HEADWORKS EYEWASH WATER FLOW ALARM
HW     1     5 IC694MDL240                      13 SEL-SSP         ALL SSP              SANITARY SUMP LEVEL SWITCH LOW
HW     1     5 IC694MDL240                      14 SEM-SSP         ALM SSP              SANITARY SUMP LEVEL SWITCH MEDIUM
HW     1     5 IC694MDL240                      15 SEH-SSP         ALH SSP              SANITARY SUMP LEVEL SWITCH HIGH
HW     1     5 IC694MDL240                      16 SPARE           SPARE

HW     1    6   IC694MDL240   DIGITAL INPUT, 16 PT, 120VAC
HW     1    6   IC694MDL240                      1    SFL11931     AFL11931             SCREENINGS EXHAUST FAN 1 AIR FLOW SWITCH LOW
HW     1    6   IC694MDL240                      2    SFL11932     AFL11932             SCREENINGS EXHAUST FAN 2 AIR FLOW SWITCH LOW
HW     1    6   IC694MDL240                      3    SFL11933     AFL11933             SCREENINGS AHU AIR FLOW SWITCH LOW
HW     1    6   IC694MDL240                      4    DSD11933     DSA11933             SCREENINGS AHU DUCT SMOKE DETECTION
HW     1    6   IC694MDL240                      5    MS11911      QS11911              GRIT ROOM EXHAUST FAN 1 RUNNING
HW     1    6   IC694MDL240                      6    MS11912      QS11912              GRIT ROOM EXHAUST FAN 2 RUNNING
HW     1    6   IC694MDL240                      7    MS11930      QS11930              SCREEN HOODS EXHAUST FAN RUNNING
HW     1    6   IC694MDL240                      8    MS11934      QS11934              HEADWORKS INFLUENT CHANNEL EXHAUST FAN RUNNING
HW     1    6   IC694MDL240                      9    LCP11000A    PB11000A             HEADWORKS SOUTH ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL SILENCE/TEST
HW     1    6   IC694MDL240                     10 LCP11000B       PB11000B             HEADWORKS WEST ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL SILENCE/TEST
HW     1    6   IC694MDL240                     11 LCP11000C       PB11000C             HEADWORKS NORTH ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL SILENCE/TEST
HW     1    6   IC694MDL240                     12 SPARE           SPARE
HW     1    6   IC694MDL240                     13 SPARE           SPARE
HW     1    6   IC694MDL240                     14 SPARE           SPARE
HW     1    6   IC694MDL240                     15 SPARE           SPARE


                                                                              8 of 22                                                        17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                      SECTION 17310
                                                              PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                                 INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                               MODULE        NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE         DESCRIPTION   CHNL. SOURCE       TAG           ADDRESS   DESCRIPTION
HW     1     6 IC694MDL240                     16   SPARE       SPARE

HW     1    7    IC694ACC310   BLANK
HW     1    8    IC694ACC310   BLANK
HW     1    9    IC694MDL930   DIGITAL OUTPUT, 8 PT, RELAY, 4A ISOLATED
HW     1    9    IC694MDL930                    1     SWC11311 QZO11311A                SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 1 SHAFT WATER CALL TO OPEN
HW     1    9    IC694MDL930                    2     SWC11311 QZO11311B                SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 1 FLUSH WATER CALL TO OPEN
HW     1    9    IC694MDL930                    3     SWC11311 QZO11311C                SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 1 HOPPER WATER CALL TO OPEN
HW     1    9    IC694MDL930                    4     SWC11311 QZO11311D                SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 1 WASHING WATER CALL TO OPEN
HW     1    9    IC694MDL930                    5     SWC11321 QZO11321A                SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 2 SHAFT WATER CALL TO OPEN
HW     1    9    IC694MDL930                    6     SWC11321 QZO11321B                SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 2 FLUSH WATER CALL TO OPEN
HW     1    9    IC694MDL930                    7     SWC11321 QZO11321C                SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 2 HOPPER WATER CALL TO OPEN
HW     1    9    IC694MDL930                    8     SWC11321 QZO11321D                SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR 2 WASHING WATER CALL TO OPEN

HW     1    10   IC694MDL930   DIGITAL OUTPUT, 8 PT, RELAY, 4A ISOLATED
HW     1    10   IC694MDL930                    1     LCP11000A QZ11000AA               HW SOUTH ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL VENTILATION SYSTEM NORMAL
HW     1    10   IC694MDL930                    2     LCP11000A QZ11000AB               HW SOUTH ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL VENTILATION SYSTEM FAILURE
HW     1    10   IC694MDL930                    3     LCP11000A QZ11000AC               HW SOUTH ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL GAS DETECTOR NORMAL
HW     1    10   IC694MDL930                    4     LCP11000A QZ11000AD               HW SOUTH ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL GAS DETECTOR ALARM
HW     1    10   IC694MDL930                    5     LCP11000B QZ11000BA               HW WEST ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL VENTILATION SYSTEM NORMAL
HW     1    10   IC694MDL930                    6     LCP11000B QZ11000BB               HW WEST ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL VENTILATION SYSTEM FAILURE
HW     1    10   IC694MDL930                    7     LCP11000B QZ11000BC               HW WEST ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL GAS DETECTOR NORMAL
HW     1    10   IC694MDL930                    8     LCP11000B QZ11000BD               HW WEST ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL GAS DETECTOR ALARM

HW     1    11   IC694MDL930   DIGITAL OUTPUT, 8 PT, RELAY, 4A ISOLATED
HW     1    11   IC694MDL930                    1     LCP11000C QZ11000CA               HW NORTH ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL VENTILATION SYSTEM NORMAL
HW     1    11   IC694MDL930                    2     LCP11000C QZ11000CB               HW NORTH ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL VENTILATION SYSTEM FAILURE
HW     1    11   IC694MDL930                    3     LCP11000C QZ11000CC               HW NORTH ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL GAS DETECTOR NORMAL
HW     1    11   IC694MDL930                    4     LCP11000C QZ11000CD               HW NORTH ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL GAS DETECTOR ALARM
HW     1    11   IC694MDL930                    5     YL11000      QZ11000A             HEADWORKS GO-NO GO VISUAL ALARM
HW     1    11   IC694MDL930                    6     HRN11000 QZ11000B                 HEADWORKS GO-NO GO AUDIBLE ALARM
HW     1    11   IC694MDL930                    7     SPARE        SPARE
HW     1    11   IC694MDL930                    8     SPARE        SPARE




                                                                              9 of 22                                                     17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                   SECTION 17310
                                                           PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                              INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY


                              MODULE         NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE        DESCRIPTION CHNL. SOURCE        TAG         ADDRESS   DESCRIPTION
DIG     0       IC695CHS016   16 SLOT UNIVERSAL I/O RACK
DIG     0    0 IC695PSA040    RX3i POWER SUPPLY -CPU RACK 40W 120VAC
DIG     0    2 IC695CPU320    RX3i CPU 64MB USER RAM
DIG     0    4 IC695ETM001    ETHERNET COMM 10/100, 2 PORTS
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200    RX3i DEVICENET MASTER SCANNER
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     1    CP25101   JT25101               DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP AMPS
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     1    CP25101   QB25101               DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP RVSS FAULT
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     1    CP25101   QS25101               DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP RUNNING
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     1    CP25101   QSS25101              DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP AT SPEED
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     1    CP25101   QZ25101A              DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP CALL TO RUN
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     2    CP25201   JT25201               DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP AMPS
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     2    CP25201   QB25201               DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP RVSS FAULT
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     2    CP25201   QS25201               DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP RUNNING
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     2    CP25201   QSS25201              DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP AT SPEED
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     2    CP25201   QZ25201A              DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP CALL TO RUN
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     3    CP25301   HS25301               DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 1 HOA IN AUTO
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     3    CP25301   JT25301               DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 1 AMPS
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     3    CP25301   PB25301               DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 1 RESET
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     3    CP25301   QR25301               DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 1 READY
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     3    CP25301   QS25301A              DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 1 RUNNING SLOW
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     3    CP25301   QS25301B              DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 1 RUNNING FAST
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     3    CP25301   QZ25301A              DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 1 CALL TO RUN SLOW
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     3    CP25301   QZ25301B              DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 1 CALL TO RUN FAST
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     4    CP25301   QC25301               DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 1 COMMON FAULT
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     4    CP25301   QZO25301              DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 1 SEAL WATER SV CALL TO OPEN
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     5    CP25302   HS25302               DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 2 HOA IN AUTO
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     5    CP25302   JT25302               DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 2 AMPS
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     5    CP25302   PB25302               DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 2 RESET
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     5    CP25302   QR25302               DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 2 READY
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     5    CP25302   QS25302A              DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 2 RUNNING SLOW
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     5    CP25302   QS25302B              DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 2 RUNNING FAST
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     5    CP25302   QZ25302A              DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 2 CALL TO RUN SLOW
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     5    CP25302   QZ25302B              DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 2 CALL TO RUN FAST
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                     6    CP25302   QC25302               DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 2 COMMON FAULT


                                                                         10 of 22                                                      17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                   SECTION 17310
                                                           PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                              INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                             MODULE        NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE       DESCRIPTION   CHNL. SOURCE     TAG      ADDRESS    DESCRIPTION
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  6    CP25302    QZO25302            DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 2 SEAL WATER SV CALL TO OPEN
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  7    CP25303    HS25303             DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 3 HOA IN AUTO
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  7    CP25303    JT25303             DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 3 AMPS
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  7    CP25303    PB25303             DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 3 RESET
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  7    CP25303    QR25303             DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 3 READY
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  7    CP25303    QS25303A            DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 3 RUNNING SLOW
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  7    CP25303    QS25303B            DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 3 RUNNING FAST
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  7    CP25303    QZ25303A            DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 3 CALL TO RUN SLOW
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  7    CP25303    QZ25303B            DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 3 CALL TO RUN FAST
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  8    CP25303    QC25303             DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 3 COMMON FAULT
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  8    CP25303    QZO25303            DIGESTER RECIRCULATION SLUDGE PUMP 3 SEAL WATER SV CALL TO OPEN
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  9    GWP 1      HS GWP1             GROUND WATER PUMP HOA IN AUTO
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  9    GWP 1      JT GWP1             GROUND WATER PUMP AMPS
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  9    GWP 1      QR GWP1             GROUND WATER PUMP READY
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  9    GWP 1      QS GWP1             GROUND WATER PUMP RUNNING
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  9    GWP 1      QZ GWP1             GROUND WATER PUMP CALL TO RUN
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  9    GWP 1      ALL GWP1            GROUND WATER PUMP SUMP LEVEL SWITCH LOW
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  9    GWP 1      ALH GWP1            GROUND WATER PUMP SUMP LEVEL SWITCH HIGH
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  10   HWSP 1     HS HWSP1            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 1 HOA IN AUTO
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  10   HWSP 1     JT HWSP1            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 1 AMPS
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  10   HWSP 1     PB HWSP1            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 1 RESET
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  10   HWSP 1     QR HWSP1            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 1 READY
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  10   HWSP 1     QS HWSP1            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 1 RUNNING
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  10   HWSP 1     QZ HWSP1            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 1 CALL TO RUN
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  10   HWSP 1     QC HWSP1            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 1 COMMON FAULT
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  11   HWSP 2     HS HWSP2            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 2 HOA IN AUTO
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  11   HWSP 2     JT HWSP2            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 2 AMPS
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  11   HWSP 2     PB HWSP2            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 2 RESET
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  11   HWSP 2     QR HWSP2            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 2 READY
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  11   HWSP 2     QS HWSP2            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 2 RUNNING
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  11   HWSP 2     QZ HWSP2            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 2 CALL TO RUN
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  11   HWSP 2     QC HWSP2            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 2 COMMON FAULT
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  12   HWSP 6     HS HWSP6            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 6 HOA IN AUTO
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  12   HWSP 6     JT HWSP6            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 6 AMPS
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  12   HWSP 6     PB HWSP6            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 6 RESET


                                                                     11 of 22                                                      17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                   SECTION 17310
                                                           PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                              INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                             MODULE        NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE       DESCRIPTION   CHNL. SOURCE     TAG       ADDRESS   DESCRIPTION
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  12   HWSP 6     QR HWSP6            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 6 READY
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  12   HWSP 6     QS HWSP6            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 6 RUNNING
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  12   HWSP 6     QZ HWSP6            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 6 CALL TO RUN
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  12   HWSP 6     QC HWSP6            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 6 COMMON FAULT
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  13   HWSP 3     HS HWSP3            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 3 HOA IN AUTO
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  13   HWSP 3     JT HWSP3            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 3 AMPS
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  13   HWSP 3     QR HWSP3            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 3 READY
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  13   HWSP 3     QS HWSP3            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 3 RUNNING
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  13   HWSP 3     QZ HWSP3            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 3 CALL TO RUN
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  13   HWSP 3     QC HWSP3            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 3 COMMON FAULT
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  13   HWSP 3     QZO HWSP3           HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 3 DISCH VALVE CALL TO OPEN
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  13   HWSP 3     QZC HWSP3           HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 3 DISCH VALVE CALL TO CLOSE
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  13   HWSP 3     ZSO HWSP3           HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 3 DISCH VALVE OPENED
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  13   HWSP 3     ZSC HWSP3           HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 3 DISCH VALVE CLOSED
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  14   HWSP 4     HS HWSP4            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 4 HOA IN AUTO
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  14   HWSP 4     JT HWSP4            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 4 AMPS
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  14   HWSP 4     QR HWSP4            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 4 READY
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  14   HWSP 4     QS HWSP4            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 4 RUNNING
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  14   HWSP 4     QZ HWSP4            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 4 CALL TO RUN
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  14   HWSP 4     QC HWSP4            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 4 COMMON FAULT
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  14   HWSP 4     QZO HWSP4           HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 4 DISCH VALVE CALL TO OPEN
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  14   HWSP 4     QZC HWSP4           HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 4 DISCH VALVE CALL TO CLOSE
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  14   HWSP 4     ZSO HWSP4           HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 4 DISCH VALVE OPENED
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  14   HWSP 4     ZSC HWSP4           HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 4 DISCH VALVE CLOSED
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  15   HWSP 5     HS HWSP5            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 5 HOA IN AUTO
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  15   HWSP 5     JT HWSP5            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 5 AMPS
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  15   HWSP 5     QR HWSP5            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 5 READY
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  15   HWSP 5     QS HWSP5            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 5 RUNNING
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  15   HWSP 5     QZ HWSP5            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 5 CALL TO RUN
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  15   HWSP 5     QC HWSP5            HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 5 COMMON FAULT
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  15   HWSP 5     QZO HWSP5           HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 5 DISCH VALVE CALL TO OPEN
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  15   HWSP 5     QZC HWSP5           HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 5 DISCH VALVE CALL TO CLOSE
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  15   HWSP 5     ZSO HWSP5           HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 5 DISCH VALVE OPENED
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  15   HWSP 5     ZSC HWSP5           HEATING SUPPLY WATER PUMP 5 DISCH VALVE CLOSED
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                  16   SP25601    JT25601             DIGESTER SUMP PUMP 1 AMPS


                                                                     12 of 22                                                      17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                     SECTION 17310
                                                             PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                                INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                               MODULE        NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE         DESCRIPTION   CHNL. SOURCE     TAG          ADDRESS   DESCRIPTION
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                    16   SP25601    QS25601                DIGESTER SUMP PUMP 1 RUNNING
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                    17   SP25602    JT25602                DIGESTER SUMP PUMP 2 AMPS
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                    17   SP25602    QS25602                DIGESTER SUMP PUMP 2 RUNNING
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                    18   MAU2551    JT2551                 DIGESTER CO-GEN/MECH BUILDING MAU AMPS
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                    18   MAU2551    QS2551                 DIGESTER CO-GEN/MECH BUILDING MAU RUNNING
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                    19   MAU2552    JT2552                 DIGESTER CONTROL BUILDING MAU AMPS
DIG     0    5 IC694DNM200                    19   MAU2552    QS2552                 DIGESTER CONTROL BUILDING MAU RUNNING

DIG    0    6    IC695ALG608   ANALOG INPUT 4-20 MA, 4 CH DIFFERENTIAL
DIG    0    6    IC695ALG608                   1   NFT25100A NIF25100A               DIGESTERS TPS/TWAS FLOW INDICATION
DIG    0    6    IC695ALG608                   2   NFT25100B NIF25100B               DIGESTERS TPS/TWAS BACKUP FLOW INDICATION
DIG    0    6    IC695ALG608                   3   NFT25600 NIF25600                 DIGESTER OVERFLOW FLOW INDICATION
DIG    0    6    IC695ALG608                   4   SPARE        SPARE

DIG    0    7    IC695ALG608   ANALOG INPUT 4-20 MA, 4 CH DIFFERENTIAL
DIG    0    7    IC695ALG608                   1   NUT BLR      NIP BLR              BOILER DIGESTER GAS PRESSURE INDICATION
DIG    0    7    IC695ALG608                   2   NFT BLR      NIF BLR              BOILER NATURAL GAS FLOW INDICATION
DIG    0    7    IC695ALG608                   3   ANE25230 NIP25230                 DIGESTER COMBINED DIGESTER GAS PRESSURE INDICATION
DIG    0    7    IC695ALG608                   4   NUT25210 NIP25210                 DIGESTER GAS PRESSURE INDICATION

DIG    0    8    IC695ALG608   ANALOG INPUT 4-20 MA, 4 CH DIFFERENTIAL
DIG    0    8    IC695ALG608                   1   NFT25300A NIF25300A               DIGESTER 1 HEAT EXCHANGER FLOW INDICATION
DIG    0    8    IC695ALG608                   2   NUT25101A NIP25101A               DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE INDICATION
DIG    0    8    IC695ALG608                   3   NUT25101B NIP25101B               DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP DISCHARGE PRESSURE INDICATION
DIG    0    8    IC695ALG608                   4   NET25110 NIL25110                 DIGESTER 1 LEVEL INDICATION

DIG    0    9    IC695ALG608   ANALOG INPUT 4-20 MA, 4 CH DIFFERENTIAL
DIG    0    9    IC695ALG608                   1   NTT25110 NIT25110                 DIGESTER 1 TEMPERATURE INDICATION
DIG    0    9    IC695ALG608                   2   ANE25120 NIP25120                 DIGESTER 1 DIGESTER GAS PRESSURE INDICATION
DIG    0    9    IC695ALG608                   3   SPARE        SPARE
DIG    0    9    IC695ALG608                   4   SPARE        SPARE

DIG    0    10   IC695ALG608   ANALOG INPUT 4-20 MA, 4 CH DIFFERENTIAL
DIG    0    10   IC695ALG608                   1   NFT25300B NIF25300B               DIGESTER 2 HEAT EXCHANGER FLOW INDICATION
DIG    0    10   IC695ALG608                   2   NUT25201A NIP25201A               DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE INDICATION


                                                                          13 of 22                                                        17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                     SECTION 17310
                                                             PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                                INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                               MODULE        NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE         DESCRIPTION   CHNL. SOURCE    TAG       ADDRESS        DESCRIPTION
DIG     0   10 IC695ALG608                     3   NUT25201B NIP25201B                DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP DISCHARGE PRESSURE INDICATION
DIG     0   10 IC695ALG608                     4   NET25210 NIL25210                  DIGESTER 2 LEVEL INDICATION

DIG    0    11   IC695ALG608   ANALOG INPUT 4-20 MA, 4 CH DIFFERENTIAL
DIG    0    11   IC695ALG608                   1   ANE25220 NIP25220                  DIGESTER 2 DIGESTER GAS PRESSURE INDICATION
DIG    0    11   IC695ALG608                   2   NET0781      NIL0781               DIGESTER 2 FLOATING COVER LEVEL INDICATION
DIG    0    11   IC695ALG608                   3   NTT25210 NIT25210                  DIGESTER 2 TEMPERATURE INDICATION
DIG    0    11   IC695ALG608                   4   SPARE        SPARE

DIG    0    12   IC694ACC310   BLANK
DIG    0    13   IC694ACC310   BLANK
DIG    0    14   IC695PSA040   RX3i POWER SUPPLY -CPU RACK 40W 120VAC
DIG    0    16   IC695LRE001   RX3i SERIAL EXPANSION MODULE

DIG    1         IC695CHS012   12 SLOT EXPANSION I/O RACK
DIG    1    0    IC694PWR330   RX3i POWER SUPPLY -EXPANSION RACK 120VAC
DIG    1    2    IC694ACC310   BLANK
DIG    1    3    IC694ACC310   BLANK
DIG    1    4    IC694ACC310   BLANK
DIG    1    5    IC694MDL240   DIGITAL INPUT, 16 PT, 120VAC
                                                 1     MCC D1  AB 25D1                HEADWORKS MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MCC D1 TVSS FAULT
DIG    1    5    IC694MDL240                     2     ACC DIG AB 25DIGA              ACC DIG AC POWER FAILURE
DIG    1    5    IC694MDL240                     3     ACC DIG AB 25DIGB              ACC DIG TVSS FAULT
DIG    1    5    IC694MDL240                     4     ACC DIG AB 25DIGC              ACC DIG UPS TROUBLE
DIG    1    5    IC694MDL240                     5     ACC DIG AB 25DIGD              ACC DIG UPS ATS POSITION
DIG    1    5    IC694MDL240                     6     ACC DIG AB 25DIGE              ACC DIG ETHERNET TROUBLE
DIG    1    5    IC694MDL240                     7     ACC DIG AB 25DIGF              ACC DIG DC POWER SUPPLY FAILURE
DIG    1    5    IC694MDL240                     8     ACC DIG AB 25DIGG              ACC DIG DEVICENET NETWORK 1 DC POWER SUPPLY FAILURE
DIG    1    5    IC694MDL240                     9     CP25101 HS25101                DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP HOA IN AUTO
DIG    1    5    IC694MDL240                     10 SFLL25101 AFL25101                DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP SEAL WATER FLOW LOW
DIG    1    5    IC694MDL240                     11 STHH25101 AHT25101                DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP WINDING TEMPERATURE HIGH ALARM
DIG    1    5    IC694MDL240                     12 MOV25100 ZSO25100                 DIGESTER 1 INLET VALVE OPENED
DIG    1    5    IC694MDL240                     13 MOV25100 ZSC25100                 DIGESTER 1 INLET VALVE CLOSED
DIG    1    5    IC694MDL240                     14 SEH25100 ALH25100                 DIGESTER 1 OVERFLOW LEVEL SWITCH HIGH
DIG    1    5    IC694MDL240                     15 SEH2501    ALH2501                DIGESTER 1 FOAM LEVEL SWITCH HIGH
DIG    1    5    IC694MDL240                     16 SPARE      SPARE


                                                                           14 of 22                                                      17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                      SECTION 17310
                                                              PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                                 INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                              MODULE         NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE        DESCRIPTION    CHNL. SOURCE         TAG         ADDRESS   DESCRIPTION
DIG     1    5 IC694MDL240

DIG    1    6   IC694MDL240   DIGITAL INPUT, 16 PT, 120VAC
                                                1     CP25201     HS25201               DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP HOA IN AUTO
DIG    1    6   IC694MDL240                     2     SFLL25201   AFL25201              DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP SEAL WATER FLOW LOW
DIG    1    6   IC694MDL240                     3     STHH25201   AHT25201              DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP WINDING TEMPERATURE HIGH ALARM
DIG    1    6   IC694MDL240                     4     MOV25200    ZSO25200              DIGESTER 2 INLET VALVE OPENED
DIG    1    6   IC694MDL240                     5     MOV25200    ZSC25200              DIGESTER 2 INLET VALVE CLOSED
DIG    1    6   IC694MDL240                     6     SEH25200    ALH25200              DIGESTER 2 OVERFLOW LEVEL SWITCH HIGH
DIG    1    6   IC694MDL240                     7     LCP25000A   PB25000A              DIGESTER NORTH ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL SILENCE/TEST
DIG    1    6   IC694MDL240                     8     LCP25000B   PB25000B              DIGESTER SOUTH UPPER LEVEL ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL SILENCE/TEST
DIG    1    6   IC694MDL240                     9     LCP25000C   PB25000C              DIGESTER SOUTH LOWER LEVEL ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL SILENCE/TEST
DIG    1    6   IC694MDL240                     10 DSD2552        DSA2552               DIGESTER CONTROL BUILDING MAU SMOKE DETECTION
DIG    1    6   IC694MDL240                     11 SFL2552        AFL2552               DIGESTER CONTROL BUILDING MAU AIR FLOW SWITCH LOW
DIG    1    6   IC694MDL240                     12 SFL EF2        AFL EF2               DIGESTER CONTROL BUILDING EXHAUST FAN FLOW SWITCH LOW
DIG    1    6   IC694MDL240                     13 SFL EF3        AFL EF3               DIGESTER CONTROL BUILDING EXHAUST FAN FLOW SWITCH LOW
DIG    1    6   IC694MDL240                     14 SCH25003       AC25003               EAST DIGESTER LOWER LEVEL COMBUSTIBLE GAS LEL ALARM
DIG    1    6   IC694MDL240                     15 SCH25004       AC25004               WEST DIGESTER LOWER LEVEL COMBUSTIBLE GAS LEL ALARM
DIG    1    6   IC694MDL240                     16 SPARE          SPARE
DIG    1    6   IC694MDL240

DIG    1    7   IC694ACC310   BLANK
DIG    1    8   IC694MDL930                     PT, CP25101    QZ25101B
                              DIGITAL OUTPUT, 8 1 RELAY, 4A ISOLATED                    DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP PLC RESET
DIG    1    8   IC694MDL930                     2   CP25101    QC25101                  DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP COMMON FAULT
DIG    1    8   IC694MDL930                     3   CP25101    QZO25101                 DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP SEAL WATER SV CALL TO OPEN
DIG    1    8   IC694MDL930                     4   MOV25100 QZO25100                   DIGESTER 1 INLET VALVE CALL TO OPEN
DIG    1    8   IC694MDL930                     5   MOV25100 QZC25100                   DIGESTER 1 INLET VALVE CALL TO CLOSE
DIG    1    8   IC694MDL930                     6   SPARE      SPARE
DIG    1    8   IC694MDL930                     7   SPARE      SPARE
DIG    1    8   IC694MDL930                     8   SPARE      SPARE
DIG    1    8   IC694MDL930

DIG    1    9   IC694MDL930                     PT, CP25201    QZ25201B
                              DIGITAL OUTPUT, 8 1 RELAY, 4A ISOLATED                    DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP PLC RESET
DIG    1    9   IC694MDL930                     2   CP25201    QC25201                  DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP COMMON FAULT
DIG    1    9   IC694MDL930                     3   CP25201    QZO25201                 DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP SEAL WATER SV CALL TO OPEN
DIG    1    9   IC694MDL930                     4   MOV25200 QZO25200                   DIGESTER 2 INLET VALVE CALL TO OPEN


                                                                             15 of 22                                                       17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                      SECTION 17310
                                                              PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                                 INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                               MODULE        NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE         DESCRIPTION   CHNL. SOURCE      TAG          ADDRESS   DESCRIPTION
DIG     1    9 IC694MDL930                     5   MOV25200    QZC25200               DIGESTER 2 INLET VALVE CALL TO CLOSE
DIG     1    9 IC694MDL930                     6   SPARE       SPARE
DIG     1    9 IC694MDL930                     7   SPARE       SPARE
DIG     1    9 IC694MDL930                     8   SPARE       SPARE
DIG     1    9 IC694MDL930

DIG    1    10   IC694MDL930                     PT, LCP25000A QZ25000AA
                               DIGITAL OUTPUT, 8 1 RELAY, 4A ISOLATED                 DIG NORTH ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL VENTILATION SYSTEM NORMAL
DIG    1    10   IC694MDL930                     2   LCP25000A QZ25000AB              DIG NORTH ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL VENTILATION SYSTEM FAILURE
DIG    1    10   IC694MDL930                     3   LCP25000A QZ25000AC              DIG NORTH ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL GAS DETECTOR NORMAL
DIG    1    10   IC694MDL930                     4   LCP25000A QZ25000AD              DIG NORTH ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL GAS DETECTOR ALARM
DIG    1    10   IC694MDL930                     5   LCP25000B QZ25000BA              DIG SOUTH UL ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL VENTILATION SYSTEM NORMAL
DIG    1    10   IC694MDL930                     6   LCP25000B QZ25000BB              DIG SOUTH UL ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL VENTILATION SYSTEM FAILURE
DIG    1    10   IC694MDL930                     7   LCP25000B QZ25000BC              DIG SOUTH UL ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL GAS DETECTOR NORMAL
DIG    1    10   IC694MDL930                     8   LCP25000B QZ25000BD              DIG SOUTH UL ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL GAS DETECTOR ALARM
DIG    1    10   IC694MDL930

DIG    1    11   IC694MDL930                     PT, LCP25000C QZ25000CA
                               DIGITAL OUTPUT, 8 1 RELAY, 4A ISOLATED                 DIG SOUTH LL ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL VENTILATION SYSTEM NORMAL
DIG    1    11   IC694MDL930                     2   LCP25000C QZ25000CB              DIG SOUTH LL ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL VENTILATION SYSTEM FAILURE
DIG    1    11   IC694MDL930                     3   LCP25000C QZ25000CC              DIG SOUTH LL ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL GAS DETECTOR NORMAL
DIG    1    11   IC694MDL930                     4   LCP25000C QZ25000CD              DIG SOUTH LL ENTRANCE GO-NO GO PANEL GAS DETECTOR ALARM
DIG    1    11   IC694MDL930                     5   YL25000    QZ25000A              DIGESTER GO-NO GO VISUAL ALARM
DIG    1    11   IC694MDL930                     6   HRN25000 QZ25000B                DIGESTER GO-NO GO AUDIBLE ALARM
DIG    1    11   IC694MDL930                     7   SPARE      SPARE
DIG    1    11   IC694MDL930                     8   SPARE      SPARE
DIG    1    11   IC694MDL930




                                                                           16 of 22                                                     17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                      SECTION 17310
                                                              PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                                 INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY


                                  MODULE        NODE EQUIP.
  PLC    RACK SLOT MODULE         DESCRIPTION CHNL. SOURCE        TAG          ADDRESS   POINT DESCRIPTION
DWF-RIO1   0       IC695CHS012    12 SLOT UNIVERSAL I/O RACK
DWF-RIO1   0    0 IC695PSA040     RX3i POWER SUPPLY -CPU RACK 40W 120VAC
DWF-RIO1   0    2 IC695ETM001     ETHERNET COMM 10/100, 2 PORTS
DWF-RIO1   0    3 IC694ACC310     BLANK
DWF-RIO1   0    4 IC694ACC310     BLANK

DWF-RIO1   0    5   IC695ALG608   ANALOG INPUT 4-20 MA, 4 CH DIFFERENTIAL
DWF-RIO1   0    5   IC695ALG608                   1   NUT29053B NIP29053B                CENTRATE MIXING PUMP 1 DISCHARGE PRESSURE INDICATION
DWF-RIO1   0    5   IC695ALG608                   2   NUT29054B NIP29054B                CENTRATE MIXING PUMP 2 DISCHARGE PRESSURE INDICATION
DWF-RIO1   0    5   IC695ALG608                   3   NUT29055B NIP29055B                CENTRATE MIXING PUMP 3 DISCHARGE PRESSURE INDICATION
DWF-RIO1   0    5   IC695ALG608                   4   FIT29060     NIF29060              CENTRATE PUMP STATION SUMP FLOW INDICATION

DWF-RIO1   0    6   IC695ALG608   ANALOG INPUT 4-20 MA, 4 CH DIFFERENTIAL
DWF-RIO1   0    6   IC695ALG608                   1   MOV29056 ZS29056                   CENTRATE FLOW CONTROL VALVE POSITION INDICATION
DWF-RIO1   0    6   IC695ALG608                   2   SPARE        SPARE
DWF-RIO1   0    6   IC695ALG608                   3   SPARE        SPARE
DWF-RIO1   0    6   IC695ALG608                   4   SPARE        SPARE

DWF-RIO1   0    7   IC695ALG704   ANALOG OUTPUT, 4-20 MA,
DWF-RIO1   0    7   IC695ALG704                  1    MOV29056   ZZ29056                 CENTRATE FLOW CONTROL VALVE POSITION CONTROL
DWF-RIO1   0    7   IC695ALG704                  2    SPARE      SPARE
DWF-RIO1   0    7   IC695ALG704                  3    SPARE      SPARE
DWF-RIO1   0    7   IC695ALG704                  4    SPARE      SPARE

DWF-RIO1   0   8    IC694ACC310   BLANK
DWF-RIO1   0   9    IC694ACC310   BLANK
DWF-RIO1   0   10   IC694ACC310   BLANK
DWF-RIO1   0   11   IC694ACC310   BLANK




                                                                            17 of 22                                                        17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                        SECTION 17310
                                                                PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                                   INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY



                              MODULE         NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE        DESCRIPTION CHNL. SOURCE        TAG        ADDRESS       POINT DESCRIPTION
NP      0       IC695CHS016   16 SLOT UNIVERSAL I/O RACK
NP      0    0 IC695PSA040    RX3i POWER SUPPLY -CPU RACK 40W 120VAC
NP      0    2 IC695CPU320    RX3i CPU 64MB USER RAM
NP      0    4 IC695ETM001    ETHERNET COMM 10/100, 2 PORTS
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200    RX3i DEVICENET MASTER SCANNER
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   AB74110                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 VFD FAULT OUT
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   HS74110B                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 ENABLE
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   HS74110C                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 HOA IN AUTO/SPEED SELECT
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   HS74110D                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 HOA START
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   HS74110E                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 MOP SPEED INCREASE
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   HS74110F                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 MOP SPEED DECREASE
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   JT74110                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 AMPS (SOFT)
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   NI74110                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 SPEED INDICATION (SOFT)
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   NZ74110                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 SPEED CONTROL (SOFT)
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   QA74110                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 VFD FAULT (SOFT)
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   QL74110                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 VFD RUNNING OUT
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   QS74110A                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 CLEAR FAULTS
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   QS74110B                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 RUNNING (SOFT)
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   QZ74110A                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 CALL TO RUN (SOFT)
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   AHT74110                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 WINDING TEMPERATURE HIGH
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   HS74110A                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 HOA IN REMOTE
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   QZ74110B                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 PLC RESET
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   QZO74110                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 SEAL WATER SV CALL TO OPEN
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     1     P74110   QR74110                  NON-PATABLE WATER PUMP 1 READY
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     2     P74120   AB74120                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 VFD FAULT OUT
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     2     P74120   HS74120B                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 ENABLE
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     2     P74120   HS74120C                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 HOA IN AUTO/SPEED SELECT
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     2     P74120   HS74120D                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 HOA START
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     2     P74120   HS74120E                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 MOP SPEED INCREASE
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     2     P74120   HS74120F                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 MOP SPEED DECREASE
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     2     P74120   JT74120                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 AMPS (SOFT)
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     2     P74120   NI74120                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 SPEED INDICATION (SOFT)
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     2     P74120   NZ74120                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 SPEED CONTROL (SOFT)
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     2     P74120   QA74120                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 VFD FAULT (SOFT)
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     2     P74120   QL74120                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 VFD RUNNING OUT
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     2     P74120   QS74120A                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 CLEAR FAULTS
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     2     P74120   QS74120B                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 RUNNING (SOFT)
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                     2     P74120   QZ74120A                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 CALL TO RUN (SOFT)


                                                                            18 of 22                                                         17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                          SECTION 17310
                                                                  PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                                     INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                              MODULE        NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE        DESCRIPTION   CHNL. SOURCE       TAG        ADDRESS       POINT DESCRIPTION
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    2    P74120      AHT74120                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 WINDING TEMPERATURE HIGH
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    2    P74120      HS74120A                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 HOA IN REMOTE
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    2    P74120      QZ74120B                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 PLC RESET
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    2    P74120      QZO74120                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 SEAL WATER SV CALL TO OPEN
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    2    P74120      QR74120                  NON-PATABLE WATER PUMP 2 READY
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      AB74130                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 VFD FAULT OUT
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      HS74130B                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 ENABLE
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      HS74130C                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 HOA IN AUTO/SPEED SELECT
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      HS74130D                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 HOA START
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      HS74130E                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 MOP SPEED INCREASE
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      HS74130F                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 MOP SPEED DECREASE
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      JT74130                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 AMPS (SOFT)
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      NI74130                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 SPEED INDICATION (SOFT)
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      NZ74130                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 SPEED CONTROL (SOFT)
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      QA74130                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 VFD FAULT (SOFT)
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      QL74130                  NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 VFD RUNNING OUT
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      QS74130A                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 CLEAR FAULTS
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      QS74130B                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 RUNNING (SOFT)
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      QZ74130A                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 CALL TO RUN (SOFT)
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      AHT74130                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 WINDING TEMPERATURE HIGH
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      HS74130A                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 HOA IN REMOTE
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      QZ74130B                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 PLC RESET
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      QZO74130                 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 SEAL WATER SV CALL TO OPEN
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    3    P74130      QR74130                  NON-PATABLE WATER PUMP 3 READY
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    4    P75003      HS75003                  SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE MIXING/TRANSFER PUMP HOA IN AUTO
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    4    P75003      JT75003                  SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE MIXING/TRANSFER PUMP AMPS
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    4    P75003      PB75003                  SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE MIXING/TRANSFER PUMP RESET
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    4    P75003      QR75003                  SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE MIXING/TRANSFER PUMP READY
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    4    P75003      QS75003                  SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE MIXING/TRANSFER PUMP RUNNING
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    4    P75003      QZ75003                  SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE MIXING/TRANSFER PUMP CALL TO RUN
NP      0    5 IC694DNM200                    4    P75003      QC75003                  SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE MIXING/TRANSFER PUMP COMMON FAULT

NP     0    6   IC695ALG608   ANALOG INPUT 4-20 MA, 4 CH DIFFERENTIAL
NP     0    6   IC695ALG608                   1   NUT74003 NIP74003                     HYDROPNEUMATIC TANK PRESSURE INDICATION
NP     0    6   IC695ALG608                   2   NFT74110 NIF74110                     NON-POTABLE WATER FLOW INDICATION
NP     0    6   IC695ALG608                   3   NFT74111 NIF74111                     IRRIGATION WATER FLOW INDICATION
NP     0    6   IC695ALG608                   4   NFT74112 NIF74112                     DILUTION WATER FLOW INDICATION

NP     0    7   IC695ALG608   ANALOG INPUT 4-20 MA, 4 CH DIFFERENTIAL


                                                                             19 of 22                                                           17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                          SECTION 17310
                                                                  PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                                     INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                               MODULE        NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE         DESCRIPTION   CHNL. SOURCE      TAG        ADDRESS       POINT DESCRIPTION
NP      0    7 IC695ALG608                     1    NET75001   NIL75001                 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE TANK 1 LEVEL INDICATION
NP      0    7 IC695ALG608                     2    NET75002   NIL75002                 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE TANK 2 LEVEL INDICATION
NP      0    7 IC695ALG608                     3    P75104     NI75104                  SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE STANDBY PUMP SPEED INDICATION
NP      0    7 IC695ALG608                     4    NFT76000   NIF76000                 EFFLUENT FLOW INDICATION

NP     0    8    IC695ALG608   ANALOG INPUT 4-20 MA, 4 CH DIFFERENTIAL
NP     0    8    IC695ALG608                   1   P75101       NI75101                 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE NON-POT PUMP SPEED INDICATION
NP     0    8    IC695ALG608                   2   P75102       NI75102                 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE DILUTION PUMP SPEED INDICATION
NP     0    8    IC695ALG608                   3   P75103       NI75103                 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE IRRIGATION PUMP SPEED INDICATION
NP     0    8    IC695ALG608                   4   SPARE        SPARE
NP     0    9    IC694ACC310   BLANK
NP     0    10   IC694ACC310   BLANK
NP     0    11   IC694ACC310   BLANK

NP     0    12   IC695ALG704   ANALOG OUTPUT, 4-20 MA,
NP     0    12   IC695ALG704                   1   LCP75000    NLI75001                 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE TANK 1 LEVEL
NP     0    12   IC695ALG704                   2   LCP75000    NLI75002                 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE TANK 2 LEVEL
NP     0    12   IC695ALG704                   3   P75104      NZ75104                  SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE STANDBY PUMP SPEED CONTROL
NP     0    12   IC695ALG704                   4   SMPL76900   QZ76900                  DISINFECTION SAMPLER PACING CONTROL

NP     0    13   IC695ALG704   ANALOG OUTPUT, 4-20 MA,
NP     0    13   IC695ALG704                     1   P75101    NZ75101                  SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE NON-POT PUMP SPEED CONTROL
NP     0    13   IC695ALG704                     2   P75102    NZ75102                  SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE DILUTION PUMP SPEED CONTROL
NP     0    13   IC695ALG704                     3   P75103    NZ75103                  SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE IRRIGATION PUMP SPEED CONTROL
NP     0    13   IC695ALG704                     4   ECP76000 QZ76000                   UV DISINFECTION SYSTEM FLOW PACING CONTROL
NP     0    14   IC695PSA040   RX3i POWER SUPPLY -CPU RACK 40W 120VAC
NP     0    16   IC695LRE001   RX3i SERIAL EXPANSION MODULE

NP     1         IC695CHS012   12 SLOT EXPANSION I/O RACK
NP     1    0    IC694PWR330   RX3i POWER SUPPLY -EXPANSION RACK 120VAC
NP     1    2    IC694ACC310   BLANK
NP     1    3    IC694MDL240   DIGITAL INPUT, 16 PT, 120VAC
NP     1    3    IC694MDL240                     1     MCC NP  AB 75H1                  HEADWORKS MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MCC NP TVSS FAULT
NP     1    3    IC694MDL240                     2     ACC NP  AB 75HWA                 ACC NP AC POWER FAILURE
NP     1    3    IC694MDL240                     3     ACC NP  AB 75HWB                 ACC NP TVSS FAULT
NP     1    3    IC694MDL240                     4     ACC NP  AB 75HWC                 ACC NP UPS TROUBLE
NP     1    3    IC694MDL240                     5     ACC NP  AB 75HWD                 ACC NP UPS ATS POSITION
NP     1    3    IC694MDL240                     6     ACC NP  AB 75HWE                 ACC NP ETHERNET TROUBLE
NP     1    3    IC694MDL240                     7     ACC NP  AB 75HWF                 ACC NP DC POWER SUPPLY FAILURE


                                                                             20 of 22                                                          17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                            SECTION 17310
                                                                    PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                                       INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                              MODULE         NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE        DESCRIPTION    CHNL. SOURCE         TAG      ADDRESS       POINT DESCRIPTION
NP      1    3 IC694MDL240                      8   ACC NP        AB 75HWG               ACC NP DEVICENET NETWORK 1 DC POWER SUPPLY FAILURE
NP      1    3 IC694MDL240                      9   ACC NP        AB 75HWH               ACC NP DEVICENET NETWORK 2 DC POWER SUPPLY FAILURE
NP      1    3 IC694MDL240                     10   P75104        AE75104                SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE STANDBY PUMP LEAK DETECTION
NP      1    3 IC694MDL240                     11   SUH75104      APH75104               SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE STANDBY PUMP DISCH PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH
NP      1    3 IC694MDL240                     12   SFH75301      AFH75301               SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE EYEWASH/SHOWER WATER FLOW ALARM
NP      1    3 IC694MDL240                     13   SPARE         SPARE
NP      1    3 IC694MDL240                     14   SPARE         SPARE
NP      1    3 IC694MDL240                     15   SPARE         SPARE
NP      1    3 IC694MDL240                     16   SPARE         SPARE

NP     1    4   IC694MDL240   DIGITAL INPUT, 16 PT, 120VAC
NP     1    4   IC694MDL240                      1    SUH74003    APH74003               HYDROPNEUMATIC TANK PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH
NP     1    4   IC694MDL240                      2    SUL74003    APL74003               HYDROPNEUMATIC TANK PRESSURE SWITCH LOW
NP     1    4   IC694MDL240                      3    LCP75000    PB75000                SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE TANK FILL STATION SILENCE/TEST
NP     1    4   IC694MDL240                      4    SEH75000    ALH75000               SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE TANK FILL STATION LEVEL SWITCH HIGH
NP     1    4   IC694MDL240                      5    SEHH75001   ALHH75001              SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE TANK 1 LEVEL SWITCH HIGH HIGH
NP     1    4   IC694MDL240                      6    SEHH75002   ALHH75002              SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE TANK 1 LEVEL SWITCH HIGH HIGH
NP     1    4   IC694MDL240                      7    SEH75003    ALH75003               SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE CONTAINMENT AREA LEVEL SWITCH HIGH
NP     1    4   IC694MDL240                      8    P75101      AE75101                SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE NON-POT PUMP LEAK DETECTION
NP     1    4   IC694MDL240                      9    SUH75101    APH75101               SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE NON-POT PUMP DISCH PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH
NP     1    4   IC694MDL240                     10 P75102         AE75102                SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE DILUTION PUMP LEAK DETECTION
NP     1    4   IC694MDL240                     11 SUH75102       APH75102               SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE DILUTION PUMP DISCH PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH
NP     1    4   IC694MDL240                     12 P75103         AE75103                SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE IRRIGATION PUMP LEAK DETECTION
NP     1    4   IC694MDL240                     13 SUH75103       APH75103               SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE IRRIGATION PUMP DISCH PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH
NP     1    4   IC694MDL240                     14 SPARE          SPARE
NP     1    4   IC694MDL240                     15 SPARE          SPARE
NP     1    4   IC694MDL240                     16 SPARE          SPARE

NP     1    5   IC694MDL240   DIGITAL INPUT, 16 PT, 120VAC
NP     1    5   IC694MDL240                      1    SEH76110    ALH76110               UV DISINFECTION CHANNEL 1 OVERFLOW SWITCH HIGH
NP     1    5   IC694MDL240                      2    SEH76210    ALH76210               UV DISINFECTION CHANNEL 2 OVERFLOW SWITCH HIGH
NP     1    5   IC694MDL240                      3    SEH76310    ALH76310               UV DISINFECTION CHANNEL 3 OVERFLOW SWITCH HIGH
NP     1    5   IC694MDL240                      4    DSD7450     DSA7450                NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP STATION AHU SMOKE DETECTION
NP     1    5   IC694MDL240                      5    DSD76910    DSA76910               UV CONTROL ROOM AHU SMOKE DETECTION
NP     1    5   IC694MDL240                      6    DSD76911    DSA76911               UV PROCESS AREA AHU SMOKE DETECTION
NP     1    5   IC694MDL240                      7    DSD76914    DSA76914               UV CONTROL ROOM AHU SMOKE DETECTION
NP     1    5   IC694MDL240                      8    ECP76000    QS76000                UV DISINFECTION SYSTEM RUNNING
NP     1    5   IC694MDL240                      9    ECP76000    AB76000A               UV DISINFECTION SYSTEM LOW PRIORITY ALARM
NP     1    5   IC694MDL240                     10 ECP76000       AB76000B               UV DISINFECTION SYSTEM HIGH PRIORITY ALARM


                                                                              21 of 22                                                                 17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                                                            SECTION 17310
                                                                    PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROGRAM
                                                                       INPUT/OUTPUT SUMMARY

                              MODULE         NODE EQUIP.
PLC   RACK SLOT MODULE        DESCRIPTION    CHNL. SOURCE       TAG         ADDRESS       POINT DESCRIPTION
NP      1    5 IC694MDL240                     11   ECP76000    AB76000C                  UV DISINFECTION SYSTEM CRITICAL INSTRUMENT FAILURE
NP      1    5 IC694MDL240                     12   ECP76000    AB76000D                  UV DISINFECTION SYSTEM UV DOSE FAILURE
NP      1    5 IC694MDL240                     13   ECP76000    AB76000E                  UV DISINFECTION SYSTEM PLC WATCHDOG ALARM
NP      1    5 IC694MDL240                     14   SPARE       SPARE
NP      1    5 IC694MDL240                     15   SPARE       SPARE
NP      1    5 IC694MDL240                     16   SPARE       SPARE

NP     1    6   IC694ACC310   BLANK
NP     1    7   IC694MDL930   DIGITAL OUTPUT, 8 PT, RELAY, 4A ISOLATED
NP     1    7   IC694MDL930                    1     LCP75000 QZ75000                     SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE TANK FILL STATION AUDIBLE ALARM
NP     1    7   IC694MDL930                    2     LCP75000 QZ75001A                    SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE TANK TANK 1 HIGH LEVEL ALERT
NP     1    7   IC694MDL930                    3     LCP75000 QZ75001B                    SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE TANK TANK 1 HIGH LEVEL ALARM
NP     1    7   IC694MDL930                    4     LCP75000 QZ75002A                    SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE TANK TANK 2 HIGH LEVEL ALERT
NP     1    7   IC694MDL930                    5     LCP75000 QZ75002B                    SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE TANK TANK 2 HIGH LEVEL ALARM
NP     1    7   IC694MDL930                    6     P75104       QZ75104                 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE STANDBY PUMP CALL TO RUN
NP     1    7   IC694MDL930                    7     SPARE        SPARE
NP     1    7   IC694MDL930                    8     SPARE        SPARE

NP     1    8   IC694MDL930   DIGITAL OUTPUT, 8 PT, RELAY, 4A ISOLATED
NP     1    8   IC694MDL930                    1     P75101       QZ75101                 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE NON-POT PUMP CALL TO RUN
NP     1    8   IC694MDL930                    2     P75102       QZ75102                 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE DILUTION PUMP CALL TO RUN
NP     1    8   IC694MDL930                    3     P75103       QZ75103                 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE IRRIGATION PUMP CALL TO RUN
NP     1    8   IC694MDL930                    4     SPARE        SPARE
NP     1    8   IC694MDL930                    5     SPARE        SPARE
NP     1    8   IC694MDL930                    6     SPARE        SPARE
NP     1    8   IC694MDL930                    7     SPARE        SPARE
NP     1    8   IC694MDL930                    8     SPARE        SPARE




                                                                               22 of 22                                                         17310 ATTACHMENT A
                                            SECTION 17315

                                PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM
                             DEVELOPMENT AND PROGRAMMING


PART 1--GENERAL

1.01    DESCRIPTION

        A.      SCOPE:

       This section specifies the general requirements applicable to the development and
programming of the process control system graphical operator interface, and process control logic.

1.02    QUALITY ASSURANCE

        A.      IMPLEMENTATION PLAN MEETINGS:

        The Systems Integrator shall include as work of this section of the specifications the
requirement for two (2) meetings to be held at the project site. The primary function of the
meetings shall be to solicit input from the OWNER regarding the implementation of the process
control system and to facilitate preparation of the Process Control System Implementation Plan
specified herein. The Systems Integrator shall have in attendance at each meeting a representative
who is responsible for the preparation of the Process Control System Implementation Plan. The
preliminary schedule and agenda for each of the meetings shall be as described below. The specific
dates for each of the meetings shall be scheduled by the Systems Integrator and approved by the
ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall be provided with two (2) weeks minimum advanced written
notice of proposed scheduled meeting dates. The System Integrator shall prepare a detailed meeting
agenda and submit it to the ENGINEER with the notice of proposed scheduled meeting dates.

               1.       MEETING 1: Meeting 1 shall be held within sixty (60) days of receipt of
                        Notice to Proceed. The purpose of this meeting shall be to begin
                        preparation of the Process Control System Implementation Plan. The
                        System Integrator shall be prepared to present the capabilities of the
                        proposed process control system software and the alternatives available
                        for each of the major areas of implementation described by the Process
                        Control System Implementation Plan.

               2.       MEETING 2: Meeting 2 shall be held within thirty (30) days of
                        completion of the ENGINEER’S review of the Process Control System
                        Implementation Plan submittal. The purpose of this meeting shall be to
                        discuss the submittal review comments and resolve any related issues.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17315-1                     Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                Development and Programming
1.03    SUBMITTALS

        The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:

               1.       Process Control System Implementation Plan


PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01    PRODUCT DATA

        The following data shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:

        A.      PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM DEVELOPER’S GUIDELINES:

         The Process Control System Implementation Plan shall be modified and updated during the
course of development of the process control system control logic and graphical operator interface
to reflect the conventions and standards used in the final system development. Upon final
acceptance of the work, the updated implementation plan shall be re-published and submitted as the
Process Control System Developer’s Guidelines.

        B.      PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM CONFIGURATION REPORT:

       Report documenting the final configuration of the process control system including the
following:

               1.       HARDWARE CONFIGURATION: Final switch settings and jumper
                        positions shall be documented for all process control system components
                        including processors, communications adapter modules, motor controllers
                        and adjustable frequency drives, power metering systems, etc.

               2.       PROCESS CONTROL LOGIC: Bound hard copy of the annotated
                        process controller program listing. The program listing for each processor
                        shall be separately bound and shall have tab dividers for each program file
                        listing. Program listing shall include cross references.


PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01    PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION PLAN

        A.      GENERAL:

      The Systems Integrator shall prepare an implementation plan for the process control system
development and programming work. The implementation plan shall establish guidelines for



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17315-2                     Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                Development and Programming
development of the graphical operator interface, and the programmable logic controller (PLC)
process control logic and shall insure the consistent application of conventions and methods through
the course of development. The implementation plan shall specifically address the following:

                1.      Tag database structure and configuration
                2.      Tag naming conventions
                3.      Graphical operator interface standards
                4.      Process control system configuration
                5.      PLC program file organization
                6.      PLC data file organization
                7.      List and description of graphic displays

        The implementation plan shall be developed with the involvement of the ENGINEER. The
OWNER intends to participate in the development of all programs and graphic user interfaces to
assure that the objectives of the project design, plant operability, and control system maintainability
are achieved.

        B.      TAG DATABASE STRUCTURE AND CONFIGURATION:

        The implementation plan shall define how the tag database will be organized to logically
associate tags with specific input/output types, functions, or process areas. In addition, the plan
shall prescribe guidelines for configuration of tag alarm handling and annunciation and tag data
logging.

        C.      TAG NAMING CONVENTIONS:

        A tag naming convention shall be established which provides a structured organization to
the tag database facilitating tag searches and substitutions during system development and provide
for effective and efficient design, management and operation of the process control system. The tag
naming convention shall be developed to take full advantage of the capabilities of the process
control system software and not impose any artificial constraints in the operation or management of
the process control system. Tag names shall minimally be comprised of the following information:

                1.      Equipment type designation
                2.      Equipment loop number
                3.      Signal type designation

        D.      GRAPHICAL OPERATOR INTERFACE STANDARDS:

        The configuration and development of the graphical operator interface shall be based on
standards prepared specifically for this application. The interface standards shall be consistently
applied to the development of the interface to insure optimum usability.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17315-3                       Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  Development and Programming
        All HMI development including tag naming scheme, screen navigation methods, use of pop-
ups, etc. shall be implemented in a manner that is consistent with HMI systems in use elsewhere in
the OWNER’S existing operations at other facilities. Graphic screens shall utilize the same colors,
symbols, fonts, and features to provide an interface to operators that is uniform and consistent with
existing HMI screens serving OWNER’S other facilities.

        The interface standards shall specifically address the following topics:

               1.       GRAPHICAL DISPLAY TYPE: The user interface will be comprised of
                        various types of graphic displays including schematic overviews, control
                        panels, faceplates, utility displays, and trend displays. The content and
                        layout of each type of interface including navigational and utility features
                        shall be defined by the standard. The standard shall also define the naming
                        conventions for graphic display files.

               2.       SYMBOLOGY: The symbology used in the preparation of the graphical
                        interface shall be defined by this standard. The symbology standard shall
                        address the following symbol types:

                        a.      Symbols representing process equipment, structures, piping, and
                                systems.

                        b.      Navigational and utility system icons.

                        c.      Dynamic data display objects including numeric displays, bar graphs,
                                indicating lights, text labels, etc.

                        d.      Control objects including pushbuttons, selector switches, slider bars,
                                setpoint entry, etc.

               3.       COLORS: The color standard shall define the foreground, background, and
                        border colors used to indicate dynamic conditions (run, stop, alarm, trouble,
                        ready, etc.), process-specific applications (raw water, settled water, finished
                        water, chemicals, etc.), graphic display backgrounds, dynamic data objects,
                        text, control objects, etc.

               4.       VISIBILITY: The visibility standard shall define the following:

                        a.      Application of blinking to graphic objects.

                        b.      Application of font styles and sizes.

                        c.      Manipulation of graphic object color to represent different
                                conditions.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17315-4                        Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                   Development and Programming
               5.       TERMINOLOGY: All terminology used to annotate the graphical interface
                        shall be defined by these standards. The terminology standards shall define
                        the following:

                        a.      Descriptive names used to identify the treatment processes, systems,
                                structures, equipment, process variables, etc.

                        b.      Units of measurement for all process variables.

                        c.      Alarm condition descriptors.

                        d.      Abbreviations.

               6.       NAVIGATION: The navigation standard shall define the organization of
                        the user interface and the features of the navigational system. This standard
                        shall address all techniques used to implement the navigation system and
                        where and how the navigation system is accessed including button bars,
                        shortcut icons, hot links, continuation labels, and graphic menus.

        E.      PROCESS CONTROL LOGIC CONFIGURATION:

        Guidelines shall be developed which define the organization and structure of the process
control logic and data memory within the process controller. These guidelines shall address the
following:

               1.       Structure of the control logic including the use of subroutines and the
                        allocation of memory to accommodate modifications and expansion of the
                        control logic.

               2.       Methodology for handling common control functions shall be standardized
                        such that similar functions are implemented in a consistent manner across
                        the entire project. Standardized routines for motor control, VFD control,
                        instrument data handling, alarm management, etc. shall be developed and
                        reviewed by the OWNER prior to final programming.

               3.       Assignment of data storage memory including data formats and method of
                        documenting memory mapping.

               4.       Methodology for implementing peer to peer communications including
                        allocation of memory or register addresses is such a way as to organize data
                        for optimum efficiency of data exchanges between peer processors.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17315-5                       Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  Development and Programming
        F.      PROCESS CONTROL STRATEGIES:

        Process control strategies shall be reviewed with the OWNER and refinements made as
agreed to by the Systems Integrator. Modifications to the control strategies that are determined to
be a change in scope will be addressed by change order. The final process control strategies shall be
incorporated into the Implementation Plan.

3.02    TAG DATABASE DEVELOPMENT

        A.      GENERAL:

        The process control system tag database development shall include the definition of all
devices, derived and soft tags and the required alarm processing and data logging and archiving
definitions for each tag. Conventions used in the development of the tag database shall be as
defined in Process Control System Implementation Plan.

        B.      TAG DEFINITION:

    The definition of tags in the tag database shall comply with the following guidelines except as
otherwise modified by the Process Control System Implementation Plan:

               1.       TAG NAMING CONVENTIONS: Tag names shall minimally consist of
                        two distinct components. The leading component shall represent the tag
                        equipment number. The trailing component (tag descriptor) shall be an
                        abbreviated description of the associated process variable or the function
                        of the tag. Each component shall be assigned a fixed maximum length
                        which shall be dependent on the available tag name length supported by
                        the process control system software.

                        The tag equipment number shall be derived from the primary item of
                        process equipment or instrumentation most closely associated with the
                        process variable and shall be comprised of an equipment type prefix
                        followed by process loop number. The equipment numbers shall be as
                        defined by the contract documents.

                        The tag descriptor shall provide a description of the process variable
                        referenced by the tag name or a description of the function associated with
                        the tag. Tag descriptors shall be based on plant and project standard in
                        lieu of ISA standard. The tag descriptor may be comprised of several
                        parts to clearly define the tag function. The following typographical
                        convention shall be used to create the tag descriptor:

                        a.      Plant standard Symbol identification letters shall be all upper case.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17315-6                       Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  Development and Programming
                        b.      The first letter of an abbreviation shall be upper case. The
                                remainder of the abbreviation shall be lower case.

                        c.      The first 2 digits of the tag number shall represent the plant process
                                area as shown on the P&IDs.

               Examples of the tag names are provided in Table 3.02.B.1:

                                             Table 3.02.B.1
                   Tag Name                                Tag Function
             SUHH63212                       Pump SUH63212 pressure switch
             NFT63215                        Flow transmitter 63215
             SYH63212Run                     Pump SUH63212 run status


               2.       TAG DESCRIPTIONS: Describe the tag in terminology consistent with
                        this application. Abbreviations and equipment numbers shall be not be
                        used in the tag description without prior approval of the OWNER. Tag
                        descriptions shall not include any wording which implies the state or
                        condition of the tag. For example, the tag description for SUHH63212
                        shall read “DAFT 2 Thickened Sludge Pump Discharge Pressure” in lieu
                        of “DAFT 2 Thickened Sludge Pump Discharge Pressure High.”

               3.       ON/OFF AND ALARM STATE LABELS: The ON/OFF and alarm state
                        labels shall consist of words which describe the state of the tag. For
                        digital tags, the logic TRUE state of the tag will generally be the state
                        labeled. Examples of ON/OFF and alarm state labels include RUN, OFF,
                        OPEN, CLOSED, READY, ALARM, NORMAL, HIGH, LOW, HIGH-
                        HIGH, LOW-LOW, etc. Abbreviations shall not be used in ON/OFF or
                        alarm state labels.

        C.     TAG TYPES:

        Tags shall be classified as either device tags, derived tags or soft tags. Device tags shall be
those tags which have a physical device as the data source. Derived tags are those tags whose value
is calculated or otherwise derived from another tag. Derived tags have no data source address. Soft
tags are those tags whose value is obtained from another process software application.

        Tags shall be defined for each of the following tag data sources:

                1.      Physical input/output process variables derived from the process control
                        input/output subsystems. Refer to the Input/Output Summary, paragraph
                        17310-3.04.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17315-7                         Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                    Development and Programming
                2.      Control and status data derived from the process control logic required to
                        fully implement the process control strategies specified in paragraph
                        17200-3.04. This data shall include the following types of information:

                        a.      Operating setpoints.
                        b.      Process operations setup and control parameters including start/stop,
                                lead/lag, auto/manual, enable, etc.
                        c.      Operating status and fault data including ready, fail-to-run, etc.
                        d.      Timing/counting function data including preset and accumulated
                                values.

                3.      Operating, fault and diagnostic data derived from the external systems,
                        such as chlorine generator, metering pump systems, including the
                        following:

                        a.      Process variable transmitters and analyzers.
                        b.      Operating status of all system equipment including run and ready
                                status.
                        c.      Power parameters.
                        d.      System trouble and alarm conditions.
                        e.      Process control system diagnostic data.
                        f.      System status, control and configuration parameters including
                                lead/lag selection, operating setpoints, etc.
                        g.      Refer to the particular equipment section in Division 11 for specific
                                data to be produced, consumed and transmitted by external systems.

                4.      Operating data derived from electronic power metering systems including
                        the following power parameters:

                        a.      Kilowatts
                        b.      Kilowatt-hours
                        c.      Kilowatt demand
                        d.      Kilovars
                        e.      Kilovolt-amperes
                        f.      Kilovolt-ampere-hours
                        g.      Kilovolt-ampere demand
                        h.      Power factor
                        i.      Line currents
                        j.      Voltage (phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground)



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17315-8                       Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  Development and Programming
                        k.      Line frequency

                5.      Operating, fault and diagnostic data derived from solid-state adjustable
                        frequency motor speed controllers including the following:

                        a.      Run status
                        b.      Drive fault
                        c.      Start/stop control
                        d.      Speed setpoint
                        e.      Running speed
                        f.      Running amps

                6.      Diagnostic data derived from the process control system controllers, I/O
                        subsystems, and communications controllers including the following:

                        a.      Controller operating mode
                        b.      Controller performance (i.e., scan time)
                        c.      Controller fault status and fault code
                        d.      Controller time and date values
                        e.      Controller network address
                        f.      I/O subsystem fault status
                        g.      I/O module channel health
                        h.      Communication controller fault status

                7.      Analytical, operating and diagnostic data derived from turbidity
                        instruments including, but not limited to the following:

                        a.      Instrument operating mode
                        b.      Particle count in each of the particle size ranges configured
                        c.      Instrument diagnostic or fault status and status code
                        d.      Instrument network address
                        e.      Communication link status or fault condition

                8.      Table 3.02.C.8 specifies the types of derived process variables and the
                        associated real-time process variable.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17315-9                        Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                   Development and Programming
                                              Table 3.02.C.8
     Real-time Process
      Variable Type            Derived Process Variable                      Description
            Flow                    Totalized Flow             Totalized flow process variable shall
                                                               be defined for all flow process
                                                               variables.
             Level                      Volume                 A process variable representing tank
                                                               volume shall be defined for all
                                                               chemical and fuel storage tanks and
                                                               shall be based on the real-time level
                                                               process variable and the geometry of
                                                               the storage tank.
         Run Status             Accumulated Runtime            An accumulated runtime process
                                                               variable shall be defined for all
                                                               rotating equipment which has an
                                                               associated run status tag defined in
                                                               the tag database.

        D.      DATA LOGGING:

       Tags representing the following types of process variables shall be defined in the tag
database for data logging. This data shall support real-time dynamic trending functions.

                1.      Flow or chemical feed rate
                2.      Process pressure
                3.      Storage tank level or volume
                4.      All analytical instrument values including pH, turbidity, particle count,
                        temperature, and chemical residual
                5.      Filter loss of head
                6.      Chemical storage weight
                7.      Power parameters representing line current, kilowatts, kilovars, kilovolt-
                        amperes, and power factor

        E.      ALARM HANDLING, ANNUNCIATION, AND LOGGING:

        All discrete tags representing alarm or trouble conditions shall be defined in the tag database
to be processed as alarms. All analog tags shall have alarm thresholds defined in the tag database.
The value of the alarm thresholds shall be defined by the OWNER during the preparation of the
Process Control System Implementation Plan.

       The tag database shall be configured to implement alarm processing and annunciation as
defined by the Process Control System Implementation Plan. Each tag’s alarm definition shall



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315-10                        Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                   Development and Programming
prescribe whether the occurrence of the alarm condition is logged to journal, printed, or audibly
annunciated or any combination thereof.

        F.      COMMUNICATION WATCHDOGS AND DIAGNOSTICS:

        All communication channels including Ethernet, DeviceNet, etc. shall be configured with
watchdog timers and logic to detect, alarm and respond upon loss of communications.
Communication monitoring shall insure that the full communication path is healthy active; from
controller to field device. A failure at any point in the communication path shall be clearly alarmed
and indicated on the HMI. Under no circumstances shall static or stale data be presented on the
HMI without clear indication of a fault.

        Communications between the controller and the bus communication module or scanner shall
be monitored to ensure that the scanner is healthy and actively communicating with the controller.
In the event of loss of module activity all data transmitted to the HMI shall be set to zero and a
specific module failure alarm shall be asserted.

        Communications between the scanner and each DeviceNet node shall be continuously
verified and upon loss of communications, in addition to alarming, the node data transmitted to the
HMI shall be set to zero to provide a clear indication to the operator of a malfunction, and
associated control logic shall be placed in manual mode. The action taken for each device upon
communication failure (stop/close or hold last state) shall be determined by the device’s function
and shall be clearly identified in the submittals.

3.03    GRAPHICAL OPERATOR INTERFACE DEVELOPMENT

        A.      GENERAL:

       The process control system graphical operator interface development shall include the
preparation of the specified graphic displays in accordance with the Process Control System
Implementation Plan and the requirements of this specification. The Systems Integrator shall
prepare additional graphic displays as may be required to provide a comprehensive process and
system management graphical operator interface.

        B.      DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES:

        The graphical operator interface shall be developed in accordance with recognized usability
practices to insure efficient and effective use of the process control system. The completed
graphical operator interface shall adhere to the following four principles of usability:

               1.      LEARNABILITY: The graphical operator interface shall be easy to learn so
                       that the user can quickly start being productive with the tools provided by the
                       system.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315-11                       Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  Development and Programming
               2.      EFFICIENCY: The graphical operator interface shall be efficient to use, so
                       that once the user has learned the system, a high level of productivity is
                       possible.
               3.      MEMORABILITY: The graphical operator interface shall be easy to
                       remember, so that the casual user is able to return to the system after some
                       period of absence without the need to learn the interface over again.
               4.      CONSISTENCY WITH EXISTING SYSTEMS: The graphical operator
                       interface shall incorporate the symbology, use of colors, fonts and text sizes,
                       navigation techniques, etc., consistent with the existing system to enhance the
                       preceding three usability criteria.

        Adherence to the stated principles of usability shall be achieved through consistent
application of the following development standards defined herein and as defined in the Process
Control System Implementation Plan.

        C.      GRAPHIC DESIGN:

        The layout and organization of each graphic display shall be consistent among the graphic
display types and shall adhere to the following standards:

                1.      Position similar information and features of the graphical operator interface
                        at the same location on each display.
                2.      Enclose groupings of associated data in a frame or box.
                3.      Color conventions shall be consistently applied throughout the graphical
                        interface. Foreground colors shall be selected to provide contrast to the
                        background color. Verify that all colors chosen can be viewed by the end-
                        user.
                4.      Text font sizes, colors and types shall be consistently applied throughout the
                        graphical interface.

        D.      GENERAL GRAPHIC DISPLAY CONFIGURATION:

        Graphic displays shall be configured as either full screen displays or pop-up displays. Each
type of display configuration shall include the following features:

                1.      Full Screen Display:
                        a.      Full screen displays shall be maximized, occupying the full, usable
                                area of the window.
                        b.      Controls to close or minimize the window shall be disabled.
                        c.      Window exit control shall be embedded in the graphic display’s
                                navigational controls.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315-12                       Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  Development and Programming
                        d.      Full screen displays shall remain in the background when a pop-up
                                display is called from navigational hot links within the full screen
                                display.
                        e.      Navigational and utility button bars shall be provided.

                2. Pop-up Display
                       a.     Pop-up displays shall not occupy the full window and shall appear in
                              the foreground when called from a full screen display.
                       b.     Pop-up displays shall appear at a user-defined location on the
                              background display when called, but shall have the capability to be
                              dragged to a different location on the screen.
                       c.     Pop-up displays shall not be resizable.
                       d.     Pop-up displays shall be provided with close control.

        E.      GRAPHIC DISPLAY TYPES:

        Graphic displays shall be categorized as either schematic overview, control panel, faceplate,
trend, or utility.

               1.       SCHEMATIC OVERVIEW: The schematic overview graphic display shall
                        be presented as a process flow diagram and shall represent major process
                        piping, major equipment, process variable data, and process alarm and status
                        data.

                        Schematic overview displays shall be prepared in accordance with the
                        following guidelines except as otherwise modified by the Process Control
                        System Implementation Plan:
                        a.     Numeric display objects shall be provided to indicate the
                               instantaneous value of all analog process data associated with the
                               process. In addition, dynamic fill shall be used to indicate analog
                               process data representing level.
                        b.     Dynamic equipment symbols shall be provided to indicate run, off,
                               and fault conditions for all major equipment associated with the
                               process.
                        c.     An alarm summary object indicating only those alarms related to the
                               associated process shall be provided at the bottom of the display.
                        d.     Continuation labels shall be provided to access associated schematic
                               overview displays.
                        e.     Hot links shall be provided on equipment symbols to provide access
                               to an associated control panel display or faceplate.
                        f.     Hot links shall be provided on numeric display objects to access
                               associated trend displays.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315-13                       Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  Development and Programming
                        g.      Navigational and utility button bars shall be provided.
                        h.      Schematic overview shall be a full screen display.

               2.       CONTROL PANEL: The control panel graphic display shall be presented
                        as a virtual control panel providing a point of operator interface for control
                        of a specific equipment item or system.

                        Control panel graphic displays shall be prepared in accordance with the
                        following guidelines except as otherwise modified by the Process Control
                        System Implementation Plan:
                        a.     Graphical control objects representing selector switches, pushbutton,
                               slider bars, etc., shall be provided to initiate the appropriate control
                               function.
                        b.     All pertinent operating status data associated with the equipment or
                               system controlled by the panel shall be indicated.
                        c.     Navigational control in the form of short-cut icons or labels shall be
                               provided to access associated graphic displays.
                        d.     Control panels shall be configured as pop-up graphic displays.

               3.       PID CONTROLLER FACEPLATE (if used): The PID controller faceplate
                        graphic display shall represent the appearance and functionality of a typical
                        PID controller. The PID controller faceplate graphic display shall provide a
                        point of operator interface for control of a specific process.

                        PID controller faceplate graphic displays shall be prepared in accordance
                        with the following guidelines except as otherwise modified by the Process
                        Control System Implementation Plan:
                        a.      Analog data shall be presented in numerical and bargraph format.
                        b.      PID operating status such as mode, high/low limiting, deadband in
                                effect, etc., shall be indicated.
                        c.      Navigational control in the form of short-cut icons or labels shall be
                                provided to access associated graphic displays.
                        d.      PID controller faceplates shall be configured as pop-up graphic
                                displays.

               4.       TREND DISPLAY: The trend graphic display shall present a graphical
                        trend object with the associated controls to adjust the time scale and scroll
                        the time axis.

                        Trend graphic displays shall be prepared in accordance with the following
                        guidelines except as otherwise modified by the Process Control System
                        Implementation Plan:



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315-14                        Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                   Development and Programming
                        a.      A pen legend shall be provided which associates the trend plot to a
                                process variable description through the use of color.
                        b.      Y-axis shall be graduated and labeled in the appropriate engineering
                                units.
                        c.      Controls shall be provided to adjust the time scale and to scroll the
                                X-axis backwards and forwards.
                        d.      Navigational control in the form of short-cut icons or labels shall be
                                provided to access associated graphic displays.
                        e.      Trend graphic displays shall be configured as pop-up graphic
                                displays.

               5.       UTILITY DISPLAY: The utility graphic display shall present all pertinent
                        data associated with an ancillary support system. The utility graphic display
                        shall provide a point of operator interface for control, monitoring and
                        management of the specified utility system.

                        Utility graphic displays shall be prepared in accordance with the following
                        guidelines except as otherwise modified by the Process Control System
                        Implementation Plan:
                        a.      Provide a schematic representation of the utility system where
                                specified.
                        b.      Numeric display objects shall be provided to indicate the
                                instantaneous value of all analog process data associated with the
                                utility.
                        c.      Dynamic symbols or labels shall be provided to indicate current
                                condition of the utility and its components.
                        d.      Graphical control objects representing selector switches, pushbutton,
                                slider bars, etc., shall be provided to initiate the appropriate control
                                function.
                        e.      Navigational control in the form of short-cut icons or labels shall be
                                provided to access associated graphic displays.
                        f.      Control panels shall be configured as either full screen displays or
                                pop-up graphic displays, as specified.

               6.       PLC SYSTEM STATUS DISPLAY: The PLC system status graphic
                        display shall present all pertinent data associated with the process PLC
                        system itself. The PLC system status graphic display shall provide a
                        diagnostic interface for troubleshooting, monitoring and management of the
                        PLC system. No control is associated with the PLC system status graphic
                        displays.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315-15                         Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                    Development and Programming
                        PLC system status graphic displays shall be prepared in accordance with the
                        following guidelines except as otherwise modified by the Process Control
                        System Implementation Plan:
                        a.     Provide a schematic representation of the PLC system where
                               specified.
                        b.     Provide detailed displays for each PLC processor showing the
                               processor status, including diagnostic and fault codes. Display shall
                               include communication status of Ethernet, DeviceNet, IObus and any
                               additional communication links associated with the processor.

                        c.      Status of all discrete I/O points shall be indicated by dynamic text or
                                colored graphical object. Status and raw data value of all analog I/O
                                points shall be indicated by dynamic text.
                        d.      Dynamic symbols or labels shall be provided to indicate current
                                condition of the processor and its components.
                        e.      Navigational control in the form of short-cut icons or labels shall be
                                provided to access associated graphic displays.

        F.      NAVIGATION SYSTEM:

        The navigation system shall be configured to provide a logical, intuitive path through the
graphical operator interface and also provide the flexibility to directly access graphic displays
and system utilities. The graphical operator interface shall be generally organized by process
area; however, shortcuts shall be provided to navigate beyond process boundaries.

       The graphical operator interface shall incorporate features to accommodate mouse-
oriented navigation throughout the process control system. Scrollable menus, button bars,
embedded hotlinks and continuation labels shall be used to create a navigational system which
provides ready-access to commonly used displays and utilities.

        The navigation system shall be implemented in accordance with the following guidelines
unless otherwise modified by the Process Control System Implementation Plan:
              1.      PROCESS OVERVIEW GRAPHIC DISPLAY: A process overview
                      display schematically representing the overall facility shall be function as
                      the system startup display and "home base” for conventional system
                      navigation. Embedded hot links shall be provided on this display to
                      permit access to all other displays.
              2.      CONTINUATION LABELS: Continuation labels shall be provided on all
                      process schematic displays where a process line continues to another
                      process area. These labels shall have embedded hot links to the process
                      schematic display referenced by the label.
              3.      GRAPHIC MENU SYSTEM: A graphic menu system shall be provided
                      where the navigational control action can result in multiple options. A


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315-16                        Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                   Development and Programming
                         graphic menu display shall be configured as a pop-up display and shall
                         provide short cuts to associated graphic displays.
                4.       SHORT CUT ICONS: Short cut icons shall be utilized to provide direct
                         access to typical display types. Short cut icons shall be provided to
                         represent schematic displays, control panels, trend displays, and PID
                         controller faceplates. Short cut icons shall typically be applied to pop-up
                         displays such as graphic menus, control panels, faceplates, and trend
                         displays.

                5.       HOT LINKS: Hot links shall be embedded in each of the following types
                         of display objects to provide access to an associated display or menu:

                                             Table 3.03.F.5
                  Display Object                                   Hot Link
         Equipment Symbol                     Associated trend, PID controller faceplate,
                                              control panel or graphic menu display
         Numeric Display                      Associated trend display


3.04     PROCESS CONTROL LOGIC DEVELOPMENT

        The process control system control logic development shall include the preparation of
control logic required to implement the specified control strategies and support the specified
operator interface functions.

         A.      ORGANIZATION:

        The control logic shall be organized in a hierarchical structure which correlates to the actual
process relationships. Individual control logic program files shall be prepared for each system or
equipment item and shall be organized by process area. Data table files shall be similarly organized
by process area. Data types shall be consistently applied throughout the control logic in accordance
with the Process Control System Implementation Plan.

         The control logic and data table organization shall facilitate the addition of future control
logic.

         B.      DOCUMENTATION:

        All control logic shall be completely annotated down to and including the instruction level.
Each rung or statement of control logic shall be provided with annotation specific to its function.
Each program file shall have a title and a detailed description of the control strategy represented by
the control logic. Terminology consistent with the Process Control System Implementation Plan




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315-17                           Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                      Development and Programming
shall be applied throughout. Use of subroutines shall be clearly identified and documented included
data passed to and returned from each subroutine.

        C.      CONTROL LOGIC IMPLEMENTATION:

       The project control strategies outline the general control requirements of the treatment
process and associated utility systems. In addition to the requirements of the control strategies, the
following control features shall be implemented in the process control logic:

               1.       FAIL TO OPERATE: All automatically operated equipment shall be
                        monitored for failure to respond to control requests from the process control
                        system. Upon a call to start, stop, open, close, etc., a fail timer shall be
                        initiated. If the appropriate equipment status signal (run, off, full open, full
                        closed) is not reported back to the process control system within the time
                        duration defined by the fail timer, an alarm shall be initiated through the
                        process control system HMI.

               2.       TIME BASED CONTROL: Process control logic for all equipment and
                        processes controlled on the basis of time duration shall provide for operator
                        access to the preset value of the time function through the HMI and report
                        back to the HMI the instantaneous value of the time function associated
                        value.

               3.       PID REGULATORY CONTROL: Every PID regulatory control function
                        implemented in the process control logic shall be interfaced with the HMI to
                        provide the following functions:
                        a.     Report to the HMI the instantaneous values of the process variable,
                               setpoint, and control variable.
                        b.     Report to the HMI the current operating mode, high/low limiting in
                               effect, deadband in effect, cascade mode in effect, etc.
                        c.     Provide operator control of the operating mode, setpoint value, and
                               the control variable in manual mode.
                        d.     PID tuning parameters shall be accessible via password protected
                               screens. Supervisor level access is required for modification of
                               tuning parameters.

               4.       CONTROL SETUP CONTROL FUNCTIONS: Control Setup Control
                        functions, which are described in the control strategies as operator initiated
                        or invoked through the process control system HMI, shall be interfaced with
                        the HMI to permit operator manipulation of that control function and to
                        report back the current status of the control configuration. Functions of this
                        type include manual start/stop, lead/lag selection, hand/off/automatic
                        selection, enable, setpoint adjustment, etc.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315-18                         Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                    Development and Programming
               5.       REAL TIME DATA SERVER COMMUNICATION: Control logic shall
                        be implemented to facilitate and optimize the communication of data
                        between the process control system real-time data server and the process
                        controllers. Paragraph 3.02 of this specification defines the types of tags to
                        be defined in the tag database. Control logic shall be implemented as
                        required to make the specified real-time data available to the tag database.
                        Control logic shall also be provided to support optimization of the
                        communication between the process control system HMI real-time data
                        server and the process controllers. Data of similar format (binary, integer,
                        floating point, string, etc.) shall be grouped in data tables designated a
                        communication buffer files. All tags defined in the tag database shall be
                        addressed to the designated communication buffer files.

3.05    LOAD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

      The existing plant Load Management System (LMS) will not be modified as part of this
Work. The LMS is controlled by a separate PLC located in the co-generation building. The LMS
PLC communicates with the Process Control System (PCS) PLC via a fiber based Genius bus link.

        Load management of all new equipment shall be implemented by additional logic applied to
the “Call to Run” command outputs. Due to the critical nature of systems located in the Headworks
and Disinfection areas, logic for equipment in these areas shall be configured to respond
automatically after a power interruption. Equipment that was running shall be restarted and
equipment that was not running shall remain in that condition. If circuit configurations are such that
equipment will automatically restart as required based on input and output conditions after power
returns, this requirement will be satisfied. If loss of power results in loss of seal-in logic or similar,
then logic shall be configured to automatically restart equipment in an orderly fashion after power is
restored. Automatic restart logic shall be operator selectable such that it can be enabled or disabled
by the operator through the HMI.

3.06    ON-LINE HELP

       An on-line help system shall be developed to provide an on-line reference for the use of the
process control interfaces and a description of the conventions used throughout the graphical
operator interface. The on-line help utility shall be WinHelp or HTML-based and shall address the
following topics:
                1.      Graphical conventions used in the operator interface including symbols,
                        icons, colors, etc.
                2.      Graphical operator interface navigation system.
                3.      Standard procedures for login/logoff, printing, etc.
                4.      Functional description of each control panel graphic display including a
                         graphic image of the display and descriptions of each object on the display.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315-19                          Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                     Development and Programming
         Topics in the help system shall be dynamically-linked with other related topics through the
use of hypertext-sensitive jumps and pop-ups. All help pages shall be indexed with keywords to
facilitate the use of the help utility. The on-line help utility shall include a table of contents, index
and glossary.

       The on-line help system shall be called from the utility button bar within the graphical
operator interface.

3.07    CONTROL STRATEGIES

        The control strategies and screen summary list are included in Attachment A at the end of
this specification section.


                                        **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315-20                          Process Control System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                     Development and Programming
                                    HEADWORKS
                               INFLUENT MONITORING
1. PURPOSE
    To provide monitoring and sampling of the raw wastewater influent process.

2. REFERENCES
     P&ID               Description
     P-11-001           HEADWORKS SCREENING HANDLING EQUIPMENT 1
     P-11-002           HEADWORKS SCREENING HANDLING EQUIPMENT 2
     P-11-103           HEADWORKS GRIT HANDLING EQUIPMENT 1

3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS
     Tag                Description
     SMPL11012          INFLUENT CHANNEL SAMPLER


     Instrument         Description
     NF/NFT11010        INFLUENT CHANNEL FLOW SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
     NET11011           INFLUENT CHANNEL LEVEL TRANSMITTER
     IE11011            INFLUENT CHANNEL LEVEL INDICATOR
     NP11411            INFLUENT CHANNEL 1 pH and TEMPERATURE SENSOR
     NP11421            INFLUENT CHANNEL 2 pH and TEMPERATURE SENSOR
     NPT11411           INFLUENT CHANNELS pH and TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER

4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
    The sampler is provided to obtain automatic samples of the Headworks influent raw
    wastewater. The sampler shall obtain samples on timed intervals programmed into
    the sampler or paced based on the influent flow.
    Several downstream processes can be paced off the total influent flow. The step
    screens can be controlled utilizing the influent channel level in conjunction with the
    associated channel level.
    All process variables shall be made available on the HMI and trended as specified in
    specification section 17315. The Contractor shall review existing PLC-90/70
    programming and coordinate the new screens and programming to include all
    existing setpoint alarms, trending and overall functionality.


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315A-1         Headworks Influent Monitoring
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                    HEADWORKS
                                INFLUENT SCREENING
1. PURPOSE
    To remove debris from the raw wastewater stream. To transport wet screenings
    removed from the wastewater stream to the washer compactor hopper. To wash
    and compact screenings from step screens prior to discharging into dumpsters.

2. REFERENCES
     P&ID               Description
     P-11-001           HEADWORKS SCREENING HANDLING EQUIPMENT 1
     P-11-002           HEADWORKS SCREENING HANDLING EQUIPMENT 2



3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS
     Tag                Description
     SG11111            INFLUENT CHANNEL 1 SCREEN INLET GATE 1 (Manual)
     SG11121            INFLUENT CHANNEL 2 SCREEN INLET GATE 2 (Manual)
     SS11111            INFLUENT CHANNEL 1 STEP SCREEN
     SS11121            INFLUENT CHANNEL 2 STEP SCREEN
     SG11311            INFLUENT CHANNEL OUTLET CROSS OVER GATE (Manual)
     SG11411            INFLUENT CHANNEL 1 STEP SCREEN OUTLET GATE (Manual)
     SG11421            INFLUENT CHANNEL 2 STEP SCREEN OUTLET GATE (Manual)
     CVR11211           INFLUENT CHANNEL 1 SCREENINGS CONVEYOR 1
     CVR11212           INFLUENT CHANNEL 1 SCREENINGS CONVEYOR 2
     CVR11221           INFLUENT CHANNEL 2 SCREENINGS CONVEYOR 1
     CVR11222           INFLUENT CHANNEL 2 SCREENINGS CONVEYOR 2
     SWC11311           INFLUENT CHANNEL 1 SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR
     SWC11321           INFLUENT CHANNEL 2 SCREENINGS WASHER COMPACTOR
     SV-11111A          INFLUENT CHANNEL 1 STEP SCREEN SCREEN FLUSH VALVE
     SV-11111B          INFLUENT CHANNEL 1 STEP SCREEN GRIT FLUSH VALVE
     SV-11121A          INFLUENT CHANNEL 2 STEP SCREEN SCREEN FLUSH VALVE
     SV-11121B          INFLUENT CHANNEL 2 STEP SCREEN GRIT FLUSH VALVE
     SV-11311A          CHANNEL 1 SCREENINGS WASHER/COMPACTOR SHAFT VALVE
     SV-11311B          CHANNEL 1 SCREENINGS WASHER/COMPACTOR FLUSH VALVE
     SV-11311C          CHANNEL 1 SCREENINGS WASHER/COMPACTOR HOPPER VALVE
     SV-11311D          CHANNEL 1 SCREENINGS WASHER/COMPACTOR WASHING VALVE
     SV-11321A          CHANNEL 2 SCREENINGS WASHER/COMPACTOR SHAFT VALVE
     SV-11321B          CHANNEL 2 SCREENINGS WASHER/COMPACTOR FLUSH VALVE
     SV-11321C          CHANNEL 2 SCREENINGS WASHER/COMPACTOR HOPPER VALVE
     SV-11321D          CHANNEL 2 SCREENINGS WASHER/COMPACTOR WASHING VALVE




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315B-1    Headworks Influent Screening
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
     Instrument         Description
     ZSH11111           INFLUENT CHANNEL 1 STEP SCREEN POSITION SWITCH
     ZSH11121           INFLUENT CHANNEL 2 STEP SCREEN POSITION SWITCH
     SY11211            CHANNEL 1 SCREENING CONVEYOR 1 EMER. PULL CORD SWITCH
     SY11212            CHANNEL 1 SCREENING CONVEYOR 2 EMER. PULL CORD SWITCH
     SY11221            CHANNEL 2 SCREENING CONVEYOR 1 EMER. PULL CORD SWITCH
     SY11222            CHANNEL 2 SCREENING CONVEYOR 2 EMER. PULL CORD SWITCH
     SS11211            CHANNEL 1 SCREENING CONVEYOR 1 ZERO SPEED SWITCH
     SS11212            CHANNEL 1 SCREENING CONVEYOR 2 ZERO SPEED SWITCH
     SS11221            CHANNEL 2 SCREENING CONVEYOR 1 ZERO SPEED SWITCH
     SS11222            CHANNEL 2 SCREENING CONVEYOR 2 ZERO SPEED SWITCH
     ZS11311            CHANNEL 1 SCREENINGS WASHER/COMPACTOR COVER POSITION
                        SWITCH
     ZS11321            CHANNEL 2 SCREENINGS WASHER/COMPACTOR COVER POSITION
                        SWITCH
     SFL11311           CHANNEL 1 SCREENINGS WASHER/COMPACTOR FLUSH WATER LOW
                        FLOW SWITCH
     SFL11321           CHANNEL 2 SCREENINGS WASHER/COMPACTOR FLUSH WATER LOW
                        FLOW SWITCH
     NET11111           INFLUENT CHANNEL 1 LEVEL TRANSMITTER
     IE11111            INFLUENT CHANNEL 1 LEVEL INDICATOR
     NET11121           INFLUENT CHANNEL 2 LEVEL TRANSMITTER
     IE11121            INFLUENT CHANNEL 2 LEVEL INDICATOR



4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
    There are two existing influent channels in the headworks building. Two motorized
    step screens, one per influent channel, remove debris larger than ¼-inch from the
    raw wastewater stream. The screens typically operate intermittently based on time,
    differential level, or upstream level. Screens will be equipped with power monitoring,
    position switch, and a flush water system. Each screen discharges the debris into
    two dedicated screenings conveyors (positioned in series). Level transmitters
    continuously monitor each channel level as well as the common upstream channel.
    The shaftless screw screenings conveyors transport the screenings from the step
    screens approximately 15 to 25 feet to the screenings hopper of the associated
    screening washer compactors. There is one screenings washer compactor
    dedicated for each screen / conveyor train. The conveyors will typically start when
    the step screen takes a “step” and will operate for an adjustable duration to ensure
    that the screenings are fully transported from the screens to the compactors. The


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315B-2        Headworks Influent Screening
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
    conveyors will be equipped with emergency stop lanyards for the length of the
    conveyor as well as zero speed switches and current monitoring.
    Two washer/compactors, wash (remove organics) and compact the screenings
    removed from the influent wastewater stream. When initiated, the washer
    compactor executes a series of automated forward and reverse cycles, as well as
    washing cycles. The compacted screenings are discharged into a screenings
    dumpster for subsequent hauling to off-site disposal. The compactors will be
    equipped with a cover position switch, current monitoring and a flush water system.
    The washer/compactor cycle will be initiated based on an adjustable number of stair
    screen cycles. A Stormwater Mode is initiated upon high level upstream of the
    screens.
    Each influent channel is equipped with manual inlet and outlet gates for isolation and
    removing the associated screen from service and a cross-over gate that allows the
    outlet from each screen to flow to either grit basin.
    All process variables shall be made available on the HMI and trended as specified in
    specification section 17315. All equipment connected to a communication network
    shall have all monitoring status, alarm status and controls programmed and
    implemented as specified in specification section 17315. The Contractor shall
    review existing PLC-90/70 programming and coordinate the new HMI screens and
    programming to include all existing status, control, setpoint alarms, trending and
    overall functionality.

5. EQUIPMENT CONTROL
    5.1 STEP SCREEN
           Control
           Location(s)    Device(s)       Position           Action
           FIELD          MODE            HAND               Runs the step screen continuously
                          SWITCH                             Stops the step screen in any mode of
                                          OFF
                                                             operation
                                          AUTO               The step screen is controlled via the HMI
                          RESET           RESET              Resets all associated alarms
                          E-STOP                             Stops the step screen in any mode of
                                          DEPRESSED
                                                             operation
           HMI            MODE            ON                 Runs the step screen continuously
                          SWITCH                             Stops the step screen when the field
                                          OFF
                                                             switch is in Auto.
                                                             The step screen is controlled based on
                                          AUTO
                                                             the sequence described below
                          AUTOMATIC       LEVEL              If the upstream level is greater than the
                          SEQUENCE        DIFFERENTIAL       downstream level by more than the
                          CONTROL                            operator entered set differential level
                          SETUP                              value, a screening cycle will be initiated
                                                             for the duration defined below.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315B-3                   Headworks Influent Screening
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
           Control
           Location(s)    Device(s)       Position           Action
                                          UPSTREAM           If the differential level does not reach
                                          LEVEL              setpoints and the upstream level is
                                                             greater than the operator entered set
                                                             level value, a screening cycle will be
                                                             initiated for the duration defined below.
                                          FREQUENCY          If not initiated by level (differential or
                                                             upstream maximum) for an operator
                                                             entered defined length of time, a
                                                             screening cycle will automatically be
                                                             initiated for the duration defined below.
                                          DURATION           The operator entered duration time
                                                             specifies the minimum run cycle each
                                                             time the screen is initiated to run
                                                             (typically set to one step)
                          RESET           RESET              Resets associated alarms

          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
              The screens start cycle is initiated based on an operator entered differential
              level setpoint, operator entered upstream level setpoint, or after an operator
              entered time period, whichever comes first. Level deadband and a
              minimum duration timer prevent excessive cycling of the screen.
              The screen will be initiated to run continuously upon detection of an
              operator entered upstream high level setpoint until the upstream level has
              been reduced to an operator entered lower level setpoint. This high level
              condition will also initiate Storm Water Mode for the screenings compactor.
              1. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
                      •   An alarm will be initiated if the either of the associated conveyors
                          is not ready when the screen is called to run. This will not stop
                          the screen from operation.
                      •   An alarm will be initiated if the associated washer compactor is
                          not ready when the screen is called to run. This will not stop the
                          screen from operation.
                      •   The screen will not run when the washer compactor is performing
                          a washing/compacting cycle unless the screen has initiated the
                          Storm Water Mode. If called to run, it shall wait until the
                          washing/compacting cycle has completed.
                      •   The screen will shut down and an alarm will be initiated upon
                          detection of a high motor KW power condition as monitored by the
                          associated overload relay.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315B-4                    Headworks Influent Screening
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
    5.2 SCREEN SOLENOID VALVES (SCREENS)
           Control
           Location(s)     Device(s)        Position         Action
           HMI             MODE             OPEN             The valve is called to open
                           SWITCH           CLOSE            The valve is called to close
                                                             The valve is controlled based on the
                                            AUTO
                                                             sequence described below

          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
              Each valve is opened when called for in the automatic sequence. Screen
              flush water shall be initiated upon each screen cycle initiation and run for an
              operator entered time period after completion of the screen cycle. The grit
              flush water will be initiated upon detection of an operator entered number of
              screen cycles (i.e. every cycle, every other cycle, every 5th cycle, etc…) and
              shall run for an operator entered time period. The grit flush water shall also
              be initiated based on an operator designated time interval (e.g. one hour,)
              and shall run for an operator entered time duration.
              1. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
                      •   none.

    5.3 SCREENINGS CONVEYOR
           Control
           Location(s)    Device(s)       Position            Action
           FIELD          MODE                                Runs the conveyor continuously in the
                          SWITCH          HAND                direction determined by the field direction
                                                              switch position
                                                              Stops the conveyor in any mode of
                                          OFF
                                                              operation.
                                          AUTO                The conveyor is controlled via the HMI
                          DIRECTION                           Runs the conveyor continuously in the
                                          FORWARD
                          SWITCH                              forward direction.
                                                              While holding the switch in this position, the
                                                              conveyor runs continuously in the reverse
                                          REVERSE
                                                              direction. Once released, the switch will
                                                              spring return to the forward direction.
                          RESET           RESET               Resets all associated alarms
                          E-STOP                              Stops the conveyor in any mode of
                                          DEPRESSED
                                                              operation.
           HMI            MODE                                Runs the conveyor continuously in the
                                          ON
                          SWITCH                              forward direction.
                                                              Stops the conveyor when the field switch is
                                          OFF
                                                              in Auto.
                                                              The conveyor is controlled based on the
                                          AUTO
                                                              sequence described below
                          OPERATING                           The conveyor will operate periodically
                          MODE            TIMED               based on an operator entered frequency
                                                              and duration setting.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315B-5                      Headworks Influent Screening
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
           Control
           Location(s)    Device(s)       Position           Action
                                                             The conveyor will operate whenever a
                                                             screen cycle is initiated and will continue to
                                          SCREEN
                                                             run for an operator entered time duration
                                                             setting.
                          RESET           RESET              Resets all associated alarms

          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
              The two associated conveyors typically operate whenever the associated
              screen cycle is initiated. After the screen cycle is complete, the conveyors
              continue to run for an operator entered time to ensure that the screenings
              have been moved to the hopper of the associated washer compactor. If the
              associated screen operates continuously, or nearly so, the associated
              conveyors can be put into a TIMED mode by the Operator, where its on/off
              cycle is independent of the screens cycle.
              1. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
                      •   An alarm will be initiated when the conveyors are called to run
                          and the associated washer compactor is not ready. This will not
                          stop the conveyors from operation.
                      •   The conveyor will not run when the washer compactor is
                          performing a washing/compacting cycle unless the washer
                          compactor is in the Storm Water Mode. If called to run, it shall
                          wait until the washing/compacting cycle has completed.
                      •   The conveyor will shut down and an alarm will be initiated upon
                          the detection of a motor overload condition as monitored by the
                          associated overload relay.
                      •   The conveyor will shut and an alarm will be initiated upon
                          activation of the associated emergency pull cord.
                      •   An alarm will be initiated when the conveyor is called to run and
                          conveyor rotation is not detected by the associated zero speed
                          switch.

    5.4 INLET/OUTLET GATES
          A. MANUAL CONTROL
              The gates shall be manually controlled in the field by the operators based
              on the number of screens in operation.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315B-6                      Headworks Influent Screening
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
    5.5 WASHER/COMPACTOR
           Control
           Location(s)    Device(s)       Position           Action
           FIELD          MODE                               Runs the main drive continuously in the
                          SWITCH          HAND               direction as determined by the position of
                                                             the direction switch
                                                             Stops the main drive in any mode of
                                          OFF
                                                             operation.
                                          AUTO               The main drive is controlled via the HMI
                          DIRECTION                          Runs the main drive continuously in the
                                          FORWARD
                          SWITCH                             forward direction.
                                                             While holding the switch in this position, the
                                                             main drive runs continuously in the reverse
                                          REVERSE
                                                             direction. Once released, the switch will
                                                             spring return to the forward direction.
                          RESET           RESET              Resets all associated alarms
                          E-STOP                             Stops the washer/compactor in any mode of
                                          DEPRESSED
                                                             operation.
           HMI            MODE                               Runs the main drive continuously in the
                          SWITCH          ON                 direction as determined by the position of
                                                             the HMI direction switch.
                                                             Stops the main drive when the field switch
                                          OFF
                                                             is in Auto
                                                             The main drive is controlled based on the
                                          AUTO
                                                             sequence described below
                          DIRECTION                          Runs the main drive continuously in the
                                          FORWARD
                          SWITCH                             forward direction.
                                                             While holding the switch in this position, the
                                                             main drive runs continuously in the reverse
                                          REVERSE
                                                             direction. Once released, the switch will
                                                             spring return to the forward direction.
                          TIMING          SCREEN             A wash/compact cycle will automatically be
                          SETUP           CYCLES             initiated after an Operator entered number
                                                             of screen cycles are detected.
                          RESET           RESET              Resets all associated alarms
          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
              The washer compactors shall be called to run based on an Operator
              entered number of screen cycles from the associated screen or upon
              detection of high level upstream of the screens indicating a Storm Water
              Mode.
              When the washer compactor is called to run, the screw motor shall operate
              in the forward and reverse directions (pausing in between directional
              changes) with wash water introduced into the screening/compaction and
              trough zones, via the solenoid valve. The total washing time, number of
              cycles and pause times are programmable and adjustable by the operator.
              After the washing cycle is complete, the wash water is shut off and the
              motor screw operates in a forward direction compacting and pushing the
              screenings out to the dumpster.


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315B-7                     Headworks Influent Screening
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
              To protect the washer compactor against mechanical damage, the electrical
              control is to be equipped with current monitoring relay, reference jam mode
              defined below.
              If one of the following instances occurs:
                       •   the influent channel upstream of the step screens reaches an
                           operator entered level setpoint, or
                       •   the operation time of the screen exceeds an operator entered
                           time period,
              the washer compactor changes from the normal washing cycle program and
              initiates a washing peak program (Storm Water Mode). The screw drive
              motor switches to forward operation. Wash water introduction into the
              trough & screening/compaction zone is stopped.


              The following is an example of the automatic sequence. The final settings
              shall be selected by the manufacturer based on the specific conditions and
              layout of the equipment:




                                                                                    Hopper SV




                                                                                                                     Adjustable


                                                                                                                                  (seconds
                                                                                                Wash SV
                                                                                                          Flush SV




                                                                                                                                  or times)
                                                                         Shaft SV
                                                                 Motor




                                                                                                                                  Cycle
               Step        Description
               Wait        Screen Cycle Counting                                                                     X            20
               1           Compact & Wash                        F       X          X                                             12
               2           Pause & Wash                                  X                      X                    X            7
               3           Reverse & Wash                        R       X                      X                                 3
               4           Pause & Wash                                                         X                    X            7
               5           Compact & Wash                        F       X                                                        5
                           Repeat Steps 2-5 Counting                                                                 X            4
               6           Compact & Wash                        F       X                                                        10
               7           Compact                               F                                                                12
               8           Flush dewatering zone and drain pan                                            X          X            10
               Storm       See Description Below
               Jam         See Description Below

              1. STORM WATER MODE
                       •   In the event a high level is detected in the influent channel
                           upstream of the screens, the entire screening system enters
                           Storm Water Mode. In Storm Water Mode, the washer compactor
                           screw runs continuously, reversing for 3 seconds of every 45
                           seconds of forward run time. The solenoid valves are cycled on
                           for 3 seconds, off for 15 seconds during high channel operation.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315B-8                   Headworks Influent Screening
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
              2. JAM MODE
                      •   Upon detection of high motor current as monitored by the
                          overload relay, a Jam has been detected. The washer compactor
                          stops immediately and reverses operation for an operator entered
                          time period (not less than 3 seconds) and stops again. After an
                          operator entered pause time period (usually 15 seconds) the
                          machine re-starts with a washing cycle. A new reversal is only
                          possible after prior forward operation. If the overload relay detects
                          a jam condition 3 times within 5 minutes, the machine is stopped
                          and an alarm is initiated. The machine can only be re-started after
                          reset of the fault.
              3. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
                      •   An alarm will be initiated upon detection of low flow by the
                          wash/flush water system when the washflush water system is
                          called to run.
                      •   The washer compactor shall shut down and an alarm will be
                          initiated upon detection of motor overload conditions as monitored
                          be the associated overload relay.
                      •   The washer compactor shall shut down and an alarm will be
                          initiated upon detection of 3 jam detections as monitored by the
                          associated overload relay.
                      •   The washer compactor will be disabled from operation when the
                          cover has been removed and the cover position switch is
                          activated.

    5.6 SOLENOID VALVES (WASHER COMPACTOR)
           Control
           Location(s)     Device(s)        Position         Action
           HMI             MODE             OPEN             The valve is opened
                           SWITCH           CLOSE            The valve is closed
                                                             The valve is controlled based on the
                                            AUTO
                                                             sequence described below

          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
              Each washing valve is opened when called for in the automatic sequence as
              defined by the manufacturer. In addition, a Collection trough under the
              machine can be washed automatically via a solenoid valve for collection
              trough washing. Collection trough washing is started after an Operator
              entered number of washer compactor wash cycles. The solenoid valve for
              collection trough washing shall remain open for an Operator entered time
              period.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315B-9                     Headworks Influent Screening
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
              The dewatering piece can be washed via a solenoid valve. Washing of the
              dewatering piece is started after an Operator entered number of wash
              compactor wash cycles. The solenoid valve for dewatering piece washing
              shall remain open for an Operator entered time period.
              1. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
                      •   An alarm will be initiated upon detection of low flow by the
                          wash/flush water system when the washflush water system is
                          called to run.


                                      **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                        17315B-10          Headworks Influent Screening
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                             HEADWORKS
                  GRIT TANKS AND GRIT CLASSIFICATION
1. PURPOSE
To provide grit separation from screened raw wastewater, followed by grit washing and
grit classification of the grit slurry pumped from the aerated grit tanks.

2. REFERENCES
     P&ID            Description
     P-11-003        HEADWORKS GRIT HANDLING EQUIPMENT
     P-11-004        HEADWORKS GRIT HANDLING EQUIPMENT

3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS
     Tag             Description
     MOV11400        GRIT TANK AIR CONTROL VALVE
     CVR11411        GRIT TANK 1 AUGER CONVEYOR
     CVR11421        GRIT TANK 2 AUGER CONVEYOR
     SV11411         GRIT TANK 1 AUGER BEARING FLUSH WATER VALVE
     SV11421         GRIT TANK 2 AUGER BEARING FLUSH WATER VALVE
     CP11412         GRIT TANK 1 GRIT PUMP
     CP11422         GRIT TANK 2 GRIT PUMP
     HE11511         GRIT CLASSIFIER 1 MAIN DRIVE MOTOR
     HE11512         GRIT CLASSIFIER 1 AUGER MOTOR
     HE11521         GRIT CLASSIFIER 2 MAIN DRIVE MOTOR
     HE11522         GRIT CLASSIFIER 2 AUGER MOTOR
     SV11511         GRIT CLASSIFIER 1 2W VALVE
     MOV11511        GRIT CLASSIFIER 1 DRAIN VALVE
     SV11521         GRIT CLASSIFIER 2 2W VALVE
     MOV11522        GRIT CLASSIFIER 2 DRAIN VALVE



     Instrument         Description
     NF/NFT11400        GRIT TANKS AIR FLOW SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
     NF/NFT11411        GRIT TANK 1 GRIT FLOW SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
     NF/NFT11421        GRIT TANK 2 GRIT FLOW SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
     SSL11411A          GRIT TANK 1 AUGER CHAIN SPROCKET ZERO SPEED SWITCH
     SSL11411B          GRIT TANK 1 AUGER SHAFT ZERO SPEED SWITCH
     NS11411            GRIT TANK 1 AUGER SHAFT ZERO SPEED SENSOR
     SSL11421A          GRIT TANK 2 AUGER CHAIN SPROCKET ZERO SPEED SWITCH
     SSL11421B          GRIT TANK 2 AUGER SHAFT ZERO SPEED SWITCH
     NS11421            GRIT TANK 2 AUGER SHAFT ZERO SPEED SENSOR
     STHH11412A         GRIT TANK 1 GRIT PUMP MOTOR HIGH TEMPERATURE SWITCH
     STHH11412B         GRIT TANK 1 GRIT PUMP MOTOR HIGH TEMPERATURE SWITCH
     NH11412A           GRIT TANK 1 GRIT PUMP MOISTURE SENSOR



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315C-1           Headworks GritTanks
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011             and Grit Classification
     Instrument         Description
     NH11412B           GRIT TANK 1 GRIT PUMP MOISTURE SENSOR
     STHH11422A         GRIT TANK 2 GRIT PUMP MOTOR HIGH TEMPERATURE SWITCH
     STHH11422B         GRIT TANK 2 GRIT PUMP MOTOR HIGH TEMPERATURE SWITCH
     NH11422A           GRIT TANK 2 GRIT PUMP MOISTURE SENSOR
     NH11422B           GRIT TANK 2 GRIT PUMP MOISTURE SENSOR
     SFL11511           GRIT WASHER CLASSIFIER 1 UPFLOW WATER LOW FLOW SWITCH
     ZC11511            GRIT WASHER CLASSIFIER 1 ORGANICS VALVE OPEN/CLOSED
                        POSITION SWITCH
     NE/NET11511        GRIT WASHER CLASSIFIER 1 LEVEL SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
     SFL11521           GRIT WASHER CLASSIFIER 2 UPFLOW WATER LOW FLOW SWITCH
     ZC11521            GRIT WASHER CLASSIFIER 2 ORGANICS VALVE OPEN/CLOSED
                        POSITION SWITCH
     NE/NET11521        GRIT WASHER CLASSIFIER 2 LEVEL SENSOR/TRANSMITTER



4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Air from the aeration basin blowers (located in the blower building) will provide a supply
of continuous air to the coarse bubble diffusers in the headworks aerated grit tanks. A
modulating valve (located in the headworks) will control the air flow based on a flow
signal in the air line as it enters the headworks building. Air to each individual tank will
be controlled by manual values located in the headworks building on the main drops to
each tank. In addition, each tank has a valve on each drop leg to control the air flow
within the tank. A flow transmitter continuously monitors aerated air to the grit tanks.
Each aerated grit tank is equipped with a single grit hopper and intermittent running grit
auger which pulls settled grit into the grit hopper. One grit pump is dedicated to each
grit hopper and runs intermittently based on a timed basis adjustable by the Operators.
Typically the grit pumps turn on first followed by the auger. When the grit pump is
called to stop, the auger stops first followed by the grit pump. Delays for the pump run
times before and after the auger running are adjustable by the Operator.
Each hopper’s grit is fluidized into a grit slurry continuously and is not dependent on grit
pumping.
The grit slurry is pumped to the grit classifiers for processing. The classifiers are sized
based on one pump’s flow capacity (240 gpm), each pump has a designated grit
classifier and normal operation would be one pump to its designated grit classifier.
Manual piping is provided to allow both grit pumps to pump into a single grit classifier,
however, under these conditions the grit pumps will not pump at the same time. A flow
transmitter on the discharge of each grit pump continuously monitors grit flow from each
grit tank to the grit classifiers.
Two grit classifiers, one for each grit tank, will receive the slurry from no more than one
grit pump at a time. Either one or both classifiers may be operated simultaneously.
Two motors are provided with each classifier, one to mechanically induce a mixing
current in the classifier and the other to operate the auger which removes and dries the
grit after settling in the classifier. One drain valve is used for periodic removal of


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315C-2                 Headworks GritTanks
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                   and Grit Classification
organics accumulated in the center of the classifier. Organics are also removed by the
overflow pipe.
The classifier cycle will be initiated based on either of its associated grit pumps running
and will remain running for an Operator entered time period after the grit pumps are
stopped.
The classified grit is discharged into a grit dumpster for subsequent hauling to off-site
disposal.
All process variables shall be made available on the HMI and trended as specified in
specification section 17315. All equipment connected to a communication network shall
have all monitoring status, alarm status and controls programmed and implemented as
specified in specification section 17315. The Contractor shall review existing PLC-
90/70 programming and coordinate the new HMI screens and programming to include
all existing status, control, setpoint alarms, trending and overall functionality.

5. EQUIPMENT CONTROL
    5.1 GRIT TANK AIR VALVE
           Control
           Location(s)     Device(s)        Position         Action
           FIELD           MODE             LOCAL            The control valve is set into position with the
           (integral to    SWITCH                            local position potentiometer.
           MOV)                             OFF              Disables valve control in all modes.
                                            REMOTE           The valve is controlled by the HMI
                                            POSITION         The valve is manually positioned by the
                                            POT              Operator from 0 to 100 percent open.
           HMI             MODE                              The valve is positioned to an Operator
                                            MANUAL
                           SWITCH                            entered position value.
                                                             The valve is automatically positioned based
                                            AUTO
                                                             on the sequence described below

          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
             The valve is automatically positioned to maintain an Operator entered air
             flow rate to provide sufficient air to all grit tanks in operation. Air flow rate is
             monitored by an in-line flow meter.
              1. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
                   • An alarm will be initiated if the desired air flow rate is not meet
                      and the valve is fully open.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315C-3                              Headworks GritTanks
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                                and Grit Classification
    5.2 AUGER MOTOR
           Control
           Location(s)    Device(s)     Position             Action
           FIELD          MODE          HAND                 Runs the auger continuously
                          SWITCH        OFF                  Stops the auger in any mode of operation
                                        AUTO                 The auger is controlled via the HMI
                          RESET         RESET                Resets all associated alarms
           HMI            MODE          ON                   Runs the auger continuously
                          SWITCH                             Stops the auger when the field switch is in
                                        OFF
                                                             Auto
                                                             The auger is controlled based on the
                                        AUTO
                                                             sequence described below
                          RESET         RESET                Resets all associated alarms

          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
             The auger will typically run based on the operation of the grit pump in the
             associated grit tank. Upon detection of grit pump running confirmation and
             after an operator entered time period the grit auger will be called to run.
             The grit auger will run continuously until the grit pump is called to stop upon
             which the grit auger will stop.
              1. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
                   • The grit auger will shut down and an alarm will be initiated upon
                      the detection of a motor overload condition as monitored by the
                      associated overload relay.
                      •   An alarm will be initiated upon the detection of low motor current
                          as monitored by the associated overload relay.
                      •   An alarm will be initiated when the grit auger has been called to
                          run and chain sprocket rotation is not detected by the associated
                          zero speed switch.
                      •   An alarm will be initiated when the grit auger has been called to
                          run and shaft rotation is not detected by the associated zero
                          speed switch.

    5.3 2W VALVES (AUGER BEARING FLUSH)
          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
             When auger is in the Hand mode of operation and the auger is called to
             start, the flush water solenoid valve will be called to open. When the auger
             is called to stop, the flush water solenoid valve will be called to close. When
             the auger is in the Auto mode of operation, the auger flush water solenoid
             valve will be called to open when the associated grit pump is called to run
             prior to starting the grit auger. The flush water solenoid valve would then be
             called to close when the grit auger is called to stop.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315C-4                             Headworks GritTanks
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                               and Grit Classification
    5.4 GRIT PUMPS
           Control
           Location(s)    Device(s)      Position            Action
           FIELD          MODE           HAND                Runs the pump continuously
                          SWITCH         OFF                 Stops the pump in any mode of operation
                                         AUTO                The pump is controlled via the HMI
                          RESET          RESET               Resets all associated alarms
           HMI            MODE           ON                  Runs the pump continuously
                          SWITCH                             Stops the pump when the field switch is in
                                         OFF
                                                             Auto
                                                             The pump is controlled based on the Mode
                                         AUTO
                                                             sequence selected and described below
                          RESET          RESET               Resets all associated alarms
           HMI            NORMAL         REPEAT              The pump will run for an Operator entered
                          MODE           CYCLE TIME          time period and stop for an Operator
                                                             entered time period.
                          CROSS          ALTERNATE           Both grit tank grit pumps will operate based
                          OVER           REPEAT              on a similar repeat cycle time as the normal
                          MODE           CYCLE TIME          mode but the pumps shall alternate
                                                             operation such that both pumps are not
                                                             called to run at the same time.

          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
             The Normal mode of operation is grit tank 1 grit pump discharging to its
             dedicated grit washer classifier 1 and grit tank 2 grit pump discharging to its
             dedicated grit washer classifier 2 on a repeat timed cycle. In the event that
             a grit washer classifier is taken out of service, manual valving will allow two
             grit pumps to discharge into an individual grit washer classifier. Under this
             configuration the Cross Over mode of operation must be selected to allow
             both grit tank grit pumps to discharge to the individual grit washer classifier.
             The pumps will then operate based on a repeat timed cycle but alternating
             pump operation such that both pumps are not operated simultaneously.
              1. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
                   • When in the Normal mode of operation, the grit pump will not start
                      if the associate grit classifier is not ready.
                      •   When in the Cross Over mode of operation, the grit pump will not
                          start if the associated grit classifier is not ready or is already in
                          operation based on the operator of the other grit pump.
                      •   The grit pump will shut down and an alarm will be initiated upon
                          the detection of motor high temperature.
                      •   The grit pump will shut down and an alarm will be initiated upon
                          the detection of motor high moisture.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315C-5                            Headworks GritTanks
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                              and Grit Classification
    5.5 GRIT WASHER / CLASSIFIER MAIN DRIVE (MIXER)
           Control
           Location(s)    Device(s)     Position             Action
           FIELD          MODE          HAND                 Runs the mixer continuously
                          SWITCH        OFF                  Stops the mixer in any mode of operation
                                        AUTO                 The mixer is controlled via the HMI
                          RESET         RESET                Resets all associated alarms
           HMI            MODE          ON                   Runs the mixer continuously
                          SWITCH                             Stops the mixer when the field switch is in
                                        OFF
                                                             Auto
                                                             The mixer is controlled based on the
                                        AUTO
                                                             sequence described below
                          RESET         RESET                Resets all associated alarms
                          FINISHING                          The mixer will operate for an Operator
                          CYCLE         TIME                 entered time period upon a call to stop after
                          SETUP                              the associated grit pump(s) has stopped.

    5.6 GRIT WASHER / CLASSIFIER AUGER
           Control
           Location(s)    Device(s)     Position             Action
           FIELD          MODE          HAND                 Runs the auger continuously
                          SWITCH        OFF                  Stops the auger in any mode of operation
                                        AUTO                 The auger is controlled via the HMI
                          RESET         RESET                Resets all associated alarms
                          E-STOP        DEPRESSED            Stops the auger in any mode of operation
           HMI            MODE          ON                   Runs the auger continuously
                          SWITCH                             Stops the auger when the field switch is in
                                        OFF
                                                             Auto
                                                             The auger is controlled based on settled grit
                                        AUTO
                                                             level described below
                           RESET        RESET                Resets all associated alarms
                          FINISHING                          The auger will operate for an Operator
                          CYCLE         TIME                 entered time period upon a call to stop after
                          SETUP                              the associated grit pump(s) has stopped.
                          GRIT                               The grit auger will be called to run upon
                          LEVEL         MAXIMUM              detection of an Operator entered maximum
                                                             level setpoint.
                                                             The grit auger will be called to stop upon
                                        MINIMUM              detection of an Operator entered minimum
                                                             level setpoint.

          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
             Upon a call to run for the grit washer classifier the solenoid valve for the
             upflow water opens and the mixer motor is called to run after an Operator
             entered time delay. Once the cleaning cycle begins, the auger motor is
             controlled based on the Operator entered settled grit level setpoints. Grit is
             removed by the grit auger and organic material separated from the grit is
             removed by the organics valve.


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315C-6                             Headworks GritTanks
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                               and Grit Classification
              The grit washer is fed with a grit slurry from the grit pumps into the upper
              conical chamber of the grit washer. Grit washing (separation of organics
              from grit material), then takes place in the cylindrical (bottom) chamber. A
              defined amount of upflow water (process water) is added to create a grit
              fluidized bed.
              After removal of the organic material the clean grit is automatically removed
              (intermittently) by the screw drive auger motor depending on the amount of
              settled grit inside the grit washer. During removal, the grit is statically
              dewatered and discharged into a dumpster via the auger.
              The amount of grit inside the cylindrical chamber is continuously measured
              by a level transmitter. The allowable grit quantity has a programmable
              range. When a defined amount of grit is measured inside the chamber, the
              screw motor is called to start. It is stopped again when the value falls below
              the lower end of the range. Grit removal is only possible during washing
              cycles. However, the grit removal may last longer depending on the length
              of wash cycle.
              When the grit pumps turn on, the grit washer starts for an Operator entered
              duration, during which time both the upflow solenoid valve and mixer motor
              operate. After the completion of this cycle, the organic material that has
              remained inside the washer unit is automatically removed by a motorized
              valve call to open. This organics valve shall remain open for an Operator
              entered time duration. The frequency of organics removal during plant
              operation is Operator adjustable. When called to stop the grit washer, the
              organics valve will open after the expiration of the defined duration, or after
              termination of grit removal.
              The organics valve is provided with OPEN and CLOSE position switches for
              monitoring. Whenever the organics valve motor opens, the upflow solenoid
              valve and mixer motor must operate until the organics valve motor has
              returned into the CLOSED end position. After the organics valve motor has
              closed, the upflow solenoid valve and mixer motor shall continue to operate.
              1. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
                   • The grit washer classifier mixer will shut down and an alarm will
                      be initiated upon the detection of a motor overload condition as
                      monitored by the associated overload relay.
                      •   The grit washer classifier auger will shut down and an alarm will
                          be initiated upon the detection of a motor overload condition as
                          monitored by the associated overload relay.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315C-7                  Headworks GritTanks
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                    and Grit Classification
    5.7 GRIT WASHER CLASSIFER DRAIN ORGANICS VALVE
           Control
           Location(s)    Device(s)     Position             Action
           HMI            MODE          OPEN                 The valve is called to open
                          SWITCH        CLOSE                The valve is called to close
                                                             The valve is controlled based on the
                                        AUTO
                                                             sequence described below
                          TIMING        FREQUENCY            The valve closes for an Operator entered
                          CYCLE                              time duration between organics discharge
                                                             cycles
                                        DURATION             The valve opens for an Operator entered
                                                             time duration for organics discharge.

          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
             When the organics motor operated valve is called to open, the mixer motor
             is in operation, the upflow water solenoid valve open and active throughout
             the entire opening time. The organics valve is opened according to the
             following scenarios: 1) Opening timing cycle, 2) Opening with continuous
             grit washer operation, or 3) opening at the end of the run-on time

              1) Organics discharge via timer
              There are 2 programmable parameters: Time (start time of 1st organics
              discharge); and Duration (pause time between organics discharges).
              2) Opening with continuous Grit Washer operation
              If the grit washer runs for a longer time (extreme case would be 24 hrs), the
              organics valve motor will open during feeding.
              3) Opening at the end of the run-on time
              Organics discharge always takes place at the end of the run-on time of the
              Grit Washer. Grit discharge must have taken place during the last grit
              washing.
              The organics valve motor opening time is freely programmable. The
              organics valve has two limit switches (OPEN/CLOSED).
              1. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
                   • An alarm will be initiated if the organics valve does not reach full
                      open or closed position when called to open or close.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315C-8                           Headworks GritTanks
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                             and Grit Classification
    5.8 SOLENOID VALVES (GRIT WASHER / CLASSIFIER) FLUSH WATER
           Control
           Location(s)     Device(s)        Position         Action
           HMI             MODE             OPEN             The valve is opened
                           SWITCH           CLOSE            The valve is closed
                                                             The valve is controlled based on the
                                            AUTO
                                                             sequence described below

          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
             Each valve is opened when called for in the grit washer classifier automatic
             sequence.
              1. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
                   • An alarm will be initiated upon detection of flush water low flow.


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315C-9                            Headworks GritTanks
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                              and Grit Classification
                          HEADWORKS
                HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE MONITORING
                       AND HVAC CONTROL
1. PURPOSE
To provide monitoring of the headworks screen area hazardous atmosphere and the
control and monitoring of the headworks building HVAC equipment.

2. REFERENCES
     P&ID            Description
     P-11-001        HEADWORKS SCREENINGS HANDLING EQUIPMENT 1
     H-11-101        HEADWORKS AIRFLOW SCHEMATIC
     I-00-004        LOCAL CONTROL PANELS DETAIL

3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS
     Tag             Description
     LCP11000A       HEADWORKS SOUTH ENTRANCE VENTILATION AND COMBUSTIBLE GAS
                     GO-NO GO PANEL
     LCP11000B       HEADWORKS WEST ENTRANCE VENTILATION AND COMBUSTIBLE GAS
                     GO-NO GO PANEL
     LCP11000C       HEADWORKS NORTH ENTRANCE VENTILATION AND COMBUSTIBLE GAS
                     GO-NO GO PANEL
     YL11000         HEADWORKS SCREENINGS ROOM VISUAL EVACUATION ALARM
     HRN11000        HEADWORKS SCREENINGS ROOM AUDIBLE EVACUATION ALARM
     AHU11913        HEADWORKS DUMPSTER ROOM AIR HANDLING UNIT
     MOD11913        HEADWORKS DUMPSTER ROOM AHU MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER
     AHU11933        HEADWORKS SCREENINGS ROOM AIR HANDLING UNIT
     MOD11933        HEADWORKS SCREENINGS ROOM AHU MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER
     EF11911         HEADWORKS GRIT ROOM EXHAUST FAN 1
     EF11912         HEADWORKS GRIT ROOM EXHAUST FAN 2
     EF11914         HEADWORKS DUMPSTER ROOM EXHAUST FAN
     EF11930         HEADWORKS STEP SCREEN HOODS EXHAUST FAN
     EF11931         HEADWORKS SCREENINGS ROOM EXHAUST FAN 1
     EF11932         HEADWORKS SCREENINGS ROOM EXHAUST FAN 2
     EF11934         HEADWORKS INFLUENT CHANNEL EXHAUST FAN




     Instrument         Description
     NIT11000           HEADWORKS HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE CONTROLLER
     SCH11000           HEADWORKS COMBUSTIBLE GAS LEL HIGH SWITCH
     NTT11913           HEADWORKS DUMPSTER ROOM AHU DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE
                        SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
     SFL11931           HEADWORKS EXHAUST FAN 1 LOW AIR FLOW
     SFL11932           HEADWORKS EXHAUST FAN 2 LOW AIR FLOW


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315D-1   Headworks Hazardous Atmosphere
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011        Monitoring and HVAC Control
     Instrument         Description
     NTT11933           HEADWORKS SCREENINGS ROOM AHU DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE
                        SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
     SFL11933           HEADWORKS SCREENINGS ROOM AHU LOW AIR FLOW
     DSD11933           HEADWORKS SCREENINGS ROOM AHU DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR



4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The Headworks screenings room is monitored by a common hazardous atmosphere
controller with individual sensors for low O2, high CO, high H2S and high LEL
combustible gas levels. The controller provides a common alarm output when any one
of the monitored gas sensors has detected an abnormal condition. In addition, the
controller will provide a separate high LEL combustible gas alarm output that will initiate
an alarm for the SCADA system and will activate the combustible gas detection audible
and visual alarms at the GO/NO GO panels and in the screenings room.
The HVAC systems provide ventilation for the Headworks building. The screenings
room HVAC system is required to provide a minimum of 12 air changes per hour to
meet NFPA 820 codes. This system is monitored for ventilation failure to provide code
required visual and audible alarm notification. Upon detection of failure, visual and
audible alarms are activated at the GO/NO GO panels and in the room.
The HVAC equipment will be controlled by selector switches located in the HVAC panel.
The Auto functionality of the equipment shall be programmed to match the existing
control scheme and/or as defined in the HVAC control specifications. The screenings
room and dumpster room air handling units are equipped with a duct temperature
transmitter and motor operated dampers. The motor operated dampers are modulated
to maintain an Operator entered discharge temperature setpoint. Duct smoke detectors
shall shut down the associated equipment and initiate an alarm on the HMI.
All process variables shall be made available on the HMI and trended as specified in
specification section 17315. All equipment connected to a communication network
shall have all monitoring status, alarm status and controls programmed and
implemented as specified in specification section 17315. All hardwired monitoring
signals shall be similarly programmed and implemented. The Contractor shall review
existing PLC-90/70 programming and coordinate the new HMI screens and
programming to include all existing status, control, setpoint alarms, trending and overall
functionality.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315D-2     Headworks Hazardous Atmosphere
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011          Monitoring and HVAC Control
5. EQUIPMENT CONTROL
    5.1 GO/NO GO PANELS
           Control
           Location(s)     Device(s)         Position        Action
           FIELD           PUSHBUTTON        SILENCE         Momentary depression of the silence/test
           South, West                                       pushbutton will silence the alarm horn.
           and North                         TEST            Depressing the pushbutton for a period
           entrances                                         longer than two seconds will cause the horn
                                                             to sound for one second, and all panel lights
                                                             and beacon will be activated. The lights and
                                                             strobe will turn off when the pushbutton is
                                                             released.

          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
          The ventilation NORMAL lights will be activated when the air flow is at the fan
          designed velocity. The ventilation FAILURE lights, alarm horn, and alarm
          beacon or strobe will be activated when the air flow drops below the fan
          designed velocity. The combustible gas NORMAL lights will be activated when
          the combustible gas concentration is below the LEL alarm setpoint. The
          combustible gas ALARM lights, alarm horn, and alarm beacon or strobe will be
          activated when the combustible gas concentration reaches the LEL setpoint.
          The alarm horn is silenced when the silence/test pushbutton is momentarily
          depressed. The alarm lights and beacon will remain illuminated until the
          ventilation velocity returns to normal or the combustible gas concentration
          drops below the LEL setpoint. Depressing the silence/test pushbutton
          continuously for more than two seconds will cause the alarm horn to sound for
          one second, illuminate all lights on the panels and activate associated beacons
          or strobes, releasing the pushbutton will return all lights, beacons or strobes to
          their normal state.
                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315D-3                 Headworks Hazardous Atmosphere
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                      Monitoring and HVAC Control
                                HEADWORKS
                          SANITARY PUMPING SYSTEM
1. PURPOSE
The existing sanitary sump collects drainage from the site and two submersible pumps
pump it back into the headworks influent channel.

2. REFERENCES
None

3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS
     Tag             Description
     SSP1            SANITARY PUMP 1
     SSP2            SANITARY PUMP 2


     Instrument         Description
     SEL-SSP            SANITARY SUMP LOW LEVEL SWITCH
     SEM-SSP            SANITARY SUMP MEDIUM LEVEL SWITCH
     SEH-SSP            SANITARY SUMP HIGH LEVEL SWITCH



4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Drainage from the plant is collected in the sanitary sump and is then pumped into the
headworks influent channel. Float level switches in the sump control the submersible
pumps.
All equipment connected to a communication network shall have all monitoring status,
alarm status and controls programmed and implemented as specified in specification
section 17315. The Contractor shall review existing PLC-90/70 programming and
coordinate the new HMI screens and programming to include all existing status, control,
setpoint alarms, trending and overall functionality.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315E-1              Headworks Sanitary
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  Pumping System
5. EQUIPMENT CONTROL
    5.1 SANITARY SUMP PUMP
           Control
           Location(s)    Device(s)     Position             Action
           FIELD          MODE          HAND                 Runs the pump continuously
                          SWITCH        OFF                  Stops the pump in any mode of operation
                                        AUTO                 The pump is controlled via the HMI
                          RESET         RESET                Resets all associated alarms
           HMI            MODE          ON                   Runs the pump continuously
                          SWITCH                             Stops the pump when the field switch is in
                                        OFF
                                                             Auto
                                        AUTO                 The pump is controlled based on sump level
                          RESET         RESET                Resets all associated alarms


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315E-2                             Headworks Sanitary
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                                 Pumping System
                           DIGESTERS
              MONITORING AND SLUDGE FILL AND DRAW
1. PURPOSE
    Allow the digesters to operate in single-stage parallel mode. The digesters currently
    operate in two-stage series mode, with gravity transfer of sludge from Digester 1 to
    Digester 2. The improvements will allow sludge to be fed and drawn from both
    digesters, with isolation between the two digesters.
    Retain the ability to operate in two-stage series mode, if desired.
    Bypass the external sludge transfer box, which exposes the sludge to atmospheric
    air. When the digesters operate in two-stage series mode, sludge will be transferred
    via gravity between Digester 1 and Digester 2 through an internal standpipe without
    exposure to atmospheric air. In parallel mode, Digester 1 will overflow through
    external sludge transfer box. The overflow will continue to flow back to the
    headworks.

2. REFERENCES
           P&ID            Description
           P-25-001        SLUDGE RECIRCULATION PUMPS AND HEAT EXCHANGERS
           P-25-002        SLUDGE MIXING DIGESTER 1
           P-25-003        SLUDGE MIXING DIGESTER 2
           P-26-001        BIOSOLIDS SCREEN FEED PUMPS

3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS
           Tag              Description
           MOV25100         DIGESTER 1 INLET VALVE
           MOV25200         DIGESTER 2 INLET VALVE
           GDR26001         BIOSOLIDS GRINDER 1 (EXISTING)
           GDR26002         BIOSOLIDS GRINDER 2
           PDP26041         BIOSOLIDS SCREEN FEED PUMP 1 (EXISTING)
           PDP26042         BIOSOLIDS SCREEN FEED PUMP 2 (EXISTING)



           Instrument               Description
           NF/NFT25100A             INFLUENT SLUDGE FLOW SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
           NFT25100B                INFLUENT SLUDGE FLOW SENSOR/TRANSMITTER (BACKUP)
           NET25110                 DIGESTER 1 LEVEL TRANSMITTER
           NET25210                 DIGESTER 2 LEVEL TRANSMITTER
           SEH25100                 DIGESTER 1 OVERFLOW LEVEL SWITCH
           SEH25200                 DIGESTER 2 OVERFLOW LEVEL SWITCH
           NF/NFT25600              DIGESTER OVERFLOW FLOW SENSOR/TRANSMITTER




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315F-1                Digesters Monitoring and
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                     Sludge Fill and Draw
4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
  4.1 TWO-STAGE SERIES OPERATION
        During two-stage series operation, the inlet and outlet valves to Digester 1 and
        Digester 2 will assume the following positions:
        •   Inlet valve to Digester 1 (MOV25100) open.
        •   Inlet valve to Digester 2 (MOV25200) closed.
        TPS and TWAS will flow into Digester 1 and then flow via gravity to Digester 2.
        Level in Digester 2 will fluctuate based on Operator-selectable high and low level
        setpoints. Level is continuously monitored by the SCADA system via level
        transmitter NET25210. When the high level setpoint is reached, the Operator
        selected existing Screen Feed Pump 1 (PDP26041) or Screen Feed Pump 2
        (PDP26042) will be activated. When the low level setpoint is reached, the
        selected pump will shut down.

  4.2 SINGLE-STAGE PARALLEL OPERATION
        During single-stage parallel operation, the motorized inlet valves to Digester 1
        (MOV25100) and Digester 2 (MOV25200) will open and close to feed sludge in
        alternating fashion. TPS and TWAS will be batch-fed alternately to Digester 1
        and Digester 2 with a switchover interval of 15 minutes. The switchover interval
        shall be Operator-adjustable from 10 to 30 minutes.
        Sludge will be drawn from each digester with a dedicated grinder and screen
        feed pump (GDR26001 and PDP26041 for Digester 2 and GDR26002 and
        PDP26042 for Digester 1). Level in both digesters will fluctuate based on
        Operator-selectable high and low level setpoints. Pumpdown of each digester will
        occur when the level in each digester reaches the corresponding high setpoint.
        Level will be measured by level transmitters located near the bottom of each
        digester wall (NET25110 and NET2510) with signals continuously monitored by
        the SCADA system. When the level in the digesters reaches the low level
        setpoint, the corresponding grinder and screen feed pump will shut down.
        Grinder operation shall be interlocked with screen feed pump operation.

  4.3 MONITORING
        A flow transmitter on the common digester overflow line continuously monitors
        digester overflow to the headworks.
        A flow transmitter on the TPS/TWAS and TPS/TWAS backup feed lines
        continuously monitors TPS and TWAS flow to the digesters.
        A level transmitter on digester 2 cover continuously monitors the floating roof
        level.
        A level switch on digester 1 monitors foam high level. Upon activation an alarm
        will be initiated.


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315F-2             Digesters Monitoring and
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                  Sludge Fill and Draw
        All process variables shall be made available on the HMI and trended as
        specified in specification section 17315. All equipment connected to a
        communication network shall have all monitoring status, alarm status and
        controls programmed and implemented as specified in specification section
        17315. The Contractor shall review existing PLC-90/70 programming and
        coordinate the new HMI screens and programming to include all existing status,
        control, setpoint alarms, trending and overall functionality.

5. EQUIPMENT CONTROL
  5.1 DIGESTER MODE SELECTION
           Location(s)     Device(s)        Position         Action
           HMI             DIGESTER         TWO STAGE        Open digester 1 feed valve MOV25100
                           OPERATION        SERIES           and close digester 2 feed valve
                           MODE                              MOV25200. Operates grinder GDR26001
                                                             and the Operator selected pump mode
                                                             based on Digester 2 level.
                                            SINGLE           Opens and closes both digester feed
                                            STAGE            valves for an Operator entered time
                                            PARALLEL         duration alternating feed between
                                                             digesters. Operates dedicated grinders
                                                             and screen feed pumps based on the
                                                             associated digester level.
                           PUMP             DUTY             The Operator selects either pump
                           SELECTION                         PDP26041 or PDP26042 to operate
                           MODE                              based on Digester 2 level.
                                            DUTY             Causes the pumps to start based on the
                                            ALTERNATE        operator selected DUTY pump.
                                                             DUTY/STANDBY selection is switched
                                                             each time the digester low level is
                                                             reached and the pump is stopped.

          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
              Control of the digester feed valves MOV25100 and MOV25200 shall be
              interlinked so that at least one valve is open at all times, preventing the TPS
              and TWAS feed pumps from pumping against two closed valve.
              During single-stage parallel operation, pumpdown of Digester 1 will take
              priority over pumpdown of Digester 2, since Digester 2 has a floating cover.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315F-3                     Digesters Monitoring and
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                          Sludge Fill and Draw
  5.2 DIGESTER INLET VALVES
           Location(s)     Device(s)        Position         Action
           FIELD           MODE             LOCAL            The motor operated valve is initiated open
           (integral to    SWITCH                            and closed via the valve operators
           MOV)                                              integral controls.
                                            OFF              Disables valve in all modes of operation.
                                            REMOTE           Valve controlled via the HMI
           HMI             MODE             OPEN             Opens the valve.
                           SWITCH           CLOSE            Closes the valve.
                                            AUTO             The valve is opened and closed as
                                                             determined by the digester mode of
                                                             operation selected by the Operator.

          A. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
              An alarm will be initiated if the valve is called to open or close and the full
              open or close position has not been detected within an Operator entered
              set time period.

  5.3 BIOSOLIDS GRINDERS
           Location(s)     Device(s)        Position         Action
           FIELD           MODE             HAND             Runs the grinder continuously.
           (on ECP)        SWITCH           OFF              Stops the grinder.
                                            AUTO             Grinder controlled via HMI as defined
                                                             below.

          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
              When the digesters are in the Two Stage Series mode of operation, grinder
              GDR26001 will be called to run when either biosolids screen feed pump is
              called to run. Grinder GDR26002 will not be required to operate.
              When the digesters are in the Single Stage Parallel mode of operation,
              grinder GDR26001 will be dedicated to boisolids feed pump PDP26041 and
              digester 2 and will be called to run when the pump is called to run based on
              digester 2 level. Grinder GDR26002 will be dedicated to boisolids feed
              pump PDP26042 and digester 1 and will be called to run when the pump is
              called to run based on digester 1 level.
              1. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
                 •   An alarm will be initiated and the corresponding screen pump shut
                     down upon activation of grinder common alarm.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315F-4                       Digesters Monitoring and
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                            Sludge Fill and Draw
  5.4 BIOSOLIDS SCREEN FEED PUMPS
           Control
           Location(s)    Device(s)      Position            Action
           FIELD          MODE           HAND                Runs the pump continuously
                          SWITCH         OFF                 Stops the pump in any mode of operation
                                         AUTO                The pump is controlled via the HMI
           HMI            MODE           ON                  Runs the pump continuously
                          SWITCH                             Stops the pump when the field switch is in
                                         OFF
                                                             Auto
                                                             The pump is controlled based on the
                                         AUTO                Digester Mode sequence selected and
                                                             described below

          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
              When the digesters are in the Two Stage Series mod of operation, and the
              Duty pump mode of operation is selected, the selected pump will operate
              based on digester level: The pump will start upon detection of an Operator
              entered high level setpoint and stop upon detection of an Operator entered
              low level setpoint. The other pump will not be required to operate. If the
              Duty Alternate pump mode of operation is selected both pumps will operate
              in an alternating sequence with the duty pump selected starting the
              sequence and alternating pumps each time the digester low level setpoint is
              reached. Whenever either pump is called to run, GDR26001 will be called
              to run.
              When the digesters are in the Single Stage Parallel mode of operation,
              pump PDP26042 and GDR26002 will be dedicated to digester 1 and will be
              called to run when the digester level reaches an Operator entered high level
              setpoint and called to stop when the digester level reaches an Operator
              entered low level setpoint. Pump PDP26041 and GDR260041 will be
              dedicated to digester 2 and will be called to when the digester level reaches
              an Operator entered high level setpoint and called to stop when the digester
              level reaches an Operator entered low level setpoint.
              1. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
                 •   The pump will shut down and an alarm will be initiated upon detection
                     of pump high discharge pressure.
                 •   An alarm will be initiated for either digester upon detection of an
                     Operator entered digester high level setpoint.
                 •   An alarm will be initiated upon detection of digester over flow.


                                       **END OF SECTION**



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315F-5                         Digesters Monitoring and
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                              Sludge Fill and Draw
                                   DIGESTERS
                              RECIRCULATION PUMPS
1. PURPOSE
    The existing recirculation pumps and heat exchangers currently operate without any
    permanent instrumentation for feedback or monitoring. Strap-on flow meters are
    used to spot-check flow, but they are not connected to the SCADA system.
    The addition of electromagnetic flow meters on the sludge recirculation pipes will
    allow plant staff to remotely monitor the output of the recirculation pumps and will
    provide alerts when output drops below an operator-specified amount. A
    temperature transmitter on each digester continuously monitors digested sludge
    temperature.
   All process variables shall be made available on the HMI and trended as specified in
   specification section 17315. All equipment connected to a communication network
   shall have all monitoring status, alarm status and controls programmed and
   implemented as specified in specification section 17315. The Contractor shall
   review existing PLC-90/70 programming and coordinate the new HMI screens and
   programming to include all existing status, control, setpoint alarms, trending and
   overall functionality.

  2. REFERENCES
           P&ID            Description
           P-25-001        SLUDGE RECIRCULATION PUMPS AND HEAT EXCHANGERS

  3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS
           Tag             Description
           CP25301         RECIRCULATION PUMP 1 (EXISTING)
           CP25302         RECIRCULATION PUMP 2 (EXISTING)
           CP25303         RECIRCULATION PUMP 3 (EXISTING)
           SV25301         RECIRCULATION PUMP 1 SEAL WATER SOLENOID VALVE (EXISTING)
           SV25302         RECIRCULATION PUMP 2 SEAL WATER SOLENOID VALVE (EXISTING)
           SV25303         RECIRCULATION PUMP 3 SEAL WATER SOLENOID VALVE (EXISTING)
           HX25301         HEAT EXCHANGER 1 (EXISTING)
           HX25302         HEAT EXCHANGER 2 (EXISTING)
           HX25302         HEAT EXCHANGER 3 (EXISTING)




           Instrument      Description
           NFT25300A       RECIRCULATED SLUDGE FLOW METER 1
           NFT25300B       RECIRCULATED SLUDGE FLOW METER 2
           NTT25110        DIGESTER 1 SLUDGE TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER
           NTT25210        DIGESTER 2 SLUDGE TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315G-1         Digesters Recirculation Pumps
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
  4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
    4.1 RECIRCULATION PUMPS
          The recirculation pumps run at constant speed and are called to start and stop
          based on signals from the SCADA system. The recirculation pumps have two-
          speed motors. Each recirculation pump is connected to a dedicated heat
          exchanger. Each recirculation pump has a seal water solenoid valve that is
          called to operate any time the associated pump is called to run.

    4.2 DIGESTER 1 SLUDGE HEATING
          •   Sludge from Digester 1 is recirculated by Recirculation Pump 2 (CP25302)
              and Heat Exchanger 3 (HX25303).

          •   Recirculation Pump 1 (CP25301) and Heat Exchanger 2 (HX25302) provide
              additional capacity for Digester 1.

    4.3 DIGESTER 2 SLUDGE HEATING
          •   Sludge from Digester 2 is recirculated by Recirculation Pump 3 (CP25303)
              and Heat Exchanger 1 (HX25301).

          •   Recirculation Pump 1 (CP25301) and Heat Exchanger 2 (HX25302) can
              provide back up recirculation and heating for Digester 2, by opening and
              closing the manual isolation valves.

  5. DIGESTER RECIRCULATION PUMPS
           Location(s)     Device(s)        Position         Action
           Field           HOA SWITCH       HAND             Runs the pump continuously at slow or
                                                             fast speed determined by the position of
                                                             the field speed selection switch.
                                            OFF              Stops the pump in any mode of operation.
                                            AUTO             Pump controlled via the HMI
                           SPEED            FAST             Runs the pump continuously at a high
                           SELECTION                         speed.
                                            SLOW             Runs the pump continuously at a low
                                                             speed.
                           RESET            RESET            Resets all associated alarms.
                           E-STOP           DEPRESSED        Stops the pump in any mode of operation.
           HMI             MODE             ON               Runs the pump continuously at slow or
                           SWITCH                            fast speed determined by the Operator
                                                             selected speed
                                            OFF              Stops the pump when the field switch is in
                                                             Auto
                                            AUTO             The pump will operate periodically based
                                                             on an Operator entered frequency and
                                                             duration setting.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315G-2                  Digesters Recirculation Pumps
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
           Location(s)     Device(s)        Position         Action
                           SPEED            FAST             Runs the pump continuously at a high
                           SELECTION                         speed.
                                            SLOW             Runs the pump continuously at a low
                                                             speed.
                           RESET            RESET            Resets all associated alarms.
                           SEAL WATER                        Sets timers for seal water.
                           SETUP

          A. SEAL WATER STRATEGY
              Each pump shall be supplied with external seal water. On starting a pump,
              the seal water flow shall run for an Operator set time prior to starting the
              pump. Reference seal water control strategy.

              1. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
              •   An alarm will be initiated if the flow from the recirculation pumps and
                  heat exchangers falls below an Operator entered setpoint.

              •   An alarm will be initiated if the digested sludge temperature falls below
                  an Operator entered setpoint.


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315G-3                 Digesters Recirculation Pumps
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                        DIGESTERS
                                      SLUDGE MIXING
1. PURPOSE
    The existing gas mixing system will be replaced with a pump mixing system. The
    digester mixing pumps will recirculate anaerobically digested sludge through a ring
    of jet nozzles in each digester to mix the sludge and maintain homogenous density
    and consistent temperature throughout the tank.

2. REFERENCES
           P&ID            Description
           P-25-001        SLUDGE RECIRCULATION PUMPS AND HEAT EXCHANGERS
           P-25-002        SLUDGE MIXING DIGESTER 1
           P-25-003        SLUDGE MIXING DIGESTER 2

3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS
           Tag              Description
           CP25101          DIGESTER MIXING PUMP 1
           CP25201          DIGESTER MIXING PUMP 2
           (N/A)            SPARE PUMP



           Instrument               Description
           NUT25101A                DIGESTER MIXING PUMP 1 INLET PRESSURE
                                    INDICATOR/TRANSMITTER
           NUT25101B                DIGESTER MIXING PUMP 1 OUTLET PRESSURE
                                    INDICATOR/TRANSMITTER
           NUT25201A                DIGESTER MIXING PUMP 2 INLET PRESSURE
                                    INDICATOR/TRANSMITTER
           NUT25201B                DIGESTER MIXING PUMP 2 OUTLET PRESSURE
                                    INDICATOR/TRANSMITTER
           SFLL25101                DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP SEAL WATER LOW FLOW SWITCH
           SFLL25201                DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP SEAL WATER LOW FLOW SWITCH

4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
    Three horizontal non-clog centrifugal chopper pumps will be provided for digester
    mixing, one duty pump for each digester and one "shelf" spare pump. Each pump
    will have a suction pipe which draws sludge from the bottom center of the tank and a
    discharge pipe which feeds a ring of jet nozzles in the tank. The sludge level in the
    digesters may fluctuate by a few feet, but tank level will not affect mixing pump
    operation. The constant speed mixing pumps will operate continuously or at
    adjustable time intervals. Pressure indicator/transmitters on the pump inlet and outlet
    pipes will continuously monitor associated pressures and notify plant staff of


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315H-1             Digesters Sludge Mixing
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
    blockages in the piping. Each pump has a seal water solenoid valve that is called to
    operate any time the associated pump is called to run.
    All process variables shall be made available on the HMI and trended as specified in
    specification section 17315. All equipment connected to a communication network
    shall have all monitoring status, alarm status and controls programmed and
    implemented as specified in specification section 17315.

5. EQUIPMENT CONTROL
    5.1 DIGESTER MIXING PUMPS
           Location(s)     Device(s)        Position         Action
           Field           HOA SWITCH       HAND             Runs the pump continuously.
                                            OFF              Stops the pump in any mode of operation.
                                            AUTO             Pump controlled via the HMI
                           RESET            RESET            Resets all associated alarms.
           HMI             MODE             ON               Runs the pump continuously.
                           SWITCH           OFF              Stops the pump when the field switch is in
                                                             Auto
                                            AUTO             The pump will operate periodically based
                                                             on an Operator entered frequency and
                                                             duration setting.
                           RESET            RESET            Resets all associated alarms.
                           SEAL WATER                        Sets timers for seal water
                           SETUP

          A. SEAL WATER STRATEGY
              Each pump shall be supplied with external seal water. On starting a pump,
              the seal water flow shall run for an Operator set time prior to starting the
              pump. Reference seal water control strategy.
              1. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
                   •   The pump will shut down and an alarm will be initiated upon detection
                       of seal water low flow.
                   •   The pump will shut down and an alarm will be initiated upon detection
                       of high motor winding temperature.
                   •   The pump will shut down and an alarm will be initiated if the inlet or
                       discharge pressure exceeds an Operator entered setpoint.


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315H-2                       Digesters Sludge Mixing
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                          DIGESTERS
             HEATING WATER SUPPLY PUMPING SYSTEM
1. PURPOSE
The existing heating water supply pumping system takes heated water from the
generator heat recovery heat exchanger and the boiler and distributes it throughout the
site for use.

2. REFERENCES
None

3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT
     Tag               Description
     HWSP1             HEATING WATER SUPPLY PUMP 1
     HWSP2             HEATING WATER SUPPLY PUMP 2
     HWSP3             HEATING WATER SUPPLY PUMP 3
     MOV-HWSP3         HEATING WATER SUPPLY PUMP 3 DISCHARGE VALVE
     HWSP4             HEATING WATER SUPPLY PUMP 4
     MOV-HWSP4         HEATING WATER SUPPLY PUMP 4 DISCHARGE VALVE
     HWSP5             HEATING WATER SUPPLY PUMP 5
     MOV-HWSP5         HEATING WATER SUPPLY PUMP 5 DISCHARGE VALVE
     HWSP6             HEATING WATER SUPPLY PUMP 6



4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Heating water supply pumps HWSP1, HWSP2 and HWSP6 are dedicated to the plant
heating systems. Heating water supply pumps HWSP3, HWSP4, and HWSP5 are
dedicated to digester sludge heating. The digester sludge heating pumps have a motor
operated discharge valve that operates in conjunction with the associated pump.
All equipment connected to a communication network shall have all monitoring status,
alarm status and controls programmed and implemented as specified in specification
section 17315. The Contractor shall review existing PLC-90/70 programming and
coordinate the new HMI screens and programming to include all existing status, control,
setpoint alarms, trending and overall functionality.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17315I-1          Digesters Heating Water
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011             Supply Pumping System
5. EQUIPMENT CONTROL
    5.1 BUILDING HEATING SYSTEM HEAT WATER SUPPLY PUMP
           Control
           Location(s)     Device(s)     Position             Action
           FIELD           MODE          HAND                 Runs the pump continuously
                           SWITCH        OFF                  Stops the pump in any mode of operation
                                         AUTO                 The pump is controlled via the HMI
                           RESET         RESET                Resets all associated alarms
           HMI             MODE          ON                   Runs the pump continuously
                           SWITCH                             Stops the pump when the field switch is in
                                         OFF
                                                              Auto
                                                              The pump is controlled based on previous
                                         AUTO
                                                              program functionality
                           RESET         RESET                Resets all associated alarms



    5.2 DIGESTER SLUDGE HEATING SYSTEM HEAT WATER SUPPLY PUMP
           Control
           Location(s)     Device(s)     Position             Action
           FIELD           MODE                               Runs the pump continuously (MOV must be
                                         HAND
                           SWITCH                             operated manually)
                                                              Stops the pump in any mode of operation
                                         OFF
                                                              (MOV must be operated manually)
                                                              The pump and discharge valve are controlled
                                         AUTO
                                                              via the HMI
           HMI             MODE                               Opens discharge valve and runs the pump
                                         ON
                           SWITCH                             continuously
                                                              Stops the pump and closes discharge valve
                                         OFF
                                                              when the field switch is in Auto
                                                              The pump and discharge valve are controlled
                                         AUTO
                                                              based on previous program functionality


                                        **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                          17315I-2                           Digesters Heating Water
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                              Supply Pumping System
                         DIGESTER
           SUMP AND GROUND WATER PUMPING SYSTEMS
1. PURPOSE
    The existing ground water sump collects ground water around the digesters and a
    single ground water pump pumps it into the subnatant/overflow discharge line. The
    existing digester sump collects drainage from the digester control building and two
    submersible pumps pump it into the subnatant/overflow discharge line.

2. REFERENCES
    None

3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS
     Tag             Description
     GWP1            GROUND WATER SUMP PUMP
     SP25601         DIGESTER SUMP PUMP 1
     SP25602         DIGESTER SUMP PUMP 2




     Instrument         Description
     SEL-GWP            GROUND WATER SUMP LOW LEVEL SWITCH
     SEH-GWP            GROUND WATER SUMP HIGH LEVEL SWITCH
     SEM25601           DIGESTER SUMP MEDIUM LEVEL SWITCH
     SEHH25601          DIGESTER SUMP HIGH HIGH LEVEL SWITCH



4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
    Drainage from the digester control building is collected in the digester sump and is
    then pumped into the subnatant/overflow line. Float level switches in the sump
    control the submersible pumps. The control of the pumps shall be reconnected to
    the existing alternating control panel at the sump to maintain existing control.
    Ground water from around the digester complex is collected in the ground water
    sump and is then pumped into the subnatant/overflow line. Float level switches in
    the sump control the submersible pump.
    All equipment connected to a communication network shall have all monitoring
    status, alarm status and controls programmed and implemented as specified in
    specification section 17315. The Contractor shall review existing PLC-90/70
    programming and coordinate the new HMI screens and programming to include all
    existing status, control, setpoint alarms, trending and overall functionality.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315J-1           Digester Sump and Ground
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011               Water Pumping Systems
5. EQUIPMENT CONTROL
    5.1 GROUND WATER SUMP PUMP
           Control
           Location(s)    Device(s)     Position             Action
           FIELD          MODE          HAND                 Runs the pump continuously
                          SWITCH        OFF                  Stops the pump in any mode of operation
                                        AUTO                 The pump is controlled via the HMI
           HMI            MODE          ON                   Runs the pump continuously
                          SWITCH                             Stops the pump when the field switch is in
                                        OFF
                                                             Auto
                                                             The pump is controlled based on sump level.
                                                             The pump will be called to start when the
                                        AUTO
                                                             sump high level is reached and called to stop
                                                             when the sump low level is reached.


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315J-2                        Digester Sump and Ground
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                            Water Pumping Systems
                           DIGESTERS
                HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE MONITORING
                       AND HVAC CONTROL
1. PURPOSE
    To provide monitoring of the digester area hazardous atmosphere and the control
    and monitoring of the digester building HVAC equipment.

2. REFERENCES
     P&ID            Description
     P-25-001        SLUDGE RECIRCULATION PUMP AND HEAT EXCHANGERS
     I-00-004        LOCAL CONTROL PANELS DETAIL

3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS
     Tag             Description
     LCP25000A       DIGESTER CONTROL BUILDING NORTH ENTRANCE VENTILATION AND
                     COMBUSTIBLE GAS GO-NO GO PANEL
     LCP25000B       DIGESTER CONTROL BUILDING SOUTH UPPER LEVEL ENTRANCE
                     VENTILATION AND COMBUSTIBLE GAS GO-NO GO PANEL
     LCP25000C       DIGESTER CONTROL BUILDING SOUTH LOWER LEVEL ENTRANCE
                     VENTILATION AND COMBUSTIBLE GAS GO-NO GO PANEL
     YL25000         DIGESTER CONTROL BUILDING LOWER LEVEL VISUAL EVACUATION
                     ALARM
     HRN25000        DIGESTER CONTROL BUILDING LOWER LEVEL AUDIBLE EVACUATION
                     ALARM
     MAU2551         DIGESTER CO-GEN AREA MAKE UP AIR UNIT
     MAU2552         DIGESTER CONTROL BUILDING MAKE UP AIR UNIT




     Instrument         Description
     SCH25003           DIGESTER LOWER LEVEL EAST SIDE COMBUSTIBLE GAS LEL HIGH
                        SWITCH
     SCH25004           DIGESTER LOWER LEVEL WEST SIDE COMBUSTIBLE GAS LEL HIGH
                        SWITCH
     SFL2552            DIGESTER CONTROL BUILDING AHU LOW AIR FLOW
     SFL-EF2            DIGESTER CONTROL BUILDING EXHAUST FAN 1 LOW AIR FLOW
     SFL-EF3            DIGESTER CONTROL BUILDING EXHAUST FAN 2 LOW AIR FLOW
     DSD2552            DIGESTER CONTROL BUILDING AHU DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315K-1   Digesters Hazardous Atmosphere
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011      Monitoring and HVAC Control
4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
    The Digester control building and exterior areas in adjacent buildings are monitored
    by common hazardous atmosphere controllers with individual sensors for low O2,
    high CO, high H2S and high LEL combustible gas levels. The controllers provide a
    common alarm output when any one of the monitored gas sensors has detected an
    abnormal condition and are input to the existing SCADA system. In addition,
    controllers NIT25003 and NIT25004 for the lower level of the control building will
    provide a separate high LEL combustible gas alarm output that will initiate an alarm
    for the SCADA system and will activate the combustible gas detection audible and
    visual alarms at the GO/NO GO panels and in the digester control building lower
    level.
    The HVAC systems provide ventilation for the Digester building. The digester
    control building HVAC system is required to provide a minimum of 12 air changes
    per hour to meet NFPA 820 codes. This system is monitored for ventilation failure to
    provide code required visual and audible alarm notification. Upon detection of
    failure, visual and audible alarms are activated at the GO/NO GO panels and in the
    lower level of the control building.
    The HVAC equipment will be controlled by selector switches located on the motor
    starter buckets. Duct smoke detectors shall shut down the associated equipment
    and initiate an alarm on the HMI.
    All equipment connected to a communication network shall have all monitoring
    status, alarm status and controls programmed and implemented as specified in
    specification section 17315. The Contractor shall review existing PLC-90/70
    programming and coordinate the new HMI screens and programming to include all
    existing status, control, setpoint alarms, trending and overall functionality.

5. EQUIPMENT CONTROL
    5.1 GO/NO GO PANELS
           Control
           Location(s)     Device(s)         Position        Action
           FIELD           PUSHBUTTON        SILENCE         Momentary depression of the silence/test
           South lower                                       pushbutton will silence the alarm horn.
           level, South                      TEST            Depressing the pushbutton for a period
           upper level                                       longer than two seconds will cause the horn
           and North                                         to sound for one second, and all panel lights
           entrances                                         and beacon will be activated. The lights and
                                                             strobe will turn off when the pushbutton is
                                                             released.

          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
              The ventilation NORMAL lights will be activated when the air flow is at the
              fan designed velocity. The ventilation FAILURE lights, alarm horn, and
              alarm beacon or strobe will be activated when the air flow drops below the


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315K-2                   Digesters Hazardous Atmosphere
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                      Monitoring and HVAC Control
              fan designed velocity. The combustible gas NORMAL lights will be
              activated when the combustible gas concentration is below the LEL alarm
              setpoint. The combustible gas ALARM lights, alarm horn, and alarm
              beacon or strobe will be activated when the combustible gas concentration
              reaches the LEL setpoint. The alarm horn is silenced when the silence/test
              pushbutton is momentarily depressed. The alarm lights and beacon will
              remain illuminated until the ventilation velocity returns to normal or the
              combustible gas concentration drops below the LEL setpoint. Depressing
              the silence/test pushbutton continuously for more than two seconds will
              cause the alarm horn to sound for one second, illuminate all lights on the
              panels and activate associated beacons or strobes, releasing the
              pushbutton will return all lights, beacons or strobes to their normal state.


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315K-3       Digesters Hazardous Atmosphere
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011          Monitoring and HVAC Control
                          DIGESTER GAS MONITORING
1. PURPOSE
    To provide monitoring of the digester gas.

2. REFERENCES
    None

3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS
     Instrument         Description
     NUT-BLR            BOILER DIGESTER GAS PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
     NFT-BLR            BOILER NATURAL GAS FLOW TRANSMITTER
     ANE25120           DIGESTER 1 DIGESTER GAS PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
     ANE25220           DIGESTER 2 DIGESTER GAS PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
     ANE25230           DIGESTER 1 AND 2 COMBINED GAS PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
     NUT25210           REDUNDANT DIGESTER 1 DIGESTER GAS PRESSURE TRANSMITTER



4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
    Digester gas is continuously monitored as several points in the system and some
    equipment can be controlled by signal setpoints.
    All process variables shall be made available on the HMI and trended as specified in
    specification section 17315. The Contractor shall review existing PLC-90/70
    programming and coordinate the new HMI screens and programming to include all
    existing status, control, setpoint alarms, trending and overall functionality.


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315L-1           Digester Gas Monitoring
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                            CENTRATE MIXING SYSTEM
    1. PURPOSE
        To provide monitoring and control for the Centrate Mixing System.

    2. REFERENCES
     DWG.              DESCRIPTION
     P-29-001          CENTRATE EQUALIZATION SYSTEM
     P-29-002          CENTRATE AREA ODOR CONTROL SYSTEM

    3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS
     EQUIPMENT         DESCRIPTION
     CP29053           Centrate Recirculation Pump No. 1
     CP29054           Centrate Recirculation Pump No. 2
     CP29055           Centrate Recirculation Pump No. 3
     MOV29056          Centrate Return Control Valve


      INSTRUMENTS        DESCRIPTION
      LE/LIT 29051       Centrate EQ Tank No. 1 Level Transmitter
      (exist)
      LE/LIT 29052       Centrate EQ Tank No. 2 Level Transmitter
      (exist)
      NU/NUT 29053       CP20053 Discharge Pressure Transmitter
      NU/NUT 29054       CP20054 Discharge Pressure Transmitter
      NU/NUT 29053       CP20055 Discharge Pressure Transmitter
      FE/FIT 29056       Centrate Return Flow Transmitter
      (exist)



    4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
        4.1     CENTRATE MIXING SYSTEM
                Two centrate equalization tanks may be operated as one tank or two in
                parallel. Each tank will have piped headers and laterals with mixing
                nozzles. Three pumps will be provided; one for each tank mixing system
                and one as a standby for either tank. Centrate is drawn from the bottom
                of each tank and pumped back into the tank through the recirculation
                nozzles.
                Centrate enters the tanks from the solids processing building and flows
                whenever the centrifuges are operating, typically 4 days per week, 8 to 10
                hours per day. Blowdown water and drainage from the packed tower odor
                scrubbers and biofilters on a continuous basis, with fairly constant flow.


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315M-1              Centrate Mixing System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                 A bleed-off line is installed on the centrate mixing recirculation piping. The
                 bleed-off will send a set quantity of flow to the headworks (downstream of
                 the bar screens).
                 All process variables shall be made available on the HMI and trended as
                 specified in specification section 17315. The Contractor shall review
                 existing PLC-DWF programming and coordinate the new HMI screens and
                 programming to include all existing status, control, setpoint alarms,
                 trending and overall functionality.

    5. EQUIPMENT CONTROL
        5.1      CENTRATE FLOW CONTROL VALVE
                 Existing control of the centrate VFD’s will be revised as defined in the
                 automatic system control defined below.
           Location(s)     Device(s)        Position         Action
           FIELD           MODE             LOCAL            The control valve is set into position with the
           (integral to    SWITCH                            local position potentiometer.
           MOV)                             OFF              Disables valve control in all modes.
                                            REMOTE           The valve is controlled by the HMI
                                            POSITION         The valve is manually positioned by the
                                            POT              Operator from 0 to 100 percent open.
           HMI             MODE                              The valve is positioned to an Operator
                                            MANUAL
                           SWITCH                            entered position value.
                                                             The valve is automatically positioned based
                                            AUTO
                                                             on the sequence described below

              A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
                 The valve is automatically positioned to maintain an Operator entered
                 centrate flow rate. Centrate flow rate is monitored by an in-line flow meter.
                 1. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
                 •   An alarm will be initiated if the desired flow rate is not meet and the
                     valve is fully open.


              B. AUTOMATIC SYSTEM CONTROL
                 The mixing pumps will run on a call to start from SCADA, which may be
                 initiated manually or on reaching a setpoint level. Each pump is on a VFD.
                 Pump speed will be varied based on the level in the tanks as given by LIT
                 29051 and/ LIT 29052. Each LIT may control one pump when the tanks
                 are operated independently or both pumps may be operated using the
                 signal from one of the LIT’s when the tanks are operated together.
                 The pumps will shut off on a low level setpoint.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315M-2                             Centrate Mixing System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                The pumps will start at the low speed setting and ramp up to match the
                speed corresponding to the level in the tanks.
                Pump CP29054 is a standby pump for pump CP29053 or CP29055, as
                selected by the operator via SCADA.
                Each pump train will include a discharge side pressure transmitter. The
                discharge pressure is continuously monitored and high discharge pressure
                cutoff functionality will be provided through SCADA. Low discharge
                pressure will also initiate an alarm in SCADA indicating no pump
                discharge flow.
                While the pumps are running, a flow control valve (MOV29056) on the
                centrate line will be active and will modulate to maintain a flow setpoint
                from SCADA. Flow is continuously monitored by FE/FIT 29056. The flow
                setpoint may vary based on an hourly schedule entered by the operator.
                The valve position will maintain its last position when the pumps shut off
                and restart in the same position. An alarm will also be initiated on SCADA
                if flow falls below an operator set low flow setpoint.
                1. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
                •   The pump will shut down and an alarm will be initiated upon detection
                    of a pump high discharge pressure.


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315M-3              Centrate Mixing System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
       NON-POTABLE, IRRIGATION AND DILUTION WATER
                        SYSTEMS
    1. PURPOSE
        To provide flow at minimum demands and rapid changes in demand, and smooth
        out operation of the non-potable water pumps during stops and starts. To
        provide monitoring of the existing irrigation and dilution water systems.

    2. REFERENCES
     DWG.              DESCRIPTION
     P-74-001          NON-POTABLE WATER PUMPS and IRRIGATION PUMPS
     P-74-002          DILUTION WATER PUMPS

    3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS
     EQUIPMENT         DESCRIPTION
     T74003            HYDROPNEUMATIC BLADDER TANK
     P74110            NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1
     P74120            NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2
     P74130            NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3


     INSTRUMENTS DESCRIPTION
     STHH74110         NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 MOTOR WINDING HIGH TEMPERATURE
                       SWITCH
     STHH74120         NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 MOTOR WINDING HIGH TEMPERATURE
                       SWITCH
     STHH74130         NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 MOTOR WINDING HIGH TEMPERATURE
                       SWITCH
     SUH74003          HYDROPNEUMATIC TANK HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
     SUL74003          HYDROPNEUMATIC TANK LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
     PIT74003          HYDROPNEUMATIC TANK PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
     NF/NFT74110       NON-POTABLE WATER FLOW SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
     NF/NFT74111       IRRIGATION WATER FLOW SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
     NF/NFT74112       DILUTION WATER FLOW SENSOR/TRANSMITTER

    4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
        The pumping system operates based on pressure in the bladder tank and system
        demand. Pumps will be automatically started and stopped to maintain the
        pressure within an acceptable pressure range (deadband). As the system
        demand increases, the water level and pressure in the tank will decrease. When
        the pressure falls 3 psig below the pressure setpoint in the tank (80 psig), the
        pump(s) will be called to increase speed by an adjustable increment to satisfy the
        additional demand. When the lead pump is running at 100% speed for a preset


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315N-1           Non-Potable, Irrigation and
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011               Dilution Water Systems
        time and cannot maintain the pressure within the deadband, a follow pump will
        be started. One follow pump will be stopped on the basis of flow when the
        operating pumps reach minimum speed (where pumps are delivering
        approximately 125 gpm each) and fewer pumps are able to meet the system
        demand. When one pump operating at minimum speed is providing more than
        the system demand, the pump will be shut down when the pressure reaches 3
        psig above the pressure setpoint in the tank. Should the tank reach high
        pressure (90 psig), an alarm is sent. The pumps are shut down on a safety
        interlock if the pressure in the tank reaches a high high level (95 psig).
        A flow transmitter in the non-potable water, irrigation water and dilution water
        lines continuously monitor the associated water flow.
        All process variables shall be made available on the HMI and trended as
        specified in specification section 17315.         All equipment connected to a
        communication network shall have all monitoring status, alarm status and
        controls programmed and implemented as specified in specification section
        17315. The Contractor shall review existing PLC-90/70 programming and
        coordinate the new HMI screens and programming to include all existing status,
        control, setpoint alarms, trending and overall functionality.

    5. EQUIPMENT CONTROL
        5.1 NON-POTABLE WATER PUMPS
           Location(s)     Device(s)        Position         Action
           FIELD           L-O-R            LOCAL            Runs the pump continuously
                                            OFF              Stops the pump in any mode of operation
                                                             The Pump Is Automatically Controlled
                                            REMOTE           based on the sequence described below if
                                                             also in AUTO
                           SPEED            INCR-DECR        Increase or Decrease pump speed
                           CONTROL                           (electronic motorized pot emulation) while in
                                                             HAND mode
                           RESET            RESET            Resets alarms
           VFD             H-O-A            HAND             Runs the pump continuously
                                            OFF              Stops the in pump in any mode of operation
                                            AUTO             The Pump Is Automatically Controlled
                                                             based on the sequence described below if
                                                             also in REMOTE
                           KEYPANEL         0-100%           When in HAND or LOCAL, controls the
                                                             speed of the pump.
           HMI             LEAD/LAG         LEAD             Selects this pump as the LEAD pump
                           SELECTION        LAG1             Selects this pump as the LAG1 pump
                                            LAG2             Selects this pump as the LAG2 pump.
                           PUMP             LEAD/LAG         Causes pumps to start and stop based on
                           SEQUENCE                          the operator selected LEAD/LAG sequence.
                           MODE             ROTATE           Causes the pumps to start based on the
                                                             operator selected LEAD/LAG sequence.
                                                             Sequence is incremented each time a pump
                                                             is stopped.


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315N-2                        Non-Potable, Irrigation and
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                            Dilution Water Systems
           Location(s)     Device(s)        Position         Action
                           RESET            RESET            Resets alarm
                           SEAL WATER                        Sets timers for seal water
                           SETUP

          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
              1. PUMP CONTROL
                Pressure control element NUT74003 is be located on the
                hydropneaumatic tank. The control system will determine the number of
                pumps and speed of the pumps to maintain a constant pressure in the
                tank.
                The selection made at the HMI sets a LEAD/LAG sequence for automatic
                operation. The LEAD pump is always called to run. The pump speed will
                be modulated to maintain the fixed tank pressure setpoint.
                When the LEAD pump reaches its maximum allowable speed, the controls
                will sequentially call for a LAG1 pump. All running pump speeds will be
                modulated in unison and LAG pump addition repeated as needed.
                Typically only one or two pumps will operate at the same time. If two (or
                more) pumps are operating the pumps will operate at the same speed.
                When the flow decreases, pumps will be stopped based on the LEAD/LAG
                sequence and the PUMP SEQUENCE MODE. When in LEAD/LAG
                mode, the LAG pump will be stopped (last pump started). When in
                ROTATE mode, the LEAD pump will be stopped (first pump started), and
                the LEAD/LAG sequence will be rotated, but kept in the same operator-
                selected order).
                A pump that fails to start in sequence will be skipped over and the next
                available pump in sequence called.
                Stabilization timers will freeze the sequence for a brief time period after
                starting or stopping any pump. This will allow the speed controller and
                pressure to stabilize prior to making additional sequence changes.
              2. SEAL WATER STRATEGY
                Each pump shall be supplied with external seal water. On starting a
                pump, the seal water flow shall run for an Operator set time prior to
                starting the pump. Reference seal water control strategy.
              3. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
                •   The pump will be shut down and an alarm initiated upon detection of
                    motor winding high temperature.
                •   The pump will shut down and an alarm initiated when the
                    hydropneumatic tank pressure exceeds and Operator entered high
                    high setpoint.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315N-3                        Non-Potable, Irrigation and
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                            Dilution Water Systems
                •   An alarm will be initiated if upon detection of hydropneumatic tank high
                    pressure.
                •   An alarm will be initiated if upon detection of hydropneumatic tank low
                    pressure.


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315N-4             Non-Potable, Irrigation and
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                 Dilution Water Systems
                                  TANK FILL SYSTEMS
    1. PURPOSE
        To provide monitoring and control of tank fill operations.

    2. REFERENCES
     DWG.              DESCRIPTION
     P-75-001          SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE
     I-00-003          LOCAL CONTROL PANELS DETAILS 1

    3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS
     EQUIPMENT         DESCRIPTION
     LCP75000          TANK FILL STATION


     INSTRUMENTS DESCRIPTION
     NET75001          BULK STORAGE TANK 1 LEVEL TRANSMITTER
     NET75002          BULK STORAGE TANK 2 LEVEL TRANSMITTER



    4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
        Monitors tank fill operations.

    5. EQUIPMENT CONTROL
     5.1 CONTROL SETUP
     LOCATION          DEVICE            SELECTION      DESCRIPTION
     Tank Fill Station PUSHBUTTON SILENCE               Momentary depression of the silence/test
                                                        pushbutton will silence the alarm horn.
                                         TEST           Depressing the pushbutton for a period longer
                                                        than two seconds will cause the horn to sound
                                                        for one second, and all panel lights will be
                                                        activated. The lights will turn off when the
                                                        pushbutton is released.
     HMI Screen        LEVEL SETUP ALERT                Operator-entered level setpoint for alert
                                                        indicating light initiation.
                                         ALARM          Operator-entered level setpoint for alarm horn
                                                        and indicating light initiation.

     A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
          The tank fill station alert indicating lights will be initiated when the tank level
          reaches the Operator-entered alert point. The alarm indicating lights and the
          alarm horn will be initiated when the tank level reaches the Operator-entered


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315O-1                             Tank Fill Systems
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
          alarm point. The alarm horn is silenced when the silence/test pushbutton is
          momentarily depressed. The alarm and alert indicating lights will remain
          illuminated until the tank level drops below their respective initiation points.
          Depressing the silence/test pushbutton continuously for more than two seconds
          will cause the alarm horn to sound momentarily, and illuminate all indicating
          lights on the panel, releasing the pushbutton will return all indicating lights to
          their normal state.
          1. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
              •   An alarm will be initiated if the tank level reaches an Operator entered
                  high alert level setpoint.
              •   An alarm will be initiated if the tank level reaches an Operator entered
                  high high alarm level setpoint.


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315O-2                     Tank Fill Systems
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                      SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SYSTEM
    1. PURPOSE
        To monitor and control the Sodium Hypochlorite Feed system for the chlorination
        of the 3W systems: non-potable water, dilution water, and irrigation water.

    2. REFERENCES
     DWG.               DESCRIPTION
     P-75-001           SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE STORAGE
     P-75-002           SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE METERING PUMPS 1 and 2
     P-75-003           SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE METERING PUMPS 3 and 4
     P-75-004           EMERGENCY EYEWASH and SHOWER

    3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS
     EQUIPMENT          DESCRIPTION
     LCP75000           BULK STORAGE TANK FILL STATION
     T75001             BULK STORAGE TANK NO. 1
     T75002             BULK STORAGE TANK NO. 2
     P75003             NaOCl RECIRCULATION/TRANSFER PUMP
     EEWS75301          METERING ROOM EMERGENCY SHOWER/EYEWASH
     PDP75101           NaOCl METERING PUMP 1 – NON-POTABLE WATER
     PDP75102           NaOCl METERING PUMP 2 - DILUTION WATER
     PDP75103           NaOCl METERING PUMP 3 - IRRIGATION
     PDP75104           NaOCl METERING PUMP 4 - STANDBY


     INSTRUMENTS DESCRIPTION
     SEH75000           NaOCL TRUCK UNLOADING STATION SPILL DETECTION SWITCH
     NET75001           BULK STORAGE TANK NO. 1 LEVEL SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
     IE75001            BULK STORAGE TANK NO. 1 LEVEL INDICATOR
     SEHH75001          BULK STORAGE TANK NO. 1 HIGH LEVEL SWITCH
     NET75002           BULK STORAGE TANK NO. 2 LEVEL SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
     IE75002            BULK STORAGE TANK NO. 2 LEVEL INDICATOR
     SEHH75002          BULK STORAGE TANK NO. 2 HIGH LEVEL SWITCH
     SEH75003           NaOCL CONTAINMENT AREA SPILL DETECTION SWITCH
     SUH75101           NaOCl METERING PUMP NO. 1 HIGH DISCHARGE PRESSURE SWITCH
     SEHH75101          NaOCl METERING PUMP NO. 1 LEAK DETECTION
     SUH75102           NaOCl METERING PUMP NO. 2 HIGH DISCHARGE PRESSURE SWITCH
     SEHH75102          NaOCl METERING PUMP NO. 2 LEAK DETECTION
     SUH75103           NaOCl METERING PUMP NO. 3 HIGH DISCHARGE PRESSURE SWITCH
     SEHH75103          NaOCl METERING PUMP NO. 3 LEAK DETECTION
     SUH75104           NaOCl METERING PUMP NO. 4 HIGH DISCHARGE PRESSURE SWITCH
     SEHH75104          NaOCl METERING PUMP NO. 4 LEAK DETECTION
     SFH75301           SAFETY SHOWER/EYEWASH METERING ROOM IN USE



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315P-1       Sodium Hypochlorite System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
    4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
      4.1   BULK STORAGE TANKS
            One tank can feed all three systems. When the tank element senses low
            level, an alarm shall be sent to operations to have the tank filled. A High
            Level Alarm shall also be generated for the operator and also sent to the
            Tank Fill Station.
            A transfer/recirculation pump will pump flow from one tank to the other or
            provide mixing as required. Manual valves will allow the operators to control
            the pump in two modes: one, the mixing of a single tank or two, transfer of
            sodium hypochlorite between two tanks. Automation will be provided on the
            pump to allow the operator to enter the amount of time for operating in mixing
            mode and to set the frequency. In manual mode, the operator will control the
            transfer of chemical between the pumps.
      4.2   3W DOSING CONTROL STRATEGY
            Three positive displacement chemical metering pumps will transfer sodium
            hypochlorite (NaOCl) from two storage tanks to three individually metered
            non-potable water lines. One standby pump will be provided to serve as
            backup for the three duty pumps. A header with a series of manual valves
            allows the standby pump(s) to discharge into multiple metered lines.
            The variable speed sodium hypochlorite metering pumps will vary their speed
            to provide required dosing to the discharge side of its respective 3W service
            line, non-potable water, irrigation and dilution respectively. The dose will be a
            calculated value based on the individual 3W system flow rate. New flow
            meters will be installed on each of three discharge lines: non-potable water,
            dilution water, irrigation and will continuously monitor the usage. The dosage
            rate (pounds per day) or concentration (mg/L) will be input to SCADA and
            based on the mass balance illustrated below and the following assumptions,
            the sodium hypochlorite feed rate will be adjusted based on the following
            algorithm.

               Qin @ Cin                    Qout @ Cout


                                    Qhypo @ Chypo

            Where:
              •   Qin = 3W system flow rate, gpm
              •   Cin = inlet chlorine residual concentration, mg/l
              •   Qhypo = hypo flow rate, gpm
              •   Chypo = hypo chlorine concentration = 12.5% to 11.4% trade percent (or
                  126,000 mg/l to 114,000mg/L) to be entered by operator based on
                  delivery concentration


138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315P-2            Sodium Hypochlorite System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
              •   Qout = total 3W system flow rate = Qin + Qhypo, gpm
              •   Cout = dose or outlet chlorine concentration, mg/l
              •   Dosage rate = Qout*Cout*8.34=lb/d
              Mass Balance Equation:
              (Qin*Cin)+(Qhypo*Chypo) = Qout*Cout
              Assumptions:
              •   Qout is approximately equal to Qin since Qhypo is basically negligible
                  compared to the total 3W capacity flow rates.
              •   Cin=0 mg/L
              Therefore, using these assumptions and the equation above, the resulting
              equation can be determined:
              (Qin*Cin) + (Qhypo*Chypo) = (Qin* Cout)
              With the assumption that Qout is approximately Qin this equation can be
              arranged and results in the following equation on which the sodium
              hypochlorite feed pump flow rate is to be based:
              Qin*(Cout-0) = Qhypo*Chypo
              For a concentration (mg/L) setpoint: Qhypo= Qin(flow meter
              reading)*Cout(setpoint)/Chypo
              For a dose (lb/d) setpoint: Qhypo= Dose(setpoint)*694/8.34/Chypo

    5. EQUIPMENT CONTROL
       5.1 METERING PUMPS
          LOCATION         DEVICE         SELECTION      DESCRIPTION
          HMI              MODE           HAND           Pump runs continuously. Provide for manual speed
                           SWITCH                        entry.
                                          OFF            Pump is stopped.


                                     AUTO                Pump runs as described above
                           SETPOINT  SETPOINT            Flow/Dosage Rate setpoint entry
          LOCAL (at        FURNISHED                     See Manufacturer’s instructions
          Pump)            WITH PUMP



          A. NOT READY, FAIL, WARNING AND INTERLOCKS
              •   The pump will shut down and an alarm will be initiated upon detection of
                  high discharge pressure.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315P-3                   Sodium Hypochlorite System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
              •    The pump will shut down and an alarm will be initiated upon detection of
                   pump leak detection.

    6. MIXING/TRANSFER PUMP
           Location(s)     Device(s)        Position         Action
           Field           HOA SWITCH       HAND             Runs the pump continuously.
                                            OFF              Stops the pump in any mode of operation.
                                            AUTO             Pump controlled via the HMI
                           RESET            RESET            Resets all associated alarms.
           HMI             MODE             ON               Runs the pump continuously.
                           SWITCH           OFF              Stops the pump when the field switch is in Auto
                                            AUTO             The pump will operate periodically based on an
                                                             Operator entered frequency and duration
                                                             setting.
                           RESET            RESET            Resets all associated alarms.

        6.1 AREA ALARMS
              •    An alarm will be initiated upon detection of loading station spill detection.
              •    An alarm will be initiated upon detection of containment area spill
                   detection.
              •    An alarm will be initiated upon detection of bulk storage tank 1 high high
                   level.
              •    An alarm will be initiated upon detection of bulk storage tank 2 high high
                   level.
              •    An alarm will be initiated upon activation of the emergency
                   eyewash/shower high flow switch.


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315P-4                   Sodium Hypochlorite System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                          UV SYSTEM
1. PURPOSE
    To provide for monitoring of the UV Disinfection System.

2. REFERENCES
     DWG.              Description
     P-76-001          UV SYSTEM
     P-76-002          UV SYSTEM

3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS
     Equipment         Description
     MOG76111          CHANNEL 1 INLET GATE
     MOG76211          CHANNEL 2 INLET GATE
     MOG76311          CHANNEL 3 INLET GATE
     MOG76112          CHANNEL 1 OUTLET GATE
     MOG76212          CHANNEL 2 OUTLET GATE
     MOG76312          CHANNEL 3 OUTLET GATE
     UV76101           CHANNEL 1 BANK 1
     UV76102           CHANNEL 1 BANK 2
     UV76201           CHANNEL 2 BANK 1
     UV76202           CHANNEL 2 BANK 2
     UV76301           CHANNEL 3 BANK 1
     UV76302           CHANNEL 3 BANK 2


      Instruments        Description
      NFT76000           SECONDARY EFFLUENT FLOW TRANSMITTER
      NET76100           CHANNEL 1 LEVEL TRANSMITTER
      NET76200           CHANNEL 2 LEVEL TRANSMITTER
      NET76300           CHANNEL 3 LEVELTRANSMITTER
      UVE76              CHANNEL 1 BANK 1 UV INTENSITY SENSOR
      UVE76              CHANNEL 1 BANK 2 UV INTENSITY SENSOR
      UVE76              CHANNEL 2 BANK 1 UV INTENSITY SENSOR
      UVE76              CHANNEL 2 BANK 2 UV INTENSITY SENSOR
      UVE76              CHANNEL 3 BANK 1 UV INTENSITY SENSOR
      UVE76              CHANNEL 3 BANK 2 UV INTENSITY SENSOR
      NUVT76400          UV TRANSMITTANCE




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315Q-1      UV System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
    4.1 UV SYSTEM
          The UV System controls will be provided by the UV System manufacture.
          Intent is to monitor equipment and instruments and alarms through the SCADA
          System.

5. EQUIPMENT CONTROL
    5.1 UV SYSTEM
           Location(s)    Device(s)      Position            Action
           HMI            RESET          RESET               Resets associated alarms
                          MODE           ONLINE              Places the UV channel online
                          SWITCH         OFFLINE             Places the UV channel offline

            A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL

                 •   Automatic control will be via the UV system supplier’s packaged control
                     system. The control system maintains immersion and flow velocity
                     across the lamps by modulating the effluent weir gate. Lamp intensity
                     is also modulated to provide adequate disinfection with efficient power
                     use. In the event of a controls outage, hard-wired fail-safe provisions
                     are incorporated into the system such that all lamps are set to
                     maximum intensity to ensure proper disinfection.

                 •   UV System Input. The plant will provide a flow signal, based on effluent
                     flow, to the UV PLC via a 4-20mA signal or via SCADA for the UV
                     channel(s). If SCADA communication is lost, the UV PLC will assume
                     the maximum flow conditions.

                 •   UV System Control. The UV system can be operated in automatic or
                     manual mode. In automatic mode the input flow signal, along with the
                     UV intensity sensor, will be used to vary the input power to match
                     variations in flows and effluent water quality such that disinfection is
                     ensured and power input can be optimized.

                 •   UV System Output. The SCADA system shall monitor all parameters to
                     provide a comprehensive remote overview and status of the UV
                     system. Remote control shall be limited to resetting of alarms and
                     restarting the UV system in the previously established configuration
                     after power interruption. All major system operating parameters and
                     control setpoints will be accessible from the HMI.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315Q-2                                   UV System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
    5.2 UV SYSTEM PARAMETERS MONITORED BY THE PLANT SCADA,
        COORDINATE EXACT ALARMS WITH UV MANUFACTURER
          UV Disinfection system RUNNING
          UV Disinfection system LOW PRIORITY ALARM
          UV Disinfection system HIGH PRIORITY ALARM
          UV Disinfection system CRITICAL INSTRUMENT FAILURE
          UV Disinfection system UV DOSE FAILURE
          UV Disinfection system WATCHDOG ALARM


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315Q-3     UV System
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                               SEAL WATER SYSTEMS
1. PURPOSE
    To provide for protection of pump seals through programmed application of seal
    water.

2. REFERENCES
     DWG.              Description
     P-25-001          SLUDGE RECIRCULATION PUMPS AND HEAT EXCHANGERS
     P-25-002          SLUDGE MIXING DIGESTER 1
     P-25-003          SLUDGE MIXING DIGESTER 1
     P-74-001          NON-POTABLE WATER PUMPS AND IRRIGATION PUMP SYSTEMS

3. CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS
     EQUIPMENT         DESCRIPTION
     SV25301           SLUDGE RECIRCULATION PUMP 1 SEAL WATER SOLENOID VALVE
     SV25302           SLUDGE RECIRCULATION PUMP 2 SEAL WATER SOLENOID VALVE
     SV25303           SLUDGE RECIRCULATION PUMP 3 SEAL WATER SOLENOID VALVE
     SV25101           DIGESTER 1 MIXING PUMP SEAL WATER SOLENOID VALVE
     SV25201           DIGESTER 2 MIXING PUMP SEAL WATER SOLENOID VALVE
     SV74110           NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 SEAL WATER SOLENOID VALVE
     SV74120           NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 SEAL WATER SOLENOID VALVE
     SV74130           NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 3 SEAL WATER SOLENOID VALVE


     INSTRUMENTS DESCRIPTION
     SFLL25101         SEAL WATER SUCTION PRESSURE
     SFLL25201         SEAL WATER DISCHARGE PRESSURE

4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
    Each system consists of a seal water supply solenoid valve. The digester mixing
    pumps are provided with a low flow switch. The new seal water supply valves will
    fail in the OPEN position to insure the seal is protected under failure conditions. The
    existing solenoid valves will required field verification of fail position. The low flow
    switch is used to verify proper seal water flow is present when the valve is open.
    The motor controllers for the digester mixing pumps are wired to inhibit pump
    operation if seal water flow is not detected. An alarm will alert plant staff if flow is
    not detected when the valve is called to open, or if flow is detected when the valve is
    called to close.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315R-1                  Seal Water Systems
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
5. EQUIPMENT CONTROL
    5.1 SEAL WATER SYSTEMS
           Location(s)    Device(s)         Position         Action
           SCADA          LOW FLOW          ALLOW            When activated, allows startup of
                          RESPONSE          STARTUP          equipment if seal water flow is not present
                          CHECKBOXES                         When activated, provides shutdown of
                                            FORCE
                                                             equipment if seal water flow is lost during
                                            SHUTDOWN
                                                             operation
                          SEAL WATER                         Identifies the operator-selected duration to
                                            STARTUP
                          TIMERS                             apply seal water prior to starting equipment
                                                             Identifies the operator-selected duration to
                                            SHUTDOWN
                                                             apply seal water after stopping equipment

          A. AUTOMATIC CONTROL
              When operating equipment from the field (Hand), the seal water valve
              operation will be simultaneous with equipment startup and shutdown.
              When the equipment is operated from SCADA (in Manual or Auto Modes)
              the seal water system will react based on the operator selections above.
              The seal water valve is opened for the operator-selected duration prior to
              starting the equipment. After equipment shutdown, the seal water will
              continue to flow for the operator-selected duration.
              The low flow response checkboxes allow plant-staff to determine whether to
              allow automatic startup of equipment without flow verification and whether
              to force shutdown of the equipment if flow verification is lost when the
              equipment is already running.

          B. DEFAULT SETTINGS
              Initial settings for all equipment items will be to allow startup, not force
              shutdown, and provide 30 seconds of seal water for startup and shutdown.


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                         17315R-2                             Seal Water Systems
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011
                                             SECTION 17510

                      AMBIENT AIR POLLUTION MONITORING SYSTEMS


PART 1--GENERAL

1.01    DESCRIPTION

       This section specifies general requirements for modifications to existing air pollution
monitoring systems, which include field mounted sensing elements and monitoring assemblies,
which are field or panel mounted as specified. Application requirements are specified in Section
17200.

1.02    REFERENCES

       References are listed in Section 17000. They are a part of this section as specified and
modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed
documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.

1.03    SUBMITTALS

        Submittals shall be provided as specified in paragraph 17200-1.03.


PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01    GENERAL

       Unless otherwise specified, air pollution monitoring systems shall comply with the
following requirements:
                1.      Field elements shall be suitable for the atmospheric pollution monitored;
                        i.e., combustible gas detectors shall be explosion proof as specified in
                        paragraph 17000-1.03, and chlorine, sulfur dioxide, and hydrogen sulfide
                        detectors shall operate where exposed to dangerous concentrations of the
                        monitored gas.
                2.      Where the four-wire transmitters are permitted, they shall be provided
                        with a signal current isolator connected in the output signal circuit.
                        Current isolators shall be located in the panel where the receiving
                        instrument is located and shall be as specified in Section 17271.
                3.      Contact outputs used for alarm actuation shall be normally closed and
                        shall open to initiate the alarm.



138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17510-1        Ambient Air Pollution Monitoring
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                                      Systems
2.02    INSTRUMENTATION SPECIFICATION SHEETS (INSTRUSPEC)

       General requirements for instruments specified in this section are given on
INSTRUSPEC sheets in paragraph 17510-3.03. Application requirements are specified in the
instrument index, paragraph 17200-3.03, and/or on the Drawings.

2.03    PRODUCT DATA

        Product data shall be provided as specified in paragraph 17000-2.02.


PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01    INSTALLATION

      Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as specified in paragraph
17200-3.01.

3.02    TESTING

        Testing requirements are specified in Section 17030.

3.03    INSTRUSPEC (AIR POLLUTION MONITORING SYSTEMS)

        The following INSTRUSPECS sheets are included in this section:


INSTRUSPEC Symbol                   Instrument Description            Instrument Function
GMS                         Multi-Point Gas Detector System      Ambient Air Pollution Monitor




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17510-2      Ambient Air Pollution Monitoring
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                                    Systems
3.03    INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATION SHEET--INSTRUSPEC

Instrument
       Identification:                   GMS

Instrument Function:                     Ambient air pollution monitor

Instrument Description:                  Multi-point gas detector system – addition of individual
                                         relay modules to existing Sierra Monitors Model 5000
                                         “Sentry” controllers.

Power Supply:                            Internal to existing controller.

Signal Input:                            Gases as shown

Signal Output:                           16 separate isolated SPDT contacts rated 6 amp at 120
                                         VAC. Provide individual relay for each sensor with contact
                                         rated SPDT 6 amp at 120 Vac.

Process Connection:                      N/A

Product Data:                            Monitoring system shall consist of existing gas detectors
                                         (sensors)/transmitters, existing receiver (controller)
                                         electronics, and new individual relay accessory modules
                                         including connectors, ribbon cables, mounting hardware
                                         and separate enclosures where required.


Sensor/Transmitter:                      Sensors/transmitters are existing.


Transmitter Modifications:               Output contacts shall be provided for individual high and
                                         low alarm contacts for each channel. Individual relay panel
                                         shall connect to controller using a pre-installed ribbon cable
                                         and connectors.


Accessories:                             Mounting hardware, cables, connectors and enclosures as
                                         required for the specific application.




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17510-3              Ambient Air Pollution Monitoring
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                                            Systems
3.03    INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATION SHEET—INSTRUSPEC

Instrument
       Identification:                   GMS (continued)

Approved
      Manufacturers:                     Individual relay accessory package: SMC mode1 5392-00
                                         suitable for addition to existing Sierra Monitor Corporation
                                         (SMC) Sentry Model 5000-8 transmitters.

Execution:

        Installation:                    Install as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with
                                         manufacturer's instructions. Individual relay panel shall be
                                         mounted on standoffs on the rear of the controller where
                                         cabinet space permits. Where cabinet space is insufficient,
                                         a separate NEMA 4 enclosure shall be provided to house
                                         the individual relay panel. The enclosure shall be mounted
                                         on or adjacent to the controller cabinet within reach of the
                                         interconnecting cable.

        Application:                     Application and setup shall be in accordance with
                                         manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in
                                         paragraph 17200-3.03.

        Test and Calibration:            In accordance with specification Section 17030.


                                       **END OF SECTION**




138520 – 75th Street WWTP                              17510-4          Ambient Air Pollution Monitoring
Headworks, UV, Digesters Project, Bid Set, February 2011                                        Systems

								
To top